Sie sind auf Seite 1von 205

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 1 of 205

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Purpose
This document describes the configurable parameters in network optimization and offers the meaning, value range, impact, and configuration command of each
parameter.
NOTE:
This guide offers not all but some of the network parameters.
Related Versions
The following table lists the versions of the product described in the document.
Product Name

Version

RNC

V200R010

NodeB

V200R010

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:

Network planners
Field engineers
System engineers

Update History
Refer to Changes in RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference.
Organization

Power Control Parameters


This describes power control parameters. Power control parameters are categorized into uplink power control parameters and downlink power control
parameters.
Handover Parameters
This describes handover parameters. Handover aims to ensure the communication continuity and quality. Handovers in WCDMA system are of the following
types: soft handover, softer handover, intra-frequency hard handover, inter-frequency hard handover, inter-RAT hard handover, and so on. Handover emerges
as an important factor affecting network performance, and handover optimization is also significant in the network optimization. Handover parameters are
classified according to handover classifications.
Admission Control Parameters
This describes the admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Load Control Parameters
This describes the load control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
PS Service Rate Control Parameters
This describes the PS service rate control parameters: the service-related thresholds, DCCC parameters, link stability parameters, state transfer parameters, PS
active parameters, and so on.
Miscellaneous Topic Parameters
This describes the special topic parameters, including parameters for cell channel power distribution, paging, RRC connection setup, synchronization, and
location updating.
HSDPA Parameters
This describes HSDPA parameters as follows: HSDPA power resource management parameters, HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters,
HSDPA mobility management parameters, HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters, and HSDPA call admission control algorithm
parameters.
HSUPA Parameters
This describes the HSUPA parameters: HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and HSUPA admission control
parameters.
MBMS Parameters
This describes MBMS parameters. MBMS parameters are MBMS admission parameters, MBMS preemption parameters, and FLC/FLD algorithm parameters.
Algorithm Switches
This describes the RNC algorithm Switches. In the RNC, algorithm switches are categorized into connection-oriented algorithm switches and cell-oriented
algorithm switches.
Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT
This describes the parameters that can be configured on the NodeB LMT: the HSDPA flow control parameters, HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm
parameters, HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and local cell management parameters.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Power Control Parameters


This describes power control parameters. Power control parameters are categorized into uplink power control parameters and downlink power control parameters.

Uplink Power Control Parameters


This describes the uplink power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 2 of 205

Downlink Power Control Parameters


This describes the downlink power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Power Control Parameters


This describes the uplink power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of uplink power control parameters
Serial ID
No.

Meaning

PowerOffsetPpm

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

The parameter is the offset between the power Signaling: 3 dB;


of the last access preamble and power of the
services: 2 dB
message control part (the power of the message
control part equals the power of the access
preamble plus the value of PowerOffsetPpm)

Set: ADD PRACHTFC

Cell

Set: ADD PRACHBASIC

ConstantValue

Constant value used by a UE to calculate the


initial transmit power of the PRACH on the
basis of the open loop power

20, namely 20
dB

PowerRampStep

Step of the power increase for the preamble


when a UE does not receive the acquisition
indication (AI) from the NodeB

2, namely 2 dB

PreambleRetransMax

Maximum number of attempts of


retransmitting the preamble in a preamble
ramp period

Mmax

Maximum number of preamble loops

To modify PowerOffsetPpm, delete the PRACH,


and then reconfigure the transport format
information set (TFCS) of the PRACH.
Cell

To modify ConstantValue, delete the PRACH, and


then reconfigure the transport format information set
(TFCS) of the PRACH.

Set: ADD RACH

Cell

Query: LST RACH


Modify: MOD RACH
6

DefaultConstantValue

Constant value used to calculate the initial TX


power of the uplink DPCCH

22, namely -22


dB

Set or modify: SET FRC

RNC

Query: LST FRC


7

MaxAllowedUlTxPower Maximum uplink TX power of a UE


MaxUlTxPowerForConv

The default value


is 24, namely 24
dBm.

Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST


CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD
CELLSELRESEL to modify
MaxAllowedUlTxPower.

Cell

MaxUlTxPowerForStr
MaxUlTxPowerForInt
MaxUlTxPowerForBac

Use ADD CELLCAC to set, use LST CELLCAC


to query, and use MOD CELLCAC to modify
MaxULTxPowerForConv,
MaxUlTxPowerForStr, MaxULTxPowerForInt,
and MaxULTxPowerForBac.

Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part


This describes the power offset (PowerOffsetPpm) between the last access preamble and the message control part. The power of the message control part
equals the power of the access preamble plus the value of PowerOffsetPpm.
Constant for Calculating the PRACH Initial Transmit Power
This describes the constant value used by a UE to calculate the initial transmit power of the PRACH on the basis of the open loop power.
PRACH Power Ramp Step
This describes the step of the power increase for the preamble when a UE does not receive the Acquisition Indication (AI) from the NodeB.
Maximum Number of Preamble Retransmission Attempts
This describes the maximum number of attempts of retransmitting the preamble in a preamble ramp period.
Maximum Preamble Loop
This describes the maximum number of random access preamble loops. When the UE has transmitted the access preamble and the number of retransmission
times has reached PreambleRetransMax, it repeats the access attempt after the specified waiting time, if the UE still has not received the capture indication.
The maximum number of cycles cannot exceed Mmax.
Default Constant of DPCCH Transmit Power
This describes the default constant value (DefaultConstantValue) that is used by a UE in the open loop power control process to calculate the power offset of
the DPCCH (DPCCH_Power_offset) and accordingly calculate the initial transmit power of the uplink DPCCH.
Maximum Allowed Uplink Transmit Power
This describes the maximum transmit power of the PRACH when a UE is trying to access a designated cell. The parameter (MaxAllowedUlTxPower) equals
UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH in the cell selection rule. In addition, there are another four parameters indicating the maximum transmit power of UEs, and the
four parameters are intended for different QoS services.

Parent topic: Power Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 3 of 205

This describes the power offset (PowerOffsetPpm) between the last access preamble and the message control part. The power of the message control part equals the
power of the access preamble plus the value of PowerOffsetPpm.
ID
PowerOffsetPpm
Value Range
5 to 10
Physical Scope
5 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 1 dB
Setting
In signaling transmission mode, set PowerOffsetPpm to 3; in service transmission mode, set PowerOffsetPpm to 2.
Impact on the Network Performance

If PowerOffsetPpm is excessively high, the signaling messages and service messages that the RACH bears may not be normally received by the UTRAN, and
the uplink coverage may be affected.
If PowerOffsetPpm is excessively low, the uplink interference may increase, and the uplink capacity may be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD PRACHTFC to set PowerOffsetPpm. To modify PowerOffsetPpm, use RMV PRACHTFC to delete the TFC of the PRACH, and then reconfigure the
TFC of the PRACH. Before using RMV PRACHTFC, use DEA PRACH to deactivate the PRACH and DEA CELL to deactivate the cells.
Parent topic: Uplink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Constant for Calculating the PRACH Initial Transmit Power


This describes the constant value used by a UE to calculate the initial transmit power of the PRACH on the basis of the open loop power.
ID
ConstantValue
Value Range
35 to 10
Physical Scope
35 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 1 dB
Setting
The default value of ConstantValue is 20, namely 20 dB.
The constant value is used by a UE in the random access process to calculate the initial transmit power of the PRACH on the basis of the open loop power. The
formula for calculating the initial transmit power is as follows: Preamble_Initial_Power = Primary CPICH DL TX power-CPICH_RSCP + UL interference +
Constant Value.
Where,

Preamble_Initial_Power is the preamble initial transmit power;


Primary CPICH DL TX power is the downlink transmit power of the PCPICH;
CPICH_RSCP is the received signal code power of the PCPICH measured by UEs;
UL_interference is the uplink interference, which is received by UEs from the BCH;
Constant_Value is the constant value received by UEs from the BCH.

Impact on the Network Performance

If ConstantValue is excessively high, the initial transmit power becomes excessively high, and the period of the access process is shortened.
If ConstantValue is excessively low, the transmit power during the access process can meet the requirement, but the preamble needs to ramp for many times,
and thus the period of the access process increases.

Because the RACH has short periods of preamble power ramp and retransmission, the value of ConstantValue has a comparatively small impact on the system
access performance.
Related Commands
Use ADD PRACHBASIC to set and MOD PRACHUUPARAS to modify ConstantValue.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 4 of 205

Parent topic: Uplink Power Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PRACH Power Ramp Step


This describes the step of the power increase for the preamble when a UE does not receive the Acquisition Indication (AI) from the NodeB.
ID
PowerRampStep
Value Range
1 to 8
Physical Scope
1 dB to 8 dB, with the step of 1 dB
Setting
The default value of PowerRampStep is 2, namely 2 dBm.
Impact on the Network Performance

If PowerRampStep is excessively high, the access process is shortened, whereas the power cost may increase.
If PowerRampStep is excessively low, the access process becomes longer, but the power cost is reduced.

In addition, the higher PowerRampStep is, the smaller impact ConstantValue has on the network performance.
Related Commands
Use ADD PRACHBASIC to set, MOD PRACHUUPARAS to modify, and LST PRACH to query PowerRampStep.
Parent topic: Uplink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Number of Preamble Retransmission Attempts


This describes the maximum number of attempts of retransmitting the preamble in a preamble ramp period.
ID
PreambleRetransMax
Value Range
1 to 64
Physical Scope
1 to 64 attempts, with the step of 1 attempt
Setting
The default value of PreambleRetransMax is 8.
The product of PreambleRetransMax and PRACH Power Ramp Step determines the maximum ramp power of the UE within a preamble ramp period.
Impact on the Network Performance

If PreambleRetransMax is excessively low, the preamble power cannot ramp to the required value, and UEs cannot successfully access the network.
If PreambleRetransMax is excessively high, some UEs may continuously increase the power and repeatedly try to access the network, and thus other UEs are
affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD PRACHBASIC to set, MOD PRACHUUPARAS to modify, and LST PRACH to query PreambleRetransMax.
Parent topic: Uplink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Preamble Loop

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 5 of 205

This describes the maximum number of random access preamble loops. When the UE has transmitted the access preamble and the number of retransmission times has
reached PreambleRetransMax, it repeats the access attempt after the specified waiting time, if the UE still has not received the capture indication. The maximum
number of cycles cannot exceed Mmax.
ID
Mmax
Value Range
1 to 32
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 8.
Impact on the Network Performance

If Mmax is excessively low, the UE access success rate is affected.


If Mmax is excessively high, the UE probably tries the access attempt repeatedly within a long time, which increases the uplink interference.

Related Commands
Use ADD RACH to set, LST RACH to query, and MOD RACH to modify Mmax.
Parent topic: Uplink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Default Constant of DPCCH Transmit Power


This describes the default constant value (DefaultConstantValue) that is used by a UE in the open loop power control process to calculate the power offset of the
DPCCH (DPCCH_Power_offset) and accordingly calculate the initial transmit power of the uplink DPCCH.
ID
DefaultConstantValue
Value Range
-35 to -10
Physical Scope
35 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 1 dB
Setting
The default value of DefaultConstantValue is 22, namely 22 dB.
In 3GPP 25.331, the formula for calculating the initial transmit power of the DPCCH is as follows:
DPCCH_Initial_power = DPCCH_Power_offset CPICH_RSCP. Where, the value of CPICH_RSCP is measured by UEs.
In 3GPP 25.331, the formula for calculating the initial transmit power of the PRACH or PCPCH preamble is as follows:
Preamble_initial_Power = Primary CPICH DL TX Power CPICH RSCP + UL Interference + Constant Value. Where, Primary CPICH DL TX Power (SIB5) and
UL Interference (SIB7) are broadcasted in system messages.
By comparison of the preceding formulas, you can find that DPCCH_Power_offset = Primary CPICH DL TX Power + UL Interference + Constant Value. Where,
Constant Value equals DefaultConstantValue, namely the target of the DPCCH preamble (Ec/N0_Target). Considering that the step of DPCCH_Power_offset is 2
dB, the accuracy of DefaultConstantValue is not strictly required. The uplink synchronization, however, requires a high value of DefaultConstantValue.
Impact on the Network Performance

If DefaultConstantValue is excessively low, the uplink synchronization at cell verges may fail in the initial link setup process, and the uplink coverage is
affected.
If DefaultConstantValue is excessively high, instantaneous interference may be caused for the uplink reception.

Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query DefaultConstantValue.
Parent topic: Uplink Power Control Parameters

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 6 of 205

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Allowed Uplink Transmit Power


This describes the maximum transmit power of the PRACH when a UE is trying to access a designated cell. The parameter (MaxAllowedUlTxPower) equals
UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH in the cell selection rule. In addition, there are another four parameters indicating the maximum transmit power of UEs, and the four
parameters are intended for different QoS services.
ID
MaxAllowedUlTxPower
MaxUlTxPowerForConv (maximum transmit power of the conversational service)
MaxUlTxPowerForStr (maximum transmit power of the streaming service)
MaxUlTxPowerForInt (maximum transmit power of the interactive service)
MaxUlTxPowerForBac (maximum transmit power of the background service)
Value Range
50 to 33
Physical Scope
50 dBm to 33 dBm, with the step of 1 dBm
Setting
The default values of MaxAllowedUlTxPower, MaxUlTxPowerForConv, MaxUlTxPowerForStr, MaxUlTxPowerForInt, and MaxUlTxPowerForBac are 24,
namely 24 dBm.
If a cell is capacity-limited, the four parameters are not the factors that restrict the cell because the transmit power of UEs can be timely adjusted. If a cell is coveragelimited whereas needs to provide full coverage, the formula related to the cell is as follows:
Itotal/PN.

. According to the formula, you can infer that:

and Noiserise =

Where,

PUE,max represents the maximum transmit power of a UE.


Lmax represents the maximum path loss.
V represents the activation factor of a service.
Gp represents the processing gain of a service. The formula is Gp = W/R (W represents the signal bandwidth; R represents the data rate of a service.)
Ga represents the antenna gain, which is the sum of the actual antenna gain and the cable loss gain.
Gd represents the sum of diversity gains, such as the multi-path diversity gain and receiver antenna gain.
PN represents the background noise.
Eb/Io represents the target SIR value of a service.

For the services that do not require full cell coverage, you can also use the previous formula to estimate the transmit power of the UE that meets the special
requirement for coverage area. If the transmit power of a UE has reached the maximum, you can use the previous formula to estimate the uplink coverage scope.
Impact on Network Performance
If the coverage is restricted, the uplink coverage scope is affected if this parameter is set to an excessively small value.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify MaxAllowedUlTxPower.
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MaxULTxPowerForConv, MaxUlTxPowerForStr,
MaxULTxPowerForInt, and MaxULTxPowerForBac.
Parent topic: Uplink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Power Control Parameters


This describes the downlink power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of downlink power control parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

MML Command

Level

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

RlMaxDlPwr

Maximum transmit power of the DPDCH. It relative to


the maximum transmit power of the CPICH.

RlMinDlPwr

Minimum transmit power of the DPDCH. It is relative to


the minimum transmit power of the CPICH.

Page 7 of 205

Refer to List of the maximum and


minimum downlink transmit powers

Set: ADD
CELLRLPWR

Cell

Query: LST
CELLRLPWR
Modify: MOD
CELLRLPWR

PCPICHPower

Power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference


point of the parameter is the top of the NodeB cabinet.

330, namely 330 dBm.

Set: ADD PCPICH


Query: LST PCPICH
Modify: MOD CELL

MaxPCPICHPower Maximum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a


cell

346, namely 34.6 dBm.

Set: ADD PCPICH


Query: LST PCPICH

MinPCPICHPower Minimum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell 313, namely 31.3 dBm.

Modify: MOD
PCPICHPWR

Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link


This describes the maximum transmit power of the DPDCH, which is relative to the maximum transmit power of the CPICH.
Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link
This describes the minimum transmit power of the DPDCH, which is relative to the minimum transmit power of the CPICH.
PCPICH Transmit Power
This describes the power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the
parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.
Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power
This describes the maximum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the
value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.
Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power
This describes the minimum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB and the
value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.

Parent topic: Power Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link


This describes the maximum transmit power of the DPDCH, which is relative to the maximum transmit power of the CPICH.
ID
RlMaxDlPwr
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The service type and service rate need to be considered for the configuration of RlMaxDlPwr. The values configured for single services are listed in Table 1.
Table 1 List of the maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers
Service Type

Max. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB


value)

Min. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB


value)

12.2K AMR

-30 (-3)

180 (18)

64K transparent data

30 (3)

150 (15)

56K transparent data

0 (0)

150 (15)

32K transparent data

20 (2)

170 (17)

28.8K transparent data

20 (2)

170 (17)

57.6K controllable
stream

10 (1)

160 (16)

0 stream (unidirectional) 20 (2)

170 (17)

CS

PS

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 8 of 205

384K

40 (4)

110 (11)

256K

20 (2)

130 (13)

144K

0 (0)

150 (15)

128K

0 (0)

150 (15)

64K

-20 (-2)

170 (17)

32K

40 (4)

190 (19)

16K

60 (6)

210 (21)

8K

80 (8)

230 (23)

For combined services, the maximum and minimum transmit power is computed by the RNC according to the configuration of individual services.
Impact on the Network Performance

If RlMaxDlPwr is excessively high, downlink interference may occur.


If RlMaxDlPwr is excessively low, the downlink power control may be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLRLPWR to set, LST CELLRLPWR to query, and MOD CELLRLPWR to modify RlMaxDlPwr.
Parent topic: Downlink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link


This describes the minimum transmit power of the DPDCH, which is relative to the minimum transmit power of the CPICH.
ID
RlMinDlPwr
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
Refer to List of the maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers.
The value of RlMinDlPwr varies according to the specific services and is related to the value of Maxmum DL Tx Power and dynamic scope of power. Their
relation is shown in the following formula:
Minimum DL Tx Power = Maximum DL Tx Power - Dynamic scope of power control
Where, the dynamic scope of power control can be set to 15 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance

If RlMinDlPwr is excessively low, the transmit power may become excessively low because of incorrect estimation of SIR.
If RlMinDlPwr is excessively high, the downlink power control may be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLRLPWR to set, LST CELLRLPWR to query, and MOD CELLRLPWR to modify RlMinDlPwr.
Parent topic: Downlink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PCPICH Transmit Power


This describes the power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the parameter is
related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.
ID
PCPICHPower

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 9 of 205

Value Range
100 to 500
Physical Scope
10 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm
Setting
The default value of PCPICHPower is 330, namely 33 dBm.
For a cell with large coverage, PCPICHPower should be set to a comparatively high value; for a cell with small coverage, PCPICHPower should be set to a
comparatively low value. In a planned multi-cell environment, the minimum value of PCPICHPower is definite. If the value of PCPICHPower is lower than the
allowed minimum value, coverage holes may occur when the cells are under heavy load.
Impact on the Network Performance

If PCPICHPower is excessively low, the downlink pilot coverage range is directly affected.
If PCPICHPower is excessively high, the downlink interference increases and the transmit power allocated to the service is reduced, and thus the downlink
capacity is affected.

In addition, the configuration of PCPICHPower also has direct influence on the distribution of handover areas.
Related Commands
Use ADD PCPICH to set, LST PCPICH to query, and MOD CELL to modify PCPICHPower.
Parent topic: Downlink Power Control Parameters
Parent topic: Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power


This describes the maximum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of
the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.
ID
MaxPCPICHPower
Value Range
100 to 500
Physical Scope
10 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm
Setting
The default value of MaxPCPICHPower is 346, namely 34.6 dBm.
When setting MaxPCPICHPower, consider some factors of the actual system environment, such as the cell coverage scope (radius), geographic environment, and
total power of the cell. When the ratio of soft handover areas keeps the same, the downlink coverage cannot be promoted by the increase of PCIPCH power.
Impact on the Network Performance
MaxPCPICHPower is the upper limit for the transmit power of the PCPICH. When modifying MaxPCPICHPower, ensure that MaxPCPICHPower is always
higher than the actually needed transmit power of the PCPICH.
Related Commands
Use ADD PCPICH to set, LST PCPICH to query, and MOD PCPICHPWR to modify MaxPCPICHPower.
Parent topic: Downlink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power


This describes the minimum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB and the value of
the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.
ID
MinPCPICHPower

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 10 of 205

Value Range
100 to 500
Physical Scope
10 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm
Setting
The default value of MinPCPICHPower is 313, namely 31.3 dBm.
When setting MinPCPICHPower, consider some factors of the actual system environment, such as the cell coverage scope (radius) and geographic environment. If
MinPCPICHPower is excessively small, the cell coverage is affected. Ensure that MinPCPICHPower is set under the condition of a proper proportion of soft
handover area, or under the condition that no coverage hole exists.
Impact on the Network Performance
MaxPCPICHPower is the lower limit for the transmit power of the PCPICH. When modifying MinPCPICHPower, ensure that MinPCPICHPower is always
lower than the actually needed transmit power of the PCPICH.
Related Commands
Use ADD PCPICH to set, LST PCPICH to query, and MOD PCPICHPWR to modify MinPCPICHPower.
Parent topic: Downlink Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Handover Parameters
This describes handover parameters. Handover aims to ensure the communication continuity and quality. Handovers in WCDMA system are of the following types:
soft handover, softer handover, intra-frequency hard handover, inter-frequency hard handover, inter-RAT hard handover, and so on. Handover emerges as an
important factor affecting network performance, and handover optimization is also significant in the network optimization. Handover parameters are classified
according to handover classifications.

Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters


The common configurable intra-frequency handover parameters are listed here.
Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
The common configurable coverage-based inter-frequency handover parameters are listed here.
Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-Frequency handover management parameters are listed here.
Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
This describes the coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters.
Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters are listed here.
Blind Handover Management Parameters
This describes the blink handover management parameters.
Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
This describes the cell selection and reselection parameters.
Neighboring Cell Management Parameters
This describes the neighboring cell management parameters.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters


The common configurable intra-frequency handover parameters are listed here.
Table 1 List of intra-frequency handover parameters
No. Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

Softer handover combination indication switch

MAY

Set or modify: SET HOCOMM

RNC

DivCtrlField

Query: LST HOCOMM


2

IntraRelThdFor1APS
IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP

Soft handover relative thresholds for event 1A and


event 1B

1A: 6 (3 dB)

For RNC

1B: 12 (6 dB)

Set or modify: SET


INTRAFREQHO

RNC/Cell

IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP
Query: LST INTRAFREQHO
IntraRelThdFor1BPS
For Cell
IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP
Set: ADD

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 11 of 205

IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP
3

IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo

CELLINTRAFREQHO
Soft handover absolute thresholds for event 1F

EcNo: -24 dB

IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP

RSCP: -115 dBm

BlindHORSCP1FThreshold 1F event blind handover trigger condition

-115 dBm

HystFor1A

1A and 1B: 0 (0 dB)

Hysteresis related to soft handover for events 1A,


1B, 1C, 1D, 1F and 1J

HystFor1B

Query: LST
CELLINTRAFREQHO
Modify: MOD
CELLINTRAFREQHO

1C/1D/1F/1J: 8 (4 dB)

HystFor1C
HystFor1D
HystFor1F
HystFor1J
6

TrigTime1A

Time-to-Trigger parameters related to soft


handover for events 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F and 1J

TrigTime1B

1A: D320 (320 ms)


1B/1C/1D/1F/1J: D640 (640
ms)

TrigTime1C
TrigTime1D
TrigTime1F
TrigTime1J
7

SHOQualmin

Minimum quality threshold of soft handover

-24 dB

ShoFailPeriod

Parameters related to soft handover failure

ShoFailPeriod: 60 (60 s)

ShoFailNumForDwnGrd

ShoFailNumForDwnGrd: 3

RelThdForDwnGrd

RelThdForDwnGrd: 2 (1 dB)

DcccShoPenaltyTime

DcccShoPenaltyTime: 30
(30 s)

Set or modify: SET


INTRAFREQHO

RNC

Query: LST INTRAFREQHO

CellsForbidden1A

Affect 1A and 1B threshold flag

AFFECT

Set: ADD
INTRAFREQNCELL

NCell

CellsForbidden1B
Query: LST
INTRAFREQNCELL
10

CIOOffset

Neighboring cell individual offset

Modify: MOD
INTRAFREQNCELL

11

CIO

Cell individual offset

Set:ADD CELLSETUP

Cell

Modify: MOD CELLSETUP

Switch of Softer Handover Combination Indication


This describes the indication that indicates whether the NodeB implements the softer combination of radio links in soft handovers.
Soft Handover Relative Thresholds
These parameters define the difference between the quality of a cell (evaluated with the Ec/No of PCPICH at present) and the comprehensive quality of the
active set (the best cell quality in case that W=0).
Soft Handover Absolute Thresholds
This describes the soft handover absolute thresholds. The soft handover absolute thresholds correspond to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic
service QoS. The absolute thresholds of soft handovers are IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo correspond to Ec/No and IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP correspond to
RSCP.
1F Event Blind Handover Trigger Condition
This describes the threshold of triggering blind handover by 1F event.
Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover
This describes the hysteresis values of the 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F and 1J events.
Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover
This describes the trigger delay time of the 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F, and 1J events.
Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover
This describes the minimum quality threshold of soft handover. When the RNC receives events 1A, 1C and 1D, the target cell can be added to the active set
only when CPICH Ec/Io of the target cell is higher than this absolute threshold.
Parameters Related to Soft Handover Failure
This describes the parameters related to soft handover failure including maximum evaluation period of soft handover failure, threshold of soft handover failure
times, relative threshold for immediate slowdown upon soft handover failure, and penalty time for slowdown soft handover.
Affect 1A and 1B Event Threshold Flag
This describes the flags CellsForbidden1A and CellsForbidden1B. The flags determine whether the relative thresholds of the 1A and 1B events are affected.
Neighboring Cell Individual Offset
This describes the neighboring cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.
Cell Individual Offset
This describes the cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 12 of 205

Parent topic: Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Switch of Softer Handover Combination Indication


This describes the indication that indicates whether the NodeB implements the softer combination of radio links in soft handovers.
ID
DivCtrlField
Value Range
MAY, MUST, MUST_NOT
Physical Scope

Softer combination may be implemented.


Softer combination must be implemented.
Softer combination must not be implemented.

Setting
The default value is MAY.
There are two combination methods for uplink combination of soft handover: one is the maximum ratio combination at the NodeB Rake receiver, which gives the
highest combination gain; the other is the selective combination at the RNC, which gives a relatively smaller combination gain.
The default value of the indication switch is MAY, which means that the NodeB decides whether to implement maximum ratio combination according to its own
physical conditions.

When MUST is selected, the NodeB is forced to carry out maximum ratio combination which is usually used in tests.
When MUST_NOT is selected, the NodeB is forbidden to carry out maximum ratio combination, and this method is adopted when maximum ratio
combination performance of softer handover is poor.

Consider the working status (test/normal operation) and the propagation environment when deciding whether to implement softer combination and to adopt which
kind of softer combination.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set and LST HOCOMM to query DivCtrlField.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Soft Handover Relative Thresholds


These parameters define the difference between the quality of a cell (evaluated with the Ec/No of PCPICH at present) and the comprehensive quality of the active set
(the best cell quality in case that W=0).
Parameter ID
IntraRelThdFor1APS
IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP
IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP
IntraRelThdFor1BPS
IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP
IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP
Value Range
0 to 29
Physical Value Range
0 to 14.5 dB, step 0.5 dB

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 13 of 205

Parameter Setting

The default values of IntraRelThdFor1APS, IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP and IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP are 6, namely 3 dB.
The default values of IntraRelThdFor1BPS, IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP and IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP are 12, namely 6 dB.

As specified in Protocol 25.331, when CPICH Ec/No value is adopted as the measurement quantity, the following formula is adopted for the event 1A trigger
decision:

Where,

MNew is the measurement quantity of the cell that enters the report range;
CIONew is the offset of this cell;
Mi is the measurement quantity of the cells in the active set;
NA is the number of cells in the current active set;
MBest is the measurement quantity of the best cell in the active set;
W is the weighting value which is used for weighting the comprehensive quality of the best cell and the active set;
R1a is report range, namely the relative threshold for soft handover;
H1a is the hysteresis value of event 1A.

The following event is taken as the trigger condition of event 1B:

Where,

MOld is the measurement quantity of the cell that leaves the report range;
CIOOld is the offset of this cell;
Mi is the measurement quantity of the cells in the active set;
NA is the number of cells in the current active set;
MBest is the measurement quantity of the best cell in the active set;
W is the weighting value used for weighing the comprehensive quality of the best cell and the active set;
R1b is report range, namely the relative threshold for soft handover;
H1b is the hysteresis value of event 1B.

The selection of a relative threshold for handover corresponds directly to the soft handover proportion, and it should ensure the trouble-free implementation of
smoothing handover.
Impact on the Network Performance
The parameter setting determines the size of the soft handover area and the user proportion involved in soft handover.

If the thresholds are high, the target cell joins the active set more easily, call drop occurs more difficultly, and the UE proportion in the state of soft handover
increases, but the forward resources are seriously occupied.
If the thresholds are low, the target cell joins the active set more difficultly, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and the implementation of
smoothing handover is affected.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO.
For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST
CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify them through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Soft Handover Absolute Thresholds


This describes the soft handover absolute thresholds. The soft handover absolute thresholds correspond to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service
QoS. The absolute thresholds of soft handovers are IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo correspond to Ec/No and IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP correspond to RSCP.
ID
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP
Value Range
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo: 24 to 0

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 14 of 205

IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP: 155 to 25
Physical Scope
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo: 24 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 1 dB
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP: 155 dBm to 25 dBm, with the step of 1 dBm
Setting
The default value of IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo is 24, namely 24 dB.
The default value of IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP is 115, namely 115 dBm.
Event 1F: The measurement quantity of the best cell's PCPICH is lower than the absolute threshold.
These values are the absolute thresholds used for 1F reports in the soft handover algorithm, corresponding to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic
service QoS and affecting the triggering of event 1F.
The 1F event is used to trigger emergency blind handover. If the best cell of the active set reports the 1F event, you can infer that the active set quality is rather poor,
and a blind handover is triggered at this moment to make the final attempt before call drops.
The emergency blind handover needs to be triggered on special occasions. The on-site measurement needs to be implemented to know the range of the pilot strength
of the best cell at the areas where blind handovers need to be triggered. The emergency blind handover function is usually not needed, so the absolute thresholds are
set to the minimum value by default, namely that emergency blind handovers are not triggered.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the absolute thresholds are, the more easily blind handovers are triggered, and vice versa. In practice, adjust the thresholds according to the handover
policy and network coverage.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query the soft handover absolute thresholds.
For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO to add, LST CELLINTRAFREQHO to query, and MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO to modify the soft handover absolute
thresholds.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1F Event Blind Handover Trigger Condition


This describes the threshold of triggering blind handover by 1F event.
Parameter ID
BlindHORSCP1FThreshold
Value Range
-155 to 25
Physical Value Range
-155 dBm to 25 dBm, step 1 dBm
Parameter Setting
The default value is -115 dBm.
Impact on the Network Performance
That parameter is used to judge whether to perform the blind handover. The smaller the value, the greater the probability of the blind handover. An extremely small
value, however, may lead to handover failure due to very low quality requirements.
Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO.
For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST
CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify them through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 15 of 205

Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover


This describes the hysteresis values of the 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F and 1J events.
ID
HystFor1A
HystFor1B
HystFor1C
HystFor1D
HystFor1F
HystFor1J
Value Range
0 to 15
Physical Scope
0 dB to 7.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting
The default values of events 1A and 1B hysteresis parameters are 0 (0 dB). The default values of other events are 8 (4 dB).
Event 1C: cell replacement in the active set.
Event 1D: For a cell in the active set, event 1D means that the best cell is modified; for a cell in the monitored set, event 1D means that the cell is added into the
active set and the best cell is modified.
1. Event 1A:
,
,
The first formula is used to trigger 1A, and the second one is used to cancel 1A. Therefore, the hysteresis range is the signal fluctuation range under usual
conditions, or the fluctuation range of the slow fading under the same condition.
2. Event 1B:

The first formula is used to trigger 1B, and the second one is used to cancel 1B.
3. Event 1C:
MNew MInAS + H1c/2
MNew MInAS - H1c/2
The value of HystFor1C ranges from 3 dB to 5 dB. Because 1C is triggered when the active set size reaches the maximum value, the delay of handover at this
time does not lead to bad result. The signaling interaction caused by the ping-pong effect should be minimized in the parameter configuration, the parameter
can be increased appropriately in the adjustment.
4. Event 1D:
MNotBest MBest + H1d/2
The event cancellation formula has not been given in the protocol. According to the cancellation definitions of other events, the 1D cancellation definition can
be deduced as follows:
MNotBest MBest - H1d/2

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 16 of 205

The value of HystFor1D ranges from 3 dB to 5 dB. Because all the handover policies are based on the best cell and the change of the best cell usually leads to
the update of the measurement control, the ping-pong change and mis-decision should be minimized in reports of event 1D. The parameter can be increased
appropriately in the adjustment.
5. Event 1F:
MNew T1f - H1f/2
MNew M1f + H1f/2
The value of HystFor1F ranges from 3 dB to 5 dB. The value of HystFor1F is usually the same as HystFor1B.
Table 1 lists the recommended values of HystFor1A for different moving speeds of UE.
Table 1 Typical values of HystFor1A
Speed (km/h)

Range

Recommended Value

6 to 10 (3 dB to 5 dB)

10 (5 dB)

50

4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

6 (3 dB)

120

2 to 6 (1 dB to 3 dB)

2 (1 dB)

Typical configuration

4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

6 (3 dB)

Table 2 lists the recommended values of HystFor1B for different moving speeds of UE.
Table 2 Typical values of the hysteresis for the 1B event
Speed (km/h)

Range

Recommended Value

6 to 10 (3 dB to 5 dB)

10 (5 dB)

50

4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

8 (4 dB)

120

2 to 6 (1 dB to 3 dB)

2 (1 dB)

Typical configuration

4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

8 (4 dB)

Table 3 lists the recommended values of HystFor1C for different moving speeds of UE.
Table 3 Typical values of the hysteresis for the 1C event
Speed (km/h)

Range

Recommended Value

6 to 10 (3 dB to 5 dB)

10 (5 dB)

50

4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

8 (4 dB)

120

2 to 6 (1 dB to 3 dB)

4 (2 dB)

Typical configuration

4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

8 (4 dB)

Table 3 lists the recommended values of HystFor1D for different moving speeds of UE.
Table 2 lists the recommended values of HystFor1F for different moving speeds of UE.
The value of HystFor1F ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. Event 1A means that cells are added to the active set, so it is a critical event. To guarantee timely handovers for
1A, the hysteresis for 1A can be set to be smaller than the hystereses for 1B, 1C, 1D, and 1F. There cannot be a big difference between hystereses for different events,
or the proportion of soft handovers is affected. When adjusting the hysteresis, consider the filtering factors and delay triggering.
Impact on the Network Performance
If a hysteresis increases, the soft handover scope is reduced for the UEs in the soft handover area while increased for the UEs outside the soft handover area. If the
number of UEs in the soft handover area equals that of UEs outside the soft handover area, the change of a hysteresis has no impact on the actual proportion of soft
handovers. The higher the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability is, the more ping-pong effect is suppressed, however, the more slowly
the handover algorithm responds to signal changes.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query the hysteresis related to soft handovers.
For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO to add, LST CELLINTRAFREQHO to query, and MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO to modify the hysteresis related to soft
handovers.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 17 of 205

Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover


This describes the trigger delay time of the 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F, and 1J events.
ID
TrigTime1A
TrigTime1B
TrigTime1C
TrigTime1D
TrigTime1F
TrigTime1J
Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Working range: Enum (D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms
Setting
The default value for 1A is D320 (320 ms), and the default values for other events are D640 (640 ms).
The time-to-trigger mechanism is mainly used:

To reduce the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals.


To suppress ping-pong handover to some degree.
To reduce the influence of shadow fading on event decisions.

The hysteresis can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and mis-decisions and avoid unnecessary handovers. 3GPP TS25.133 V3.6.0 prescribes that
the intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms, so the time to trigger shorter than 200 ms is invalid. The time-totrigger parameter should be close to a multiple of 200 ms.
UEs with different moving speeds vary in their responses to the event delay trigger value. UEs moving in a high speed are sensitive to the time-to-trigger value, while
UEs moving in a slow speed are slow to the time-to-trigger value and cause fewer ping-pong handovers and wrong handovers. Therefore, the time-to-trigger
parameter can be set to a comparatively low value for the cells where most UEs are moving in a high speed, and can be set to a comparatively high value for the cells
where most UEs are moving in a slow speed.
Different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter:

The event (1A) of adding cells to the active set requires a comparatively short delay;
The events of replacing cells in the active set (1C and 1D) require relatively fewer ping-pong handovers and wrong handovers and have no big impact on the
call drop rate, and therefore TrigTime1C and TrigTime1D can be set to comparatively high values;
The events of deleting cells in the active set (1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, so the initial settings of TrigTime1B can be the same as
TrigTime1A and can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics.

Table 1 lists the recommended value ranges of TrigTime1B and TrigTime1F for macro cells.
Table 1 Typical values of TrigTime1B and TrigTime1F
Speed (km/h)

Range (ms)

Recommended Value (ms)

640 to 1280

1280

50

240 to 640

640

120

240 to 640

640

Typical configuration

640 to 1280

640

The values listed in the preceding table should be reduced for micro cells.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the smaller the average number of handovers is. The increase of the time to trigger causes a increase of call drops.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query the time-to-trigger parameters.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 18 of 205

For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:


Use ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO to add, LST CELLINTRAFREQHO to query, and MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO to modify the time-to-trigger parameters.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover


This describes the minimum quality threshold of soft handover. When the RNC receives events 1A, 1C and 1D, the target cell can be added to the active set only
when CPICH Ec/Io of the target cell is higher than this absolute threshold.
ID
SHOQualmin
Value Range
24 to 0
Physical Scope
24 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 1 dB
Setting
The default value is 24, namely -24 dB.
The purpose for setting SHOQualmin is as follows:
The current events of soft handovers are defined on the basis of relative thresholds and have no requirement about the absolute quality of cells. If the signals of added
cells are too bad, the comprehensive quality of the active set is not obviously improved and more downlink resources are occupied and more TPC errors are caused,
and the soft handover performance is worsened. Therefore, there should be a baseline for the quality of the radio links to be added.
The setting of SHOQualmin depends on the power distribution rate of public channels and demodulation capability of UEs.
Impact on the Network Performance
Adjust SHOQualmin according to the Ec/Io that the cell soft handover area reaches as expected at network planning.

The higher SHOQualmin is, the more difficult it is for the neighboring cells to join in the active set, but the service quality of the joining cell can be ensured.
The lower SHOQualmin is, the easier it is for the neighboring cells to join in the active set, but the service quality of the cell cannot be restricted if
SHOQualmin is excessively low.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query SHOQualmin.
For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO to add, LST CELLINTRAFREQHO to query, and MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO to modify SHOQualmin.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Parameters Related to Soft Handover Failure


This describes the parameters related to soft handover failure including maximum evaluation period of soft handover failure, threshold of soft handover failure times,
relative threshold for immediate slowdown upon soft handover failure, and penalty time for slowdown soft handover.
Parameter ID
ShoFailPeriod
ShoFailNumForDwnGrd
RelThdForDwnGrd
DcccShoPenaltyTime
Value Range
ShoFailPeriod: 0 to 120

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 19 of 205

ShoFailNumForDwnGrd: 0 to 63
RelThdForDwnGrd: -29 to 29
DcccShoPenaltyTime: 0 to 255
Physical Value Range
ShoFailPeriod: 0 to 120 s
ShoFailNumForDwnGrd: None
RelThdForDwnGrd: -14.5 dB to 14.5 dB, step is 0.5 dB
DcccShoPenaltyTime: 0 to 255 s
Parameter Setting
The default value of ShoFailPeriod is 60, namely 60 s.
The default value of ShoFailNumForDwnGrd is 3.
The default value of RelThdForDwnGrd is -24, namely -24 dB.
The default value of DcccShoPenaltyTime is 30 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

ShoFailPeriod(Maximum evaluation period of soft handover failure) :


An extremely short period will affect the triggering of slowdown soft handover, thus affecting the reduction of call drops. An extremely long period temporally
does not have any adverse effect.

ShoFailNumForDwnGrd(Threshold of soft handover failure times) :


The smaller the threshold, the greater probability of triggering slowdown before soft handover, but the higher the success rate of handover. The greater the
threshold, the greater probability of handover attempt failures.

RelThdForDwnGrd(Relative threshold for immediate slowdown upon soft handover failure) :


The greater the threshold, the greater the probability of meeting the slowdown conditions, but the higher the successf rate of soft handover.

DcccShoPenaltyTime(Penalty time for slowdown soft handover) :


If the value is too small, it may lead to invalid penalty, that is, the speedup may be triggered due to the DCCC cause and call drops may be increased. If the
value is too large, the speedup of subscribers may be delayed, and the user experience may be affected

Relevant Commands
Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query the parameters.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Affect 1A and 1B Event Threshold Flag


This describes the flags CellsForbidden1A and CellsForbidden1B. The flags determine whether the relative thresholds of the 1A and 1B events are affected.
ID
CellsForbidden1A
CellsForbidden1B
Value Range
NOT_AFFECT, AFFECT
Physical Scope
Not affected, Affected
Setting
The default value is AFFECT.
In the following formulas for calculating relative thresholds of 1A and 1B, CellsForbidden1A and CellsForbidden1B determine whether the measurement value Mi

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

of corresponding cell i is counted in

. If the value of CellsForbidden1A or CellsForbidden1B is AFFECT, Mi is counted in

Page 20 of 205

. If the value of

CellsForbidden1A or CellsForbidden1B is NOT_AFFECT, Mi is not counted in

Impact on the Network Performance


When W in the preceding formulas is 0, the value of CellsForbidden1A or CellsForbidden1B has no impact on the results of the formulas.
Related Commands
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to add, LST INTRAFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify CellsForbidden1A and
CellsForbidden1B.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Neighboring Cell Individual Offset


This describes the neighboring cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.
ID
CIOOffset
Value Range
20 to 20
Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting
The default value is 0.
The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency
handover decision. CIOOffset plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher CIOOffset is, the easier it is for soft handovers to occur, and the more UEs there are in the soft handover state, but the more forward
resources are occupied.
The lower CIOOffset is, the more difficult it is for soft handovers to occur, which is likely to affect the reception quality.

Related Commands
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to add, LST INTRAFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify CIOOffset.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Individual Offset


This describes the cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.
ID
CIO
Value Range
20 to 20
Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting
The default value is 0.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 21 of 205

The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency
handover decision. CIO plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher CIO is, the easier it is for soft handovers to occur, and the more UEs there are in the soft handover state, but the more forward resources
are occupied.
The lower CIO is, the more difficult it is for soft handovers to occur, which is likely to affect the reception quality.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to add and MOD CELLSETUP to modify CIO.
Parent topic: Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters


The common configurable coverage-based inter-frequency handover parameters are listed here.
Table 1 List of coverage-based inter-frequency handover parameters
No. Parameter ID

Parameter
Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

InterFrequency
measurement
report mode

Periodical_reporting

For RNC

RNC

Set or modify: SET


INTERFREQHOCOV

Cell

InterFrequency
measurement
periodic
report
interval

500 ms

Hysteresis
related to
interfrequency
handover

Hystfor2B, Hystfor2D, Hystfor2F: 4 (2 dB)

InterFreqReportMode

PrdReportInterval

Hystfor2B
Hystfor2D
Hystfor2F

For Cell

HystforHHO: 0 (0 dB)

TIMETOTRIG2B

Time-toTrigger
related to
TIMETOTRIG2D
interfrequency
TIMETOTRIG2F
hard
TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ handover

TIMETOTRIG2B: D0

InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP

RSCP-Based
interfrequency
measurement
start/stop
thresholds

2D: -95 dBm;

Ec/No-based
interfrequency
measurement
start/stop
thresholds

2D: -14 dB

Target
frequency
trigger

RSCP: -92 dBm

INTERFREQR99PSTHD2FRSCP
INTERFREQHTHD2FRSCP

Set: ADD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV
Query: LST
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV
Modify: MOD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV

HystforHHO
4

Query: LST
INTERFREQHOCOV

TIMETOTRIG2D: D320
TIMETOTRIG2F: D1280
TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ: 0

2F: -92 dBm

InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP
INTERFREQR99PSTHD2DRSCP
INTERFREQHTHD2DRSCP
6

InterFreqCSThd2FEcNo
InterFreqCSThd2FEcNo
INTERFREQR99PSTHD2DECN0

2F: -12 dB

INTERFREQHTHD2DECN0
INTERFREQR99PSTHD2FECN0
INTERFREQHTHD2FECN0
7

TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP
TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP

Ec/No: -12 dB

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP
TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0

Page 22 of 205

threshold of
interfrequency
coverage

TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0
TARGETFREQHTHDECN0
8

USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP
USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP
USEDFREQHTHDRSCP
USEDFREQCSTHDECN0

Current used
frequency
quality
threshold of
interfrequency
handover

RSCP: -92 dBm


Ec/No: -12 dB

USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0
USEDFREQHTHDECN0
9

PeriodFor2B

Retry period
of 2B event

500 ms

10

AmntOfRpt2B

Maximum
retry times of
2B event

Infinity

11

CIOOffset

Neighboring
0 dB
cell individual
offset

Set: ADD
INTERFREQNCELL

NCell

Query: LST
INTERFREQNCELL
Modify: MOD
INTERFREQNCELL
12

CIO

Cell
individual
offset

0 dB

13

INTERFREQRATSWITCH

Inter-Freq
and InterRAT coexist
switch

InterFreq

Set: ADD CELLSETUP

Cell

Modify: MOD CELLSETUP


Set: ADD CELLHOCOMM

Cell

Query: LST
CELLHOCOMM
Modify: MOD
CELLHOCOMM

14

CoExistMeasThdChoice

InterFreq and COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ For RNC: SET


InterRAT
INTERFREQHOCOV
coexist
measure
LST INTERFREQHOCOV
threshold
choice
For Cell:ADD
CELLHOCOMM

RNC/Cell

LST CELLHOCOMM
MOD CELLHOCOMM
15

INTERFREQMEASTIME

Inter-freq
60 s
measure timer
length[s]

Set: ADD
Cell
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV
Query: LST
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV
Modify: MOD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV

16

HOCovPrio

CoverageBased interfrequency
handover
priority

Set:ADD
INTERFREQNCELL

Cell

Query: LST
INTERFREQNCELL

Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode


This describes the inter-frequency measurement report mode: the periodical report mode or event trigger mode.
Inter-Frequency Measurement Periodic Report Interval
This describes the interval for periodic report of inter-frequency measurement.
Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover
This describes the trigger hystereses for the 2B, 2D, 2F events, and hard handovers (HHOs).
Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover
This describes the trigger delay time for the 2B, 2D, 2F events, and hard handovers (HHOs) in the coverage-oriented inter frequency handover.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 23 of 205

Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement


This describes the start or stop thresholds for the RSCP-based inter-frequency measurement. In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, when
the periodical report mode is used for the inter-frequency measurement, the start or stop thresholds for the RSCP-based inter-frequency
measurement correspond to the absolute thresholds of inter-frequency measurement events, including the absolute thresholds of the 2D event and 2F
event, when RSCP is used for measurement.
EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds
In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency measurement event absolute thresholds when Ec/No
is used for measurement.
Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter-Frequency Coverage
When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover in the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter is used as
the mandatory threshold requirement satisfied by target frequency quality when event 2B is triggered, and it is one of the mandatory conditions for
triggering event 2B. If the periodical reporting mode is adopted, this parameter is used as the absolute threshold of inter-frequency hard handover
event.
Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-Frequency Handover
When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover, these parameters are used for measurement control of event 2B. Only when
the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 2B is satisfied.
Retry Period of 2B Event
This parameter specifies the 2B event retry period.
Maximum Retry Times of 2B Event
This parameter specifies the 2B event maximum retry times.
Neighboring Cell Individual Offset
This describes the neighboring cell offset for inter-frequency handovers.
Cell Individual Offset
This describes the cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.
Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch
This describes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT coexist switch. The switch indicates how to perform neighboring cell measurement if a cell has both
inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells.
Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Measurement Threshold Choice
This describes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT coexist measurement threshold switch. The switch determines what configuration parameters for
the 2D and 2F events should be chosen based on measurement types when a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells.
Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length
This describes the inter-frequency measurement timer length. The inter-frequency measurement timer is used to prevent a cell from keeping in the
inter-frequency measurement state (compressed mode) for a long time if the cell cannot find a target cell that meets the handover condition.
Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Priority
This parameters specifies the priority of coverage-based inter-frequency handover.

Parent topic: Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode


This describes the inter-frequency measurement report mode: the periodical report mode or event trigger mode.
ID
InterFreqReportMode
Value Range
Enum (Periodical_reporting, Event_trigger)
Physical Scope
Periodical_reporting indicates that the periodical reporting mode is used.
Event_trigger indicates that the event triggering mode is used.
Setting
The default value is Periodical_reporting.
There are two optional inter-frequency handover report modes in RNC: event report and periodical report, which are selected through the inter-frequency
report mode switch. This algorithm switch is oriented to RNC configuration.

Event report:
To prevent ping-pong effect before and after inter-frequency handovers, the 2B event (the quality of current in-use frequency is lower than the
threshold of current frequency quality, and the quality of frequencies that are not used currently is higher than the target frequency trigger threshold)
is used to trigger inter-frequency handovers. As the 2B event has no event transfer period mechanism, the function of retrying after handover failures
is not implemented, unless this cell can trigger 2B events again.
Advantage:
The event report can save signaling transmission resources and reduce processing load. In event report mode, the quality of intra-frequency signals
and inter-frequency signals can be compared to avoid ping-pong handovers in a degree.
Disadvantage:

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 24 of 205

The event report can be reported only once, because no event transfer period mechanism is available. If a handover fails, the periodical retry can be
triggered only by an internal timer. If the algorithm parameters are oriented to the cell level, the inter-frequency measurement parameters need to be
updated every time after the optimal cell is updated.

Periodical report:
The 2D and 2F events are used to start and stop the compressed modes. In the period of the compressed mode, the measurement result of interfrequency neighboring cells is reported. When the cell quality reported by the UE is higher than the sum of a absolute threshold and its hysteresis, the
system starts the delay triggering timer. If the cell quality meets the requirement throughout the duration of the timer, the system starts an interfrequency handover after the timer times out.
If the handover fails, the system implements handover decision based on the periodical report of inter-frequency measurement again.
Advantage:
After a handover fails, the system can use the periodical reports to retry for many times for a cell. The algorithm of the periodical report can be
flexibly extended. Parameters of the periodical reports are oriented to cells, so the RNC updates the parameters when implementing internal handover
decision and the system needs not to use signaling messages to inform UEs of the parameter change after handovers occur.
Disadvantage:
A large amount of signaling is needed. The air-interface load and signaling processing load increases.

Impact on the Network Performance


The periodical report and event report have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the periodical report mode is most commonly used.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query InterFreqReportMode.
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify
InterFreqReportMode.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-Frequency Measurement Periodic Report Interval


This describes the interval for periodic report of inter-frequency measurement.
ID
PrdReportInterval
Value Range
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000
Physical Scope
No periodic report, 250, 500, 1000, 2000,3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000, step is ms.
Setting
The default value is D500, namely 500 ms.
Impact on the Network Performance
Reporting once every such interval when periodic report is enabled. It is recommended that the value should not be set to NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
otherwise the UE action is unknown.
The shorter the interval is, the more timely the measurement report is, but the load over the air interface is increased.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query PrdReportInterval.
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify
PrdReportInterval.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 25 of 205

Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover


This describes the trigger hystereses for the 2B, 2D, 2F events, and hard handovers (HHOs).
ID
Hystfor2B
Hystfor2D
Hystfor2F
HystforHHO
Value Range
0 to 29
Physical Scope
0 dB to 14.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting
The default values of Hystfor2B, Hystfor2D, and Hystfor2F are 4, namely 2 dB. The default value of HystforHHO is 0, namely 0 dB.
In periodic report mode, the inter-frequency measurement hysteresis is mainly used to prevent ping-pong handovers of the 2D event (the estimated quality
of the current frequency is lower than a threshold) and the 2F event (the estimated quality of the current frequency is higher than a threshold). The 2D
event is used to start the compressed mode, while the 2F event is used to stop the compressed mode. Therefore, Hystfor2D can be higher than the
recommended value based on the statistics about the ping-pong effect of inter-frequency handovers, and Hystfor2F can be higher than the recommended
value. In this way, frequent actions of starting and stopping the compressed mode are prevented and unnecessary updates of the active set are reduced.
When setting hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers, consider the radio environment (feature of slow fading), actual handover distance, and UEs'
moving speed. The values of hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers range from 2 dB to 5 dB. When adjusting the hystereses, consider the filtering
factors and delay triggering.
Table 1 lists the recommended value ranges of hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers.
Table 1 Typical values of hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers
Speed (km/h)

Scope (CPICH RSCP)

Low speed (5)

8 to 12 (4 dBm to 6 dBm) 10 (5 dBm)

Recommended Value (CPICH RSCP)

6 to 10 (3 dB to 5 dB)

10 (5 dB)

Middle speed (50)

6 to 8 (3 dBm to 4 dBm)

8 (4 dBm)

4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

6 (3 dB)

High speed (120)

4 to 8 (2 dBm to 4 dBm)

6 (3 dBm)

2 to 6 (1 dB to 3 dB)

4 (2 dB)

4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

6 (3 dB)

Typical configuration 6 to 12 (3 dBm to 6 dBm) 8 (4 dBm)

Scope (CPICH Ec/No) Recommended Value (CPICH Ec/No)

In event report mode, the inter-frequency measurement hysteresis is mainly used to decrease the frequent handovers triggered by event 2B because of radio
channel changing. The 2B event triggers inter-frequency coverage handovers. The frequent reports of 2B events can be used to implement retry (for the
same or different cells) for many times after handover failures. If the 2B event is triggered frequently in the same cell, and the handovers in the cell always
fail, the system may retry ineffectively for many times. In this case, signaling resources are wasted and the system processing load increases. Hystfor2B is set
to 0 currently and needs to be optimized based on the actual situation.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability is, and the more ping-pong effect is suppressed. In this case, the
handover algorithm responds to signal changes more slowly.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query the hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers.
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify the hystereses
related to inter-frequency handovers.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 26 of 205

Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover


This describes the trigger delay time for the 2B, 2D, 2F events, and hard handovers (HHOs) in the coverage-oriented inter frequency handover.
ID
TIMETOTRIG2B
TIMETOTRIG2D
TIMETOTRIG2F
TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ
Value Range
The value ranges and working ranges of TIMETOTRIG2B, TIMETOTRIG2D, and TIMETOTRIG2F are as follows:

Value range: Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Working range: Enum (D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ ranges 0 to 64000.


Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms
TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ ranges 0 to 64000 ms.
Setting
Default values

TIMETOTRIG2B: D0
TIMETOTRIG2D: D320
TIMETOTRIG2F: D1280
TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ: 0

The previous simulation results show that hystereses can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and mis-decisions and avoid unnecessary
handovers. Because the report period of inter-frequency measurement is 480 ms, the trigger time shorter than 480 ms is invalid.
UEs with different moving speeds vary in their responses to the event delay trigger value. UEs moving in a high speed are sensitive to the time-to-trigger
value, while UEs moving in a slow speed are slow to the time-to-trigger value. Therefore, the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a low value for the cells
where most UEs are moving in a high speed, and can be set to a comparatively high value for the cells where most UEs are moving in a slow speed. The
time-to-trigger parameters need to be adjusted based on the actual network statistics.
Table 1 lists the value ranges and recommended values of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers.
Table 1 Typical values of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers
Speed (km/h)

Range (ms)

Recommended Value (ms)

640 to 1280

1280

50

240 to 640

640

120

240 to 640

640

Typical configuration

640 to 1280

640

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the more difficult it is for handovers to occur, and the possibility of call drops increases.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query the time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers.
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify the time-totrigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 27 of 205

Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement


This describes the start or stop thresholds for the RSCP-based inter-frequency measurement. In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, when the
periodical report mode is used for the inter-frequency measurement, the start or stop thresholds for the RSCP-based inter-frequency measurement
correspond to the absolute thresholds of inter-frequency measurement events, including the absolute thresholds of the 2D event and 2F event, when RSCP is
used for measurement.
ID
InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP (Threshold to trigger inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for CS domain services)
InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP (Threshold to stop inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for CS domain services)
InterFreqR99PSThd2DRSCP (Threshold to trigger inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for PS domain R99 services)
InterFreqHThd2DRSCP (Threshold to trigger inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for PS domain HSPA services)
InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP (Threshold to stop inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for PS domain R99 services)
InterFreqHThd2FRSCP (Threshold to stop inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for PS domain HSPA services)
Value Range
115 to 25
Physical Scope
115 dBm to 25 dBm, with the step of 1 dBm
Setting
The default values of InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP, InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP and InterFreqHThd2DRSCP are 95.
The default values of InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP, InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP and InterFreqHThd2FRSCP are 92.
When the current measured value of frequency points is lower than the absolute threshold of the 2D event, UEs report 2D events, and the RNC delivers
signaling messages to start the compressed mode and inter-frequency measurement. When the current measured value of frequency points is higher than
the absolute threshold of the 2F event, UEs report 2F events, and the RNC delivers signaling messages to stop the compressed mode and inter-frequency
measurement.
The threshold for starting the inter-frequency measurement (namely the threshold for starting the compressed mode) is the most important parameter in
the inter-frequency handover policy, because the threshold affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode and the success rate of hard handovers.
When setting the threshold, consider the following factors:

Moving speed of UEs


Cell radius
Path loss

Table 1 list the inter-frequency measurement start thresholds, which are represented by RSCP, of the cells on the edge of carrier coverage.
Table 1 Thresholds (RSCP) for starting inter-frequency measurement for UEs moving in different speeds
Speed (km/h)

Inter-frequency measurement start threshold (dBm)

-100

50

-97

120

-93

In actual situations, there may be UEs moving with different speeds in a cell, so the recommended value of the inter-frequency measurement start threshold
of all cells is 95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate is still low for UEs moving with the speed of 120 km/h when the inter-frequency
measurement start threshold is set to 95 dBm.
For the cells at the center of the coverage areas, the inter-frequency measurement start thresholds represented by Ec/No are shown in the following table:
Table 2 Thresholds (EcIo) for starting inter-frequency measurement for UEs moving in different speeds
Speed (km/h)

Inter-frequency measurement start threshold (dB)

-17

50

-14

120

-12

In the cells at the center of the coverage areas, UEs preferentially implement intra-frequency soft handovers, so inter-frequency hard handovers are
unnecessary. In addition, the starting of the compressed mode reduces the communication quality of UEs and increases network interference, so the
recommended value of the inter-frequency measurement start threshold for the cells at the center of the coverage areas is 24 dB, namely that the
compressed mode is not started for the cells at the center of the coverage areas.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 28 of 205

If a cell is a macro cell, there must be micro cells in the coverage of the cell. To enable the micro cells to use the traffic absorption function, the interfrequency measurement start or stop threshold should be set to a comparatively high value, namely the thresholds for events 2D and 2F should be set to
comparatively high values (represented by CPICH RSCP).
If a cell is a micro cell, the preceding default values should be modified according to the link budget.
Impact on the Network Performance
The 2D and 2F events are switches for starting and stopping the compressed mode. If a cell is on the edge of coverage, the measured value of RSCP is used
as the decision standard for the 2D and 2F events. Therefore, the threshold of the 2D event needs to be set to a high value to start the compression mode
early. To reduce the ping-pong effect of starting and stopping the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds for the 2D event and the
2F event.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query the inter-frequency measurement thresholds.
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify the interfrequency measurement thresholds.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds


In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency measurement event absolute thresholds when Ec/No is used
for measurement.
Parameter ID
InterFreqCSThd2DEcN0 (Inter-freq CS measure start Ec/No THD)
InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0 (Inter-freq CS measure stop Ec/No THD)
INTERFREQR99PSTHD2DECN0 (Inter-freq R99 PS measure start Ec/No THD)
INTERFREQHTHD2DECN0 (Inter-freq H measure start Ec/No THD)
INTERFREQR99PSTHD2FECN0 (Inter-freq R99 PS measure stop Ec/No THD)
INTERFREQHTHD2FECN0 (Inter-freq H measure stop Ec/No THD)
Value Range
-24 to 0
Physical Value Range
-24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB
Parameter Setting

The default values of InterFreqCSThd2DecN0, INTERFREQR99PSTHD2DECN0 and INTERFREQHTHD2DECN0 are -14, namely -14 dB
The default values for InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0, INTERFREQR99PSTHD2FECN0 and INTERFREQHTHD2FECN0 are -12, namely -12 dB.

For the detailed descriptions, refer to Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement.
Impact on the Network Performance
Set the event 2D threshold to a relatively greater value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible; otherwise, set it to a relatively less
value. To control the ping-pong effect of the compressed mode start/stop, increase appropriately the difference between the thresholds for events 2D and 2F.
Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV and query them through LST
INTERFREQHOCOV.
For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 29 of 205

Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter-Frequency Coverage


When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover in the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter is used as the
mandatory threshold requirement satisfied by target frequency quality when event 2B is triggered, and it is one of the mandatory conditions for triggering
event 2B. If the periodical reporting mode is adopted, this parameter is used as the absolute threshold of inter-frequency hard handover event.
Parameter ID
TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0 (Inter-freq CS target frequency trigger Ec/No THD)
TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP (Inter-freq CS target frequency trigger RSCP THD)
TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0 (Inter-freq R99 PS target frequency trigger Ec/No THD)
TARGETFREQHTHDECN0 (Inter-freq H target frequency trigger Ec/No THD)
TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP (Inter-freq R99 PS target frequency trigger RSCP THD)
TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP (Inter-freq H target frequency trigger RSCP THD)
Value Range
TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and TARGETFREQHTHDECN0: -24 to 0
TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 to -25
Physical Value Range
TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and TARGETFREQHTHDECN0: -24 dB to 0 dB
TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm
Parameter Setting
The default values of TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and TARGETFREQHTHDECN0 are -12 dB.
The default values of TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP are -92 dBm.
Impact on the Network Performance
The greater the parameters are, the more difficult hard handover occurs.
Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query them through LST
INTERFREQHOCOV.
For parameters oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-Frequency Handover


When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover, these parameters are used for measurement control of event 2B. Only when the
quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 2B is satisfied.
Parameter ID
Based on different inter-frequency measurement quantities in use and different borne services, it can be:
USEDFREQCSTHDECN0 (Inter-freq CS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD)
USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 (Inter-freq R99 PS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD)
USEDFREQHTHDECN0 (Inter-freq H Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD)
USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP (Inter-freq CS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD)
USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP (Inter-freq R99 PS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD)
USEDFREQHTHDRSCP (Inter-freq H Used frequency trigger RSCP THD)
Value Range

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 30 of 205

USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -24 to 0


USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 to -25
Physical Value Range
USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB
USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 1 dBm
Parameter Setting
The default values of USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0 are -12 dB.
The default values of USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP are -92 dBm.
Factors to be considered while setting these parameters:
The cell signal quality of current frequency is poor and cannot better satisfy the coverage requirement of current service. After handover is completed, it is
hard to hand over to the current used frequency cell again even inter-frequency measurement is started again. In other words, these parameters should be
set less than the trigger threshold of event 2F, or equal to the threshold of event 2D.
Impact on the Network Performance
Higher values of these parameters get event 2B to be more easily triggered.
Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query them through LST
INTERFREQHOCOV.
For parameters oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Retry Period of 2B Event


This parameter specifies the 2B event retry period.
ID
PeriodFor2B
Value Range
1 to 64
Physical Scope
500 ms to 32000 ms, step is 500 ms.
Setting
The default value is 1, namely 500 ms.
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower the parameter isthe more easily handover to inter-frequency cellbut the system processing resource will be a little increased.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query PeriodFor2B.
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify PeriodFor2B.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Retry Times of 2B Event

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 31 of 205

This parameter specifies the 2B event maximum retry times.


ID
AmntOfRpt2B
Value Range
0 to 63
Physical Scope
0 to 63 times, 64 means Infinity.
Setting
The default value is 64.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the parameter isthe more easily handover to inter-frequency cellbut the system processing resource will be a little increased.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query AmntOfRpt2B.
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify
AmntOfRpt2B.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Neighboring Cell Individual Offset


This describes the neighboring cell offset for inter-frequency handovers.
ID
CIOOffset
Value Range
20 to 20
Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting
The default value is 0.
The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency
handover decision. CIOOffset plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher CIOOffset is, the easier it is for soft handovers to occur, and the more UEs there are in the soft handover state, but the more forward
resources are occupied.
The lower CIOOffset is, the more difficult it is for soft handovers to occur, which is likely to affect the reception quality.

Related Commands
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to add, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify CIOOffset.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 32 of 205

This describes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT coexist switch. The switch indicates how to perform neighboring cell measurement if a cell has both interfrequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells.
ID
InterFreqRATSwitch
Value Range
Enum(InterFreq, InterRAT, SimInterFreqRAT)
Physical Scope

Only the inter-frequency neighboring cells are measured.


Only the inter-RAT neighboring cells are measured.
Both the inter-frequency neighboring cells and the inter-RAT neighboring cells are measured.

Setting
The default setting is InterFreq.
For a cell having both inter-frequency neighboring cells and inter-RAT neighboring cells, set InterFreqRATSwitch based on the actual handover policy.
InterFreq means that only the inter-frequency cells are measured and the inter-frequency handover is implemented. InterRAT means that only the GSM
cells are measured and only the inter-RAT handover is implemented. SimInterFreqRAT means that both the inter-frequency cells and inter-RAT cells are
measured and the handover mode depends on which cell meets the handover decision condition.
InterFreqRATSwitch is invalid when only inter-frequency cells or inter-RAT cells are available.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter determines the cell handover policy when inter-frequency neighboring cells co-exist with inter-RAT neighboring cells. Configure this
parameter for each cell.
Related Commands
For the cell-oriented handover parameters, use ADD CELLHOCOMM to set, use MOD CELLHOCOMM to modify, and use LST CELLHOCOMM to
query InterFreqRATSwitch.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Measurement Threshold Choice


This describes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT coexist measurement threshold switch. The switch determines what configuration parameters for the 2D
and 2F events should be chosen based on measurement types when a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells.
ID
CoExistMeasThdChoice
Value Range
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Physical Scope
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ indicates that the 2D and 2F measurement threshold parameters oriented to inter-frequency are chosen
as thresholds for cell subscribers to enable or disable the compress mode.
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT indicates that the 2D and 2F measurement threshold parameters oriented to inter-RAT are chosen as
thresholds for cell subscribers to enable or disable the compress mode.
Setting
The default setting is COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ.
During the setting, take into account the following items: Thresholds for 2D and 2F events in inter-frequency and inter-RAT systems, thresholds for the
inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, and current handover policies. For instance, if the threshold for an inter-RAT 2D event is higher than that for an
inter-frequency 2D event, you can choose the inter-frequency measurement threshold parameters to have the system be able to choose inter-frequency
neighboring cells when the inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells coexist.
Impact on the Network Performance
CoExistMeasThdChoice is set on the basis of the actual network handover policy.
Related Commands

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 33 of 205

For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: use SET HOCOMM to set and LST HOCOMM to query CoExistMeasThdChoice.
For the cell-oriented handover common parameters, use ADD CELLHOCOMM to set, MOD CELLHOCOMM to modify, and LST CELLHOCOMM to
query CoExistMeasThdChoice.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length


This describes the inter-frequency measurement timer length. The inter-frequency measurement timer is used to prevent a cell from keeping in the interfrequency measurement state (compressed mode) for a long time if the cell cannot find a target cell that meets the handover condition.
ID
INTERFREQMEASTIME
Value Range
Integer (0...512)
Physical Scope
Integer (0...512) second(s)
Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60 s.
The system stops inter-frequency measurement and disables the enabled compression mode, if no inter-frequency handover occurs upon expiration of the
inter-frequency measurement timer.
For the coverage-based inter-frequency measurement, it can use 2F event report to disable compression mode. But for the non-coverage inter-frequency
measurement, it can disable compressed mode only by measurement timer. So it is recommended not set the timer to 0.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode.
If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover. If the coverage-based inter-frequency handover is not
triggered when the timer expires, the compress mode will be closed and the call may drops.
Related Commands
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify
INTERFREQMEASTIME.
For the non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover:
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query INTERFREQMEASTIME.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Priority


This parameters specifies the priority of coverage-based inter-frequency handover.
ID
HOCovPrio
Value Range
0 to 3.
Physical Scope
0 means not supporting coverage-based inter-frequency handover. 1 means the highest priority of coverage-based inter-frequency handover. 3 means the
lowest priority of coverage-based inter-frequency handover.
Setting

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 34 of 205

The default value is 0.


Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to add andLST INTERFREQNCELL to queryHOCovPrio.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters


The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-Frequency handover management parameters are listed here.
Table 1 List of non-coverage-based inter-Frequency handover management parameters
No. Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default
Value

Relevant Command

Level

Hystfor2C

Hysteresis for the 2C event

Set: SET INTERFREQHONCOV

RNC

TrigTime2C

Time-to-Trigger for the 2C event

D640 (640
ms)

InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0 Inter-Frequency Measure Target Frequency Trigger Ec/No


Threshold

-16 dB

PeriodFor2C

Retry period of 2C event

2s

AmntOfRpt2C

Maximum retry times of 2C event

InterFreqMeasTime

Inter-Frequency measurement timer length

60 s

DlRscpQosHyst

Hysteresis of downlink RSCP QoS frequency

4 dB

DLQosMcTimerLen

DownLink Qos measurement timer length

20 s

ULQosMcTimerLen

UpLink Qos measurement timer length

20 s

Query: LST
INTERFREQHONCOV

Set: SET QOSHO


Query: LST QOSHO

Hysteresis of Event 2C
This describes the trigger hysteresis of the 2C event in inter-Frequency handovers that are not based on coverage.
Time to Trigger for Event 2C
This describes the time to trigger the 2C event in inter-Frequency handovers that are not based on coverage.
Inter-Frequency Measure Target Frequency Trigger Ec/No Threshold
This parameter specifies the threshold of Ec/No value on the target frequency for inter-frequency handover.
Retry Period of 2C Event
This parameter specifies the 2C event retry period.
Maximum Retry Times of 2C Event
This parameter specifies the 2C event maximum retry times.
Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length
This describes the inter-frequency measurement timer length. The inter-frequency measurement timer is used to prevent a cell from keeping in the
inter-frequency measurement state (compressed mode) for a long time if the cell cannot find a target cell that meets the handover condition.
Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency
This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.
DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length
This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.
UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length
This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

Parent topic: Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Hysteresis of Event 2C
This describes the trigger hysteresis of the 2C event in inter-Frequency handovers that are not based on coverage.
ID
Hystfor2C
Value Range
0 to 29
Physical Scope

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 35 of 205

0 dB to 14.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB


Setting
The default value is 6, namely 3 dB.
The event 2C is applied to non-coverage-based inter-frequency hard handover scenarios where inter-frequency measurement needs to be started.
Impact on the Network Performance
The value is related to the slow fading feature. The higher the parameter is, the less the ping-pong effect and the fewer the decision mistakes. In this case,
however, the event 2C might not be triggered in time.
Related Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query Hystfor2C.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Time to Trigger for Event 2C


This describes the time to trigger the 2C event in inter-Frequency handovers that are not based on coverage.
ID
TrigTime2C
Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms
Setting
The default value is D640, namely 640 ms.
Impact on the Network Performance
The value is related to the slow fading feature. The higher the parameter is, the fewer the decision mistakes. In this case, however, the event 2C might not be
triggered in time.
Related Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query TrigTime2C.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-Frequency Measure Target Frequency Trigger Ec/No Threshold


This parameter specifies the threshold of Ec/No value on the target frequency for inter-frequency handover.
Parameter ID
InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0
Value Range
-24 to 0
Physical Value Range
-24 dB to 0 dB
Parameter Setting
The default values is -16, namely -16 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance
The greater the parameters are, the more difficult hard handover occurs.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 36 of 205

Relevant Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Retry Period of 2C Event


This parameter specifies the 2C event retry period.
ID
PeriodFor2C
Value Range
1 to 64
Physical Scope
500 ms to 32000 ms, step is 500 ms.
Setting
The default value is 4, namely 2000 ms.
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower the parameter isthe more easily handover to inter-frequency cellbut the system processing resource will be increased.
Related Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query PeriodFor2C.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Retry Times of 2C Event


This parameter specifies the 2C event maximum retry times.
ID
AmntOfRpt2C
Value Range
0 to 63
Physical Scope
0 to 63 times, 64 means Infinity.
Setting
The default value is 5.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the parameter isthe more easily handover to inter-frequency cellbut the system processing resource will be increased.
Related Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query AmntOfRpt2C.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency


This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.
ID

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 37 of 205

DlRscpQosHyst
Value Range
-15 to 15
Physical Scope
-15 dB to 15 dB.
Setting
The default value is 4, namely 4 dB.
In event-trigger mode, the frequency threshold for the inter-frequency, inter-rat measurement triggered due to downlink QoS causes, and RSCP
measurement quantity adopts the frequency threshold of coverage measurement configured on the daemon minus this parameter.
Impact on the Network Performance
The greater the delay, the more likely to trigger the 2B/3A eventmore easily handover to the target cell.
Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query DlRscpQosHyst.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length


This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.
ID
DLQosMcTimerLen
Value Range
0 to 512
Physical Scope
0 s to 512 s.
Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20 s.
After DownLink Qos measurement starts, if no handover is performed, when this timer expires, the Qos measurement is stopped.
If there is no coverage-based measurement on, the inter-frequency or inter-system measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is
deactivated, if any. The value 0 indicates the timer is not to be enabled.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode.
If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover, that may lead to call drops.
Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query DLQosMcTimerLen.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length


This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.
ID
ULQosMcTimerLen

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 38 of 205

Value Range
0 to 512
Physical Scope
0 s to 512 s.
Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20 s.
After UpLink Qos measurement starts, if no handover is performed, when this timer expires, the Qos measurement is stopped.
If there is no coverage-based measurement on, the inter-frequency or inter-system measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is
deactivated, if any. The value 0 indicates the timer is not to be enabled.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode.
If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover, that may lead to call drops.
Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query ULQosMcTimerLen.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters


This describes the coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters.
Table 1 List of coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

InterRATReportMode

Inter-RAT measurement
report mode

Periodical_reporting

For the RNC

RNC/Cell

InterPeriodReportInterval

Inter-RAT period report


interval

D1000 (1000 ms)

Set or modify: SET


INTERRATHOCOV

BSICVerify

BSIC verify selection


switch

Require

MEASQUANTITYOF3A

Inter-RAT measurement
quantity

MEASQUANTITYOF3A: AUTO

InterRATCSThd2DRSCP

RSCP-Based inter-RAT
measurement start/stop
InterRATR99PSThd2DRSCP thresholds

InterRATCSThd2DRSCP: 100 (dBm)


InterRATR99PSThd2DRSCP and
InterRATHThd2DRSCP: 110 (dBm)

InterRATHThd2DRSCP

Query: LST
INTERRATHOCOV
For the cell
Set: ADD
CELLINTERRATHOCOV
Query: LST
CELLINTERRATHOCOV

InterRATCSThd2FRSCP: 97 (dBm)
InterRATCSThd2FRSCP
InterRATR99PSThd2FRSCP and
InterRATHThd2FRSCP: 107 (dBm)

InterRATR99PSThd2FRSCP

Modify: MOD
CELLINTERRATHOCOV

InterRATHThd2FRSCP
6

INTERRATCSTHD2DECN0 Ec/No-based inter-RAT


measurement start/stop
InterRATR99PSThd2DEcN0 thresholds

INTERRATCSTHD2DECN0: 14 (dB)
InterRATR99PSThd2DEcN0 and
InterRATHThd2DEcNO: 15 (dB)

InterRATHThd2DEcN0
INTERRATCSTHD2FECN0: 12 (dB)
INTERRATCSTHD2FECN0
InterRATR99PSThd2FEcN0 and
InterRATHThd2FEcNO: 13 (dB)

InterRATR99PSThd2FEcN0
InterRATHThd2FEcNO
7

InterRATCovHOCSThd

Inter-RAT handover
decision thresholds

16, namely 95 dBm

TARGETRATR99PSTHD
TARGETRATHTHD

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

TrigTime2D
TrigTime2F

Time-to-Trigger related
to inter-RAT handover
event

TrigTime3A
9

Hystfor3A

Page 39 of 205

TRIGTIME2D: D320
TRIGTIME2F: D1280
TRIGTIME3A: D0

Hysteresis related to
inter-RAT handover

Hystfor2D

2D/2F/3A: 4 (2 dB)
HystforInterRAT: 0 (0 dB)

Hystfor2F
HystforInterRAT
10

TimeToTrigForVerify

Time-to-Trigger for
verified GSM cells

0 ms, namely that the handover is


implemented immediately

11

TimeToTrigForNonVerify

Time-to-Trigger for nonverified GSM cells

0 ms

12

UsedFreqCsThdEcN0

Inter-RAT CS Used
frequency trigger Ec/No
THD

UsedFreqCsThdEcN0: 12 (dB)

UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP
UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP
UsedFreqHThdRSCP

Inter-RAT R99 PS Used


frequency trigger Ec/No
THD
Inter-RAT H Used
frequency trigger Ec/No
THD

UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0 and
UsedFreqHThdEcN0: 13 (dB)
USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP: 97 (dBm)
UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP and
UsedFreqHThdRSCP: 107 (dBm)

Inter-RAT CS Used
frequency trigger RSCP
THD
Inter-RAT R99 PS Used
frequency trigger RSCP
THD
Inter-RAT H Used
frequency trigger RSCP
THD
13

InterRATMeasTime

Time length of the interRAT measurement timer

60 s

14

PeriodFor3A

Retry period of 3A event

1, namely 500 ms

15

AmntOfRpt3A

Maximum retry times of


3A event

63, namely Infinity

16

CIOOffset

Neighboring cell
individual offset

0 dB

Set: ADD GSMNCELL

NCell

Query: LST GSMNCELL


Modify: MOD GSMNCELL
17

CIO

Cell individual offset

0 dB

Set: ADD GSMCELL

Cell

Query: LST GSMCELL


Modify: MOD GSMCELL

Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode


This describes the inter-RAT measurement report mode: the periodical report more or the event trigger mode.
Inter-RAT Periodical Report Interval
This describes the measurement report interval when the periodical reporting mode is selected for the inter-RAT measurement.
BSIC Verify Selection Switch
This describes the BSIC verify selection switch. The parameter is used to control the inter-RAT measurement report. If it is set to Require, report is
allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, all the measured cells can be reported
so long as the report conditions are available, no matter whether their BSICs are correctly decoded or not.
Event 3A Measurement Quantity
Parameter MEASQUANTITYOF3A is used to configure event 3A measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement, including EcNo and RSCP.
RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds
This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement events when RSCP is used for measurement.
Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds
This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement event when Ec/No is used for measurement.
Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds
Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds involve the inter-RAT CS service handover judging threshold TARGETRATCSTHD and the inter-RAT PS
service handover judging threshold TARGETRATR99PSTHD, TARGETRATHTHD.
Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover
This describes the time to trigger related to inter-RAT handovers. In coverage-oriented inter-RAT handovers, the time-to-trigger parameters include
time-to-trigger for 2D (TrigTime2D), time-to-trigger for 2F (TrigTime2F) and time-to-trigger for 3A (TrigTime3A).

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 40 of 205

Hysteresis Related to the Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover


This describes the trigger hystereses for the 3A, 2D, 2F events, and inter-RAT handovers.
Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cells
This describes the delay trigger time of the GSM cells of which the BSIC is already verified when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-RAT
measurement. If the signal quality of a GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the conditions for the inter-RAT handover decision and is in the verified
state in the time length stipulated by this parameter value, the system starts the inter-RAT handover to the GSM neighboring cell.
Time to Trigger for Non-Verified GSM Cells
This describes the delay trigger time of the GSM cell of which the BSIC is not verified when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-RAT
measurement. If the signal quality of a GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the conditions for the inter-RAT handover decision and is in the nonverified state in the time length specified by this parameter, the system starts the inter-RAT handover to the GSM neighboring cell.
Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handover
This parameter is used for measurement control of event 3A when the event reporting mode is adopted for the inter-RAT measurement. Only when
the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 3A is satisfied.
Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length
This describes the effective time length of the inter-RAT measurement. If no proper inter-RAT cell is found (for example no 3A event report is
received or no periodic report meets the trigger conditions of inter-RAT handovers) till the timer expires, the system will stop the inter-RAT
measurement, disables the compressed mode, and waits for the triggering of another inter-RAT measurement.
Retry Period of 3A Event
This parameter specifies the 3A event retry period.
Maximum Retry Times of 3A Event
This parameter specifies the 3A event maximum retry times.
Neighboring Cell Individual Offset
This describes the neighboring cell individual offset for inter-RAT handovers.
Cell Individual Offset
This describes the cell individual offset for inter-RAT handovers.

Parent topic: Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode


This describes the inter-RAT measurement report mode: the periodical report more or the event trigger mode.
ID
InterRATReportMode
Value Range
Enum (Periodical_reporting, Event_trigger)
Physical Scope
Periodical_reporting indicates that the periodical reporting mode is used.
Event_trigger indicates that the event triggering mode is used.
Setting
The default value is Periodical_reporting.
There are two optional inter-RAT handover report modes in the RNC: event report and periodical report, which are selected through the switch of interRAT measurement report mode.

Event report:
To prevent ping-pong effect before and after inter-RAT handover, event 3A (the current used frequency quality is lower than the absolute threshold,
and the GSM cell level is higher than the other absolute threshold) is used as the trigger event for the decision on the origination of inter-RAT
handovers. To improve the handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell where the 3A event is triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. As
the 3A event has no event transfer period, the function of retrying after handover failures is not implemented, unless this cell can trigger 3A events
again.
Advantage: The event report can save signaling transmission resources and reduce processing load. In event report mode, the signal quality of the
current frequency and the signal quality of frequencies of other systems can be compared to avoid ping-pong handovers in a degree.
Disadvantage: The event report can be reported only once, because no event transfer period mechanism is available. If a handover fails, the periodical
retry can be triggered only by an internal timer. If the algorithm parameters are oriented to the cell level, the inter-frequency measurement
parameters need to be updated every time after the optimal cell is updated.

Periodical report:
When the quality of the GSM cell reported by UE is satisfied the requirement to trigger the inter-RAT handover, it starts the delay trigger timer. If
the quality of the GSM cell satisfies the requirement throughout the duration of the timer, the system starts the inter-RAT handover after the timeout.
If the handover fails, the system implements the handover again according to the periodical report of inter-RAT measurement.
Advantage: After a handover fails, the system can use the periodical reports to implement the handover for many times for a cell. The algorithm of the

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 41 of 205

periodical report can be flexibly extended. Parameters of the periodical reports are oriented to cells, so the RNC updates the parameters when
implementing internal handover decision and the system needs not to use signaling messages to inform UEs of the parameter change after handovers
occur.
Disadvantage: A large amount of signaling is needed. The air-interface load and signaling processing load increases.
Impact on the Network Performance
The periodical report and event report have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the periodical report mode is most commonly used.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query the inter-RAT measurement report mode.
For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify the inter-RAT
measurement report mode.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-RAT Periodical Report Interval


This describes the measurement report interval when the periodical reporting mode is selected for the inter-RAT measurement.
ID
InterPeriodReportInterval
Value Range
Enum (NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000,
D64000)
Physical Scope
Enum (NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250 ms, 500 ms, 1000 ms, 2000 ms, 3000 ms, 4000 ms, 6000 ms, 8000 ms, 12000 ms, 16000 ms, 20000 ms, 24000 ms,
28000 ms, 32000 ms, 64000 ms)
Setting
The default value is D1000, namely 1 s.
Because the GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms, the inter-RAT periodical report interval shall be longer than 480 ms. If InterPeriodReportInterval is
excessively high, the handover judging time shall be long, and handovers will become slower.
InterPeriodReportInterval is adjusted according to the configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence. According to the current
configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence, the RSSI measurement of eight GSM cells can be finished in 480 ms, so the RSSI
measurement of 16 GSM cells can be finished in 1000 ms. According to the protocol, there should be not more than 32 inter-RAT neighboring cells, so the
InterPeriodReportInterval can be set to 2000 ms if there are more than 16 neighboring GSM cells.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher InterPeriodReportInterval is, the fewer measurement reports are sent; but the increase of InterPeriodReportInterval will increase the risk of
call drop.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query InterPeriodReportInterval.
For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameter:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify
InterPeriodReportInterval.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BSIC Verify Selection Switch


This describes the BSIC verify selection switch. The parameter is used to control the inter-RAT measurement report. If it is set to Require, report is allowed

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 42 of 205

only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, all the measured cells can be reported so long as the
report conditions are available, no matter whether their BSICs are correctly decoded or not.
ID
BSICVerify
Value Range
Enum (REQUIRED, NOT_REQUIRE)
Physical Scope
Required, not required
Setting
The default value is REQUIRED.
BSICVerify is valid for both periodical report mode and event report mode. To ensure the reliability of handovers, the system reports only the cells of which
the BSIC is correctly decoded, namely, the recommended value of BSICVerify is REQUIRED.
Impact on the Network Performance
If BSICVerify is set to NOT_REQUIRE, handovers occur more easily. If BSICVerify is set to REQUIRED, handovers occur with higher reliability.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query BSICVerify.
For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify BSICVerify.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Event 3A Measurement Quantity


Parameter MEASQUANTITYOF3A is used to configure event 3A measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement, including EcNo and RSCP.
ID
MEASQUANTITYOF3A
Value Range
MEASQUANTITYOF3A: Enum (CPICH_EcNo, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO)
Physical Value Range
None.
Parameter Setting
The default value for MEASQUANTITYOF3A is AUTO.

If select CPICH_Ec/No then use the Ec/No measurement quantity for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dB.
If select CPICH_RSCP then use the RSCP measurement quantity for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dBm.
If select AUTO then use the Ec/N0 measurement quantity for event 3A measurement if RNC receives the Ec/No 2D firstly, or use the RSCP
measurement quantity for event 3A measurement if RNC receives the RSCP 2D firstly.

Impact on the Network Performance


Set it based on the cell location in the network.
Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST
INTERRATHOCOV.
For parameters oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 43 of 205

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds


This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement events when RSCP is used for measurement.
Parameter ID
InterRATCSThd2DRSCP (Inter-RAT CS measure start RSCP THD)
INTERRATR99PSTHD2DRSCP (Inter-RAT R99 PS measure start RSCP THD)
INTERRATHTHD2DRSCP (Inter-RAT H measure start RSCP THD)
InterRATCSThd2FRSCP (Inter-RAT CS measure stop RSCP THD)
INTERRATR99PSTHD2FRSCP (Inter-RAT R99 PS measure stop RSCP THD)
INTERRATHTHD2FRSCP (Inter-RAT H measure stop RSCP THD)
Value Range
-115 to -25
Physical Value Range
-115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 1 dBm
Parameter Setting
The default values are as follows:

InterRatCSThd2DRSCP is -100 dBm;


InterRatCSThd2FRSCP is -97 dBm;
INTERRATR99PSTHD2DRSCP and INTERRATHTHD2DRSCP is -110 dBm;
INTERRATR99PSTHD2FRSCP and INTERRATHTHD2FRSCP is -107dBm.

For the detailed descriptions, refer to Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement. For multiRAB services, use the
configuration of CS service if there exits CS service.
Impact on the Network Performance
Events 2D and 2F are the compressed mode start/stop switches. Because different service types may have different requirements on the signal quality and
different inter-RAT handover policies to be adopted, the inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds are classified here according to CS, PS.
Set the event 2D thresholds to a greater value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible; otherwise set it to a lower value. To reduce
ping-pong start/stop of the compressed mode, increase appropriately the difference between the 2D and 2F thresholds.
Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST
INTERRATHOCOV.
For parameters oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds


This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement event when Ec/No is used for measurement.
Parameter ID
INTERRATCSTHD2DECN0 (Inter-RAT CS measure start Ec/No THD)
InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0 (Inter-RAT R99 PS measure start Ec/No THD)
InterRATHThd2DEcN0 (Inter-RAT H measure start Ec/No THD)
INTERRATCSTHD2FECN0 (Inter-RAT CS measure stop Ec/No THD)
InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0 (Inter-RAT R99 PS measure stop Ec/No THD)
InterRATHThd2FEcN0 (Inter-RAT H measure stop Ec/No THD)

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 44 of 205

Value Range
-24 to 0
Physical Value Range
-24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB
Parameter Setting
The default values are as follows:

INTERRATCSTHD2DECN0 is -14dB;
INTERRATCSTHD2FECN0 is -12dB;
InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0 and InterRATHThd2DEcN0 is -15dB;
InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0 and InterRATHThd2FEcN0 is -13dB.

For the detailed descriptions, refer to Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement. For multiRAB service, use the
configuration of CS service if there exists CS service.
Impact on the Network Performance
Events 2D and 2F are the compressed mode start/stop switches. Because different service types may require different signal qualities and different interRAT handover policies, the inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds are classified here according to CS, PS and signaling.
Set the event 2D threshold to a greater value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible; otherwise set it to a lower value. To eliminate
ping-pong start/stop of the compressed mode, increase appropriately the difference between the 2D and 2F thresholds.
Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST
INTERRATHOCOV.
For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds


Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds involve the inter-RAT CS service handover judging threshold TARGETRATCSTHD and the inter-RAT PS service
handover judging threshold TARGETRATR99PSTHD, TARGETRATHTHD.
Parameter ID
TARGETRATCSTHD
TARGETRATR99PSTHD
TARGETRATHTHD
Value Range
0 to 63
Physical Value Range
-110 dBmto -48 dBm
(0 corresponds to the value lower than -110 dBm; 1 corresponds to -110 dBm; 2 corresponds to -109 dBm; ...; 63 corresponds to -48 dBm)
Parameter Setting
The default values are 16, namely, -95 dBm.
This set of parameters are used for inter-RAT coverage handover evaluation at the RNC side, that is, Tother_RATin the formula introduced below. It is the
absolute threshold of inter-RAT cell quality (RSSI) at the time of inter-RAT handover judging.
If the inter-RATquality in the inter-RAT measurement report obtained at a moment satisfies the following condition:
Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2
Then start the delay trigger timer Trigger-Timer, and handover judgment is made after the timer expires. If the inter-RAT quality satisfies the following
condition before the timer gets expired:
Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 45 of 205

Then the timer stops timing, and the RNC goes on waiting for receiving of the inter-RAT measurement report.
Impact on the Network Performance
Configure these parameters differently according to different policies. If the MS can be handed over only after the GSM cell quality is good enough, this
parameter can be increased properly, -85 dBm for example.
Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST
INTERRATHOCOV.
For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover


This describes the time to trigger related to inter-RAT handovers. In coverage-oriented inter-RAT handovers, the time-to-trigger parameters include timeto-trigger for 2D (TrigTime2D), time-to-trigger for 2F (TrigTime2F) and time-to-trigger for 3A (TrigTime3A).
ID
TrigTime2D
TrigTime2F
TrigTime3A
Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms
Setting
The default values of TrigTime3A, TrigTime2D, and TrigTime2F are D0, D320, and D1280 respectively.
The previous simulation results show that the hysteresis can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and mis-decisions and avoid unnecessary
handovers. UEs with different moving speeds vary in their responses to the event delay trigger value. UEs moving in a high speed are sensitive to the timeto-trigger value, while UEs moving in a slow speed are slow to the time-to-trigger value and cause fewer ping-pong handovers and wrong handovers.
Therefore, the time-to-trigger value can be set to a comparatively high value for the cells where most UEs move in a high speed and can be set to a
comparatively low value for the cells where most UEs move in a low speed. The time-to-trigger parameters need to be adjusted based on the actual network
statistics.
Table 1 lists the value ranges and recommended values of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-RAT handovers.
Table 1 List of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-RAT hard handovers
Speed (km/h)

Range (ms)

Recommended Value (ms)

640 to 1280

1280

50

240 to 640

640

120

240 to 640

640

Typical configuration

640 to 1280

640

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the time-to-trigger values are, the lower the average handover frequency is; but the increase of the time-to-trigger setting increases the risk of
call drop.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query the time-to-trigger values related to inter-RAT handovers.
For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify the time-to-trigger
values related to inter-RAT handovers.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 46 of 205

Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Hysteresis Related to the Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover


This describes the trigger hystereses for the 3A, 2D, 2F events, and inter-RAT handovers.
ID
Hystfor3A
Hystfor2D
Hystfor2F
HystforInterRAT
Value Range
Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F: 0 to 29
Hystfor3A and HystforInterRAT: 0 to 15
Physical Scope
Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F: 0 dB to 14.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Hystfor3A and HystforInterRAT: 0 dB to 7.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting

The default values of Hystfor3A, Hystfor2D, and Hystfor2F are 4, namely 2 dB.
The default value of HystforInterRAT is 0, namely 0 dB.

HystforInterRAT aims to prevent the mis-decision caused by unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover decisions. HystforInterRAT and the
inter-RAT handover decision threshold determine whether to trigger inter-RAT handovers.
The simulation result shows that in a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is high, for example a cell that covers highways, HystforInterRAT can be
set to 1.5, because in the cell the hypsography is flat and there are few barriers, which causes a small shadow fading variation. In a cell where the average
moving speed of UEs is low, there are usually many tall buildings, so the shadow fading variation is comparatively big, and HystforInterRAT can be set to
3.0.
The settings of the hystereses related to coverage-based inter-RAT handover are similar to that of the hestereses related to coverage-based inter-frequency
handover. For details, refer to Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability is, the more ping-pong effect is suppressed, and the more slowly the
handover algorithm responds to signal changes. If the inter-RAT handover hysteresis is set to an excessively high value, the GSM cell to which the UE hands
over must have a good quality. Therefore, the conditions for triggering the inter-RAT handover decision are hard to be satisfied, and the call drop rate
increases.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query the interRAT handover hysteresis.
For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query,
and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify the inter-RAT handover hysteresis.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cells


This describes the delay trigger time of the GSM cells of which the BSIC is already verified when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-RAT
measurement. If the signal quality of a GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the conditions for the inter-RAT handover decision and is in the verified state
in the time length stipulated by this parameter value, the system starts the inter-RAT handover to the GSM neighboring cell.
ID
TimeToTrigForVerify
Value Range
0 to 64000

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 47 of 205

Physical Scope
0 ms to 64000 ms
Setting
The default value is 0, namely that the handover is implemented immediately.
As described in the section about the inter-RAT handover decision threshold, the trigger condition for inter-RAT handover decision is as follows:
Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2
If the quality of the GSM neighboring cell meets the preceding condition, the system starts the trigger timer. The system then implements the handover
decision after timeout if the quality of the GSM neighboring cell always meets the preceding condition throughout the time length of the timer. The time
length of the trigger timer is called the delay trigger time.
The delay trigger time and hysteresis are used to prevent mis-decisions caused by signal jitters during inter-RAT handover decisions.
Considering that the UE is on the edge of the system, TimeToTrigForVerify should be set to a comparatively low value. Because the GSM cells of which the
BSIC is already verified usually have good performance, TimeToTrigForVerify should be set to 0, namely that the handover is implemented immediately.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the smaller the average number of handovers is, and the possibility of call drops increases.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query TimeToTrigForVerify.
For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify
TimeToTrigForVerify.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Time to Trigger for Non-Verified GSM Cells


This describes the delay trigger time of the GSM cell of which the BSIC is not verified when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-RAT
measurement. If the signal quality of a GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the conditions for the inter-RAT handover decision and is in the non-verified
state in the time length specified by this parameter, the system starts the inter-RAT handover to the GSM neighboring cell.
ID
TimeToTrigForNonVerify
Value Range
0 to 64000, 65535
Physical Scope
The physical scope of TimeToTrigForNonVerify is 0 ms to 64000 ms or 65535 ms. If TimeToTrigForNonVerify is set to 65535, the RNC does not allow
handovers to the GSM cells that are not verified.
Setting
The default value of TimeToTrigForNonVerify is 0, namely that the handovers to the non-verified GSM cells are not allowed.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the smaller the average number of handovers is, and the possibility of call drops increases.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query TimeToTrigForVerify.
For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify
TimeToTrigForVerify.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 48 of 205

Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handover


This parameter is used for measurement control of event 3A when the event reporting mode is adopted for the inter-RAT measurement. Only when the
quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 3A is satisfied.
Parameter ID
Based on different inter-RAT measurement quantities in use and different borne services, this parameter can be categorized as follows:

USEDFREQCSTHDECN0 (Inter-RAT CS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD)


USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 (Inter-RAT R99 PS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD)
USEDFREQHTHDECN0 (Inter-RAT H Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD)
USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP (Inter-RAT CS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD)
USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP (Inter-RAT R99 PS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD)
USEDFREQHTHDRSCP (Inter-RAT R99 PS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD)

Value Range
USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -24 to 0
USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 to -25
Physical Value Range
USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -24 dB to 0 dB
USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm
Parameter Setting
The default values for each parameter are as follows:

USEDFREQCSTHDECN0: -12 dB
USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0: -13 dB
USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -13 dB
USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP: -97 dB
USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP: -107 dB
USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -107 dB

Factors to be considered while setting these parameters:


Only when the quality of the current used frequency satisfies QUsed TUsed - H3a/2 and the quality of target frequency satisfies Mother_RAT + CIO
Tother_RAT + H/2, delay the time for triggering the timer when the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-RAT measurement. A 3A event is report upon
expiry of the timer.
where,

QUsed: estimated quality of the UTRAN frequency currently used.


Tused: indicates the quality threshold for the inter-RAT frequency currently used.
Mother_RAT: indicates the inter-RAT (GSM RSSI) measurement results.
Tother_RAT: indicates the threshold for judging the inter-RAT handover.
Cell individual offset (CIO): indicates the offset set by inter-RAT cells.
H: indicates the hysteresis. The setting on the hysteresis reduces incorrect judgement caused by jitter signals.

When the cell signal quality of current frequency is poor and is lower than the threshold defined by this parameter, infer that the current frequency cannot
better satisfy the coverage requirement of current service. The event 2F indicates that the current frequency quality is restored. Therefore, this parameter
should be set less than the trigger threshold of event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D.
For composite services, use the parameters configured for CS services.
Impact on the Network Performance
Higher values of these parameters get event 3A to be more easily triggered. When the value of this parameter is too high, the UE may perform handover
even when the signal quality is good in current system.
Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHOCOV and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to the cell inter-RAT handover algorithm, add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 49 of 205

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length


This describes the effective time length of the inter-RAT measurement. If no proper inter-RAT cell is found (for example no 3A event report is received or
no periodic report meets the trigger conditions of inter-RAT handovers) till the timer expires, the system will stop the inter-RAT measurement, disables the
compressed mode, and waits for the triggering of another inter-RAT measurement.
ID
InterRATMeasTime
Value Range
0 to 512
Physical Scope
0 means that the system does not start the inter-RAT measurement timer.
1 to 512 means 1 s to 512 s.
Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60 s. When setting the thresholds, consider the following factors:
InterRATMeasTime aims to prevent that the handover conditions are not available and the compressed mode is kept for a long time when the UE does not
move or is moving in a low speed. The service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity decreases if the compressed mode is kept for a
long time.
Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished in 60 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

If InterRATMeasTime is excessively low, the UE cannot finish inter-RAT handovers.


If InterRATMeasTime is excessively high, it cannot help improve the service quality.

For the acutal network, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover to get a proper value of InterRATMeasTime that
satisfies most UEs.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameter:
Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and use LST INTERRATHOCOV to query InterRATMeasTime.
For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, use LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and use MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify
InterRATMeasTime.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Retry Period of 3A Event


This parameter specifies the 3A event retry period.
ID
PeriodFor3A
Value Range
1 to 64
Physical Scope
500 ms to 32000 ms, step is 500 ms.
If the RNC fails to handover to all the target cells of the 3A event, the RNC periodically retries to launch handover to the target cells failed by load cause.
Setting
The default value is 1, namely 500 ms.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 50 of 205

Impact on the Network Performance


The lower the parameter isthe more easily handover to GSM cellbut the processing resource of WCDMA cell will be increased.
Related Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST
INTERRATHOCOV.
For parameters oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Retry Times of 3A Event


This parameter specifies the 3A event maximum retry times.
ID
AmntOfRpt3A
Value Range
0 to 63
Physical Scope
0 to 63 times, 64 means Infinity.
Setting
The default value is 64.
If the RNC fails to handover to all the target cells of the 3A event, the RNC periodically retries to launch handover to the target cells failed by load cause for
the 3A event maximum retry times. If the handover succeeds or the new 3A event report is received, the periodically retry process is stopped.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the parameter isthe more easily handover to GSM cellbut the processing resource of WCDMA cell will be increased.
Related Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST
INTERRATHOCOV.
For parameters oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Neighboring Cell Individual Offset


This describes the neighboring cell individual offset for inter-RAT handovers.
ID
CIOOffset
Value Range
50 to 50
Physical Scope
50 dB to 50 dB
Setting
The default value is 0.
The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency
handover decision. CIOOffset plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm..

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 51 of 205

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the sum is, the more easily inter-RAT handovers occur.
Related Commands
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify CIOOffset.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Individual Offset


This describes the cell individual offset for inter-RAT handovers.
ID
CIO
Value Range
50 to 50
Physical Scope
50 dB to 50 dB
Setting
The default value is 0.
The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency
handover decision. CIO plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm..
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the sum is, the more easily inter-RAT handovers occur.
Related Commands
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify CIO.
Parent topic: Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters


The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters are listed here.
Table 1 List of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters
No. Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

Inter-RAT service handover switch

OFF

Set: ADD CELLHOCOMM

Cell

CSServiceHOSwitch
PSServiceHOSwitch

Query: LST CELLHOCOMM


Modify: MOD CELLHOCOMM

Hystfor3C

Hysteresis of event 3C

0 dB

TrigTime3C

Time-to-Trigger for event 3C

D640 (640 ms)

BSICVerify

BSIC verify selection switch

Required

TARGETRATCSTHD

Non-Coverage-Based inter-RAT handover


judging thresholds

21, that is, -90


dBm

InterRATNCovHOPSThd

For RNC

RNC/Cell

Set or modify: SET


INTERRATHONCOV
Query: LST INTERRATHONCOV
For Cell

InterRATHOAttempts

Inter-RAT handover max attempt times

16 times

InterRATMeasTime

Inter-RAT measure timer length

60 s

SNDLDINFO2GSMIND

Switch used to send load information to 2G

ON

NCOVHOON2GLDIND

Switch for non-coverage based handover


according to 2G load information.

ON

Query: LST
CELLINTERRATHONCOV

10

CSHOOUT2GLOADTHD

2G load threshold by inter-rat handover in


CS-domain

80 %

Modify: MOD
CELLINTERRATHONCOV

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

Set: ADD
CELLINTERRATHONCOV

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 52 of 205

11

PSHOOut2GloadThd

2G load threshold by inter-rat handover in


PS-domain

60 %

12

PeriodFor3C

Retry period of 3C event

2000 ms

13

AmntOfRpt3C

Maximum retry times of 3C event

14

UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A Measurement quantity of 3A frequency in


QoS handover

CPICH_RSCP

15

DlRscpQosHyst

Frequency delay of downlink RSCP QoS

4 dB

16

DLQosMcTimerLen

DownLink Qos measurement timer length

20 s

17

ULQosMcTimerLen

UpLink Qos measurement timer length

20 s

Set: SET QOSHO

RNC

Query: LST QOSHO

Inter-RAT Service Handover Switch


This describes the inter-RAT service handover switches. The parameters indicate whether the cell allows the triggering of CS and PS service
handovers.
Hysteresis of Event 3C
This describes the trigger hysteresis of the 3C event in inter-RAT handovers that are not based on coverage.
Time to Trigger for Event 3C
This describes the time to trigger the 3C event in inter-RAT handovers that are not based on coverage.
BSIC Verify Selection Switch
This describes the BSIC verify selection switch, which is used to control the non-coverage-based inter-RAT measurement report. If it is set to Require,
the reporting is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, all the measured cells
can be reported so long as the report conditions are available, no matter whether their BSICs are correctly decoded or not.
Non-Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Decision Thresholds
This describes the non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover decision thresholds: InterRATNCovHOCSThd and InterRATNCovHOPSThd.
Maximum Number of Inter-RAT Handover Attempts
This describes the maximum number of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover attempts.
Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length
This describes the effective time length of the inter-RAT measurement. If no proper inter-RAT cell is found, for example no 3C event report is
received, till the timer expires, the system will stop inter-RAT measurement, disables the compressed mode, and waits for the triggering of another
inter-RAT measurement.
Switch used to Send Load Information to 2G
This is a switch used to send load information to 2G, without direct impact on network performance. When it is set to ON, the RNC sends UMTS cell
load information to the GSM during the non-coverage based system relocation in or out process. When it is set to OFF, the RNC does not send UMTS
cell load information to the GSM during the system relocation in or out process.
Switch for Non-Coverage Based Handover according to 2G Load Information
This describes the switch for non-coverage based handover according to 2G load information. When it is set to ON, the RNC stops the non-coverage
based system relocation out process if the GSM cell load exceeds the CS/PS dormain relocate GSM load Threshold.
2G Load Threshold by Inter-Rat Handover in CS-Domain
This parameter specifies the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in CS-domain.
2G Load Threshold by Inter-RAT Handover in PS-domain
This parameter specifies the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in PS-domain.
Retry Period of 3C Event
This parameter specifies the 3C event retry period.
Maximum Retry Times of 3C Event
This parameter specifies the 3C event maximum retry times.
Measurement Quantity of 3A Frequency in QoS Handover
This parameter is used to configure the used frequency measurement quantity for the 3A event.
Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency
This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.
DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length
This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.
UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length
This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

Parent topic: Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-RAT Service Handover Switch


This describes the inter-RAT service handover switches. The parameters indicate whether the cell allows the triggering of CS and PS service handovers.
ID
CSServiceHOSwitch
PSServiceHOSwitch
Value Range
Enum (ON, OFF)
Physical Scope
Open, close
Setting

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 53 of 205

The default value is OFF.


The service handover is configured refers to the service handover attribute of each service and related parameters at network side. Once the service is set
up, the related measurement is immediately triggered and inter-RAT handover is performed.
The two switches need to be opened only when the service handover function is necessary. By default, they are closed.
Impact on the Network Performance
The inter-RAT service handover switches are set on the basis of the actual network handover strategy.
Related Commands
For the cell-oriented handover parameters:
Use ADD CELLHOCOMM to set, MOD CELLHOCOMM to modify, and LST CELLHOCOMM to query the inter-RAT service handover switches.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Hysteresis of Event 3C
This describes the trigger hysteresis of the 3C event in inter-RAT handovers that are not based on coverage.
ID
Hystfor3C
Value Range
0 to 15
Physical Scope
0 dB to 7.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting
The default value is 0, namely 0 dB.
The 3C event means that the quality of a GSM cell is higher than an absolute threshold.
The 3C event is used for the inter-RAT load handovers and service handovers. When a GSM cell satisfies the following condition, the system triggers the 3C
event and records the GSM cell in the 3C event trigger list. The 3C event is not repeatedly reported for the cells in the 3C event trigger list.
MotherRAT + CIOotherRAT TotherRAT + H3C/2
(prescribed in the TS25.331 protocol)
Where,

H3C represents the hysteresis for the 3C event, namely Hystfor3C.


TotherRAT represents the threshold for triggering the reporting of the 3C event of inter-RAT cells, namely InterRATNCovHOCSThd or
InterRATNCovHOPSThd.

When a cell in the 3C event trigger list satisfies the following condition:
MotherRAT + CIOotherRAT TotherRAT - H3C/2
(prescribed in 3GPP TS25.331)
the cell is deleted from the 3C event trigger list.
The hysteresis aims to avoid mis-decisions that are caused by transient fluctuations of signals. For details, refer to Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency
Handover.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability is, and the more ping-pong effect is suppressed. In this case, the
handover algorithm responds to signal changes more slowly. If Hystfor3C is set to an excessively high value, the GSM cell to which the UE hands over must
have a good quality. Therefore, the conditions for triggering the inter-RAT handover decision are hard to be satisfied, and the call drop rate increases.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 54 of 205

Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query Hystfor3C.


For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify Hystfor3C.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Time to Trigger for Event 3C


This describes the time to trigger the 3C event in inter-RAT handovers that are not based on coverage.
ID
TrigTime3C
Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms
Setting
The default value is D640, namely 640 ms.
The delay trigger time aims to avoid the occasional triggering of excessive event reports for a measurement result. Considering that the period of the
physical layer of UE reporting to Layer 3 is 480 ms, TrigTime3C is set to 640, namely that the system reports the 3C event only when at least two continuous
measurement reports satisfy the condition for triggering the 3C event. The value of TrigTime3C can be optimized based on the actual radio environment.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the smaller the average number of handovers is, and the possibility of call drops increases.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query TrigTime3C.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify TrigTime3C.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BSIC Verify Selection Switch


This describes the BSIC verify selection switch, which is used to control the non-coverage-based inter-RAT measurement report. If it is set to Require, the
reporting is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, all the measured cells can be
reported so long as the report conditions are available, no matter whether their BSICs are correctly decoded or not.
ID
BSICVerify
Value Range
REQUIRED, NOT_REQUIRE
Physical Scope
Required, not required
Setting
The default value is REQUIRED.
The non-coverage-based handovers require a lower timeliness but a higher handover success rate of handovers, so the recommended value of BSICVerify is
REQUIRED to ensure the reliability of handovers.
Impact on the Network Performance

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 55 of 205

If BSICVerify is set to NOT_REQUIRE, handovers occur more easily. If BSICVerify is set to REQUIRED, handovers occur with higher reliability.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query BSICVerify.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify BSICVerify.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Non-Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Decision Thresholds


This describes the non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover decision thresholds: InterRATNCovHOCSThd and InterRATNCovHOPSThd.
ID
InterRATNCovHOCSThd
InterRATNCovHOPSThd
Value Range
0 to 63
Physical Scope
110 dBm to 48 dBm
(0 represents a value lower than 110 dBm; 1 represents 110 dBm; 2 represents 109 dBm; ... 63 represents 48 dBm.)
Setting
The default value is 21, namely 90 dBm.
For the decision formula, refer to Hysteresis of Event 3C.
The thresholds for coverage-based handovers and non-coverage-based handovers are distinguished to flexibly control handovers with different aims. The
non-coverage-based handovers do not require a high timeliness but require a high success rate and good link quality before and after the handovers, so the
non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover decision threshold needs to be set to a high value.
For multi-RAB services, use the parameter configuration of CS service if CS services exist.
Impact on the Network Performance
The values of inter-RAT handover decision thresholds vary according to the handover policy. To have UEs hand over only to the GSM cells with high
quality, you can set the inter-RAT handover decision threshold to a comparatively high value, for example 85.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query InterRATNCovHOCSThd and InterRATNCovHOPSThd.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify
InterRATNCovHOCSThd and InterRATNCovHOPSThd.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Number of Inter-RAT Handover Attempts


This describes the maximum number of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover attempts.
ID
InterRATHoAttempts
Value Range

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 56 of 205

1 to 16
Physical Scope
1 to 16 attempts
Setting
The default value is 16.
An inter-RAT handover involves many network nodes and is a complicated process, so the delay of the inter-RAT handover is long and the failure rate is
comparatively high. Too many handover failures affect the call quality and increase the processing load of the network, so InterRATHoAttempts can be set
to a proper value to limit handover failures. InterRATHoAttempts and InterRATMeasTime help reduce unnecessary inter-RAT measurement (compressed
mode) by limiting the number of handovers and time of inter-RAT measurement respectively.
The number of inter-RAT handovers includes the number of attempts to hand over to the same cell and the number of attempts to hand over to different
cells. If the penalty is introduced to the inter-RAT handovers, namely that the system prohibits handovers to the cells to which handovers have failed for a
period. The penalty does not prohibit the UE from hand over to other cells.
InterRATHoAttempts can be set to 16 at the test stage and set to 1 to 3 in the actual application.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher InterRATHoAttempts is, the higher the probability is for the UE performs inter-RAT handovers.
The lower InterRATHoAttempts is, the smaller influence is on the network quality. Unless in the test process, InterRATHoAttempts needs to be set to
a comparatively low value.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query InterRATHoAttempts.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify
InterRATHoAttempts.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length


This describes the effective time length of the inter-RAT measurement. If no proper inter-RAT cell is found, for example no 3C event report is received, till
the timer expires, the system will stop inter-RAT measurement, disables the compressed mode, and waits for the triggering of another inter-RAT
measurement.
ID
InterRATMeasTime
Value Range
0 to 512
Physical Scope
0 means that the system does not start the inter-RAT measurement timer. 1 to 512 means 1 s to 512 s.
Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60 s.
InterRATMeasTime aims to prevent that the compressed mode is kept for a long time due to the handover conditions are not available when the UE does
not move or is moving in a low speed. The service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity decreases if the compressed mode is kept for a
long time.
Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished in 60 s.
The compressed mode of coverage-based inter-RAT measurement can be closed by the 2F event, while the compressed mode of non-coverage-based interRAT measurement cannot be closed by the 2F event but by the measurement timer. Therefore, do not set the timer of the non-coverage-based inter-RAT
measurement to 0 if possible.
Impact on the Network Performance

If InterRATMeasTime is excessively low, the UE cannot implement inter-RAT handovers.


If InterRATMeasTime is excessively high, it has no effect on improvement of the service quality.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 57 of 205

For the actual network, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover to get a proper value of InterRATMeasTime that
satisfies most UEs.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query InterRATMeasTime.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify
InterRATMeasTime.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Switch used to Send Load Information to 2G


This is a switch used to send load information to 2G, without direct impact on network performance. When it is set to ON, the RNC sends UMTS cell load
information to the GSM during the non-coverage based system relocation in or out process. When it is set to OFF, the RNC does not send UMTS cell load
information to the GSM during the system relocation in or out process.
ID
SNDLDINFO2GSMIND
Value Range
OFF, ON
Physical Scope
OFF, ON
Setting
The default value is ON.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter should be used with the WCDMA and GSM load balancing function.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query SNDLDINFO2GSMIND.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify
SNDLDINFO2GSMIND.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Switch for Non-Coverage Based Handover according to 2G Load Information


This describes the switch for non-coverage based handover according to 2G load information. When it is set to ON, the RNC stops the non-coverage based
system relocation out process if the GSM cell load exceeds the CS/PS dormain relocate GSM load Threshold.
ID
NCOVHOON2GLDIND
Value Range
OFF, ON
Physical Scope
OFF, ON
Setting

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 58 of 205

The default value is ON.


Impact on the Network Performance
When the switch is enabled, the loading of GSM network is taken into account in the WCDMA and GSM load balancing function, thus avoiding too much
impact on the GSM network.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query NCOVHOON2GLDIND.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify
NCOVHOON2GLDIND.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2G Load Threshold by Inter-Rat Handover in CS-Domain


This parameter specifies the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in CS-domain.
ID
CSHOOUT2GLOADTHD
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 80, namely 80%.
This parameter defines the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in CS-domain.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the parameter is, more easily to handover, but take much impact on the GSM cell load.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query CSHOOUT2GLOADTHD.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify
CSHOOUT2GLOADTHD.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2G Load Threshold by Inter-RAT Handover in PS-domain


This parameter specifies the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in PS-domain.
ID
PSHOOut2GloadThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 59 of 205

Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60%.
This parameter defines the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in PS-domain.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the parameter is, more easily to handover, but take much impact on the GSM cell load.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query PSHOOut2GloadThd.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify
PSHOOut2GloadThd.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Retry Period of 3C Event


This parameter specifies the 3C event retry period.
ID
PeriodFor3C
Value Range
1 to 64
Physical Scope
500 ms to 32000 ms, step is 500 ms.
If the RNC fails to handover to all the target cells of the 3C event, the RNC periodically retries to launch handover to the target cells failed by load cause.
Setting
The default value is 4, namely 2000 ms.
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower the parameter isthe more easily handover to GSM cellbut the processing resource of WCDMA cell will be increased.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query PeriodFor3C.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify PeriodFor3C.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Retry Times of 3C Event


This parameter specifies the 3C event maximum retry times.
ID
AmntOfRpt3C
Value Range
0 to 63

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 60 of 205

Physical Scope
0 to 63 times, 64 means Infinity.
Setting
The default value is 5.
If the RNC fails to handover to all the target cells of the 3C event, the RNC periodically retries to launch handover to the target cells failed by load cause for
the 3C event maximum retry times. If the handover succeeds or the new 3C event report is received, the periodically retry process is stopped.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the parameter isthe more easily handover to GSM cellbut the processing resource of WCDMA cell will be increased.
Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query AmntOfRpt3C.
For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify
AmntOfRpt3C.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Measurement Quantity of 3A Frequency in QoS Handover


This parameter is used to configure the used frequency measurement quantity for the 3A event.
ID
UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A
Value Range
CPICH_Ec/No, CPICH_RSCP
Physical Scope
CPICH_Ec/No, CPICH_RSCP
Setting
The default value is CPICH_RSCP.
Impact on the Network Performance
The precondition is that the UE is moving to the edge of the cell. If there is intra-frequency cell, the Ec/No changes faster than RSCP, so the quality of the
cell should be measured by Ec/No. If there is no intra-frequency cell, the RSCP changes faster than Ec/No, the quality of the cell should be measured by
RSCP. If the measurement quantity is improper, handovers may not be delayed, and thus call drop occurs.
Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A.
Parent topic: Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Blind Handover Management Parameters


This describes the blink handover management parameters.
Table 1 List of blind handover management parameters
Serial No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

BlindHoFlag

Blind handover flag

OFF

For inter-frequency handovers:

NCell

Set: ADD INTERFREQNCELL


Query: LST INTERFREQNCELL
2

BlindHOPrio

Blind handover priority

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

DRDEcN0Threshhold

Ec/N0 threshold for direct retry

Page 61 of 205

-9 dB

Modify: MOD INTERFREQNCELL


For inter-RAT handovers:
Set: ADD GSMNCELL
Query: LST GSMNCELL
Modify: MOD GSMNCELL

Blind Handover Flag


This describes the blind handover flag, which indicates whether the blind handover is performed. In a blind handover, the UE can directly hands over
to the neighboring cell without any measurement.
Blind Handover Priority
This describes the blind handover priority. If BlindHOFlag is TRUE, BlindHOPrio can be used to appoint the blind handover priority for the
neighboring cell.
Ec/N0 Threshold for Direct Retry
In DRD, this parameter is used to judge whether the quality condition of blind handover is met.

Parent topic: Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Blind Handover Flag


This describes the blind handover flag, which indicates whether the blind handover is performed. In a blind handover, the UE can directly hands over to the
neighboring cell without any measurement.
ID
BlindHoFlag
Value Range
FALSE, TRUE
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is FALSE.
For the concentric cells with different frequencies, BlindHoFlag can be set to TRUE.
Impact on the Network Performance
Set the parameter according to actual network handover strategies. It may affect KPI performance concerning the cells if the blind handover is allowed in
related cells. Especially the emergency blind handovers have more impact.
Related Commands
For the inter-frequency handovers:
Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify BlindHoFlag.
For the inter-RAT handovers:
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify BlindHoFlag.
Parent topic: Blind Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Blind Handover Priority


This describes the blind handover priority. If BlindHOFlag is TRUE, BlindHOPrio can be used to appoint the blind handover priority for the neighboring
cell.
ID
BlindHOPrio
Value Range
0 to 30

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 62 of 205

Physical Scope
None.
Setting
Table 1 lists the meanings of different blind handover priorities.
Table 1 List of blind handover priority sets
Bind Handover Priority Set

Priority

Cell Type

Inter-frequency emergency blind handover

0 to 30

Inter-frequency cell

Inter-frequency non-emergency blind handover

0 to 15

Inter-frequency cell

Inter-RAT emergency blind handover

0 to 30

Inter-RAT cell

Inter-RAT non-emergency blind handover

0 to 15

Inter-RAT cell

The configuration of the non-emergency blind handover priority (015) of cells must guarantee a reasonable handover success rate and avoid the high call
drop rate. The scenarios of the non-emergency blind handover priority are concentric cells with different frequencies and macro cells that act as the
neighboring cells of micro cells.
The cells with priority 1630 have a lower requirement on the blind handover success rate, because the customer satisfaction is not directly affected. The
scenarios of the cells with priority 1630 are the cells in the UE's moving direction and the inter-frequency cells with a high handover probability.
The specific value in the value ranges is not strictly required, because it is used to flexibly control the preferable target cells of blind handovers. For the
inter-frequency blind handover cells, you can randomly select a value for the handover priority between 0 and 10, while you must carefully select a value
range (either 015 or 1630, which indicates non-emergency inter-frequency blind handovers or emergency inter-frequency blind handovers) at first.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the blind handovers are enabled, the traffic statistics indexes, such as the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover success rate and call drop rate, are
affected to a certain degree. Especially the emergency blind handovers have more impact.
Related Commands
For the inter-frequency handovers:
Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify BlindHOPrio.
For the inter-RAT handovers:
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify BlindHOPrio.
Parent topic: Blind Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Ec/N0 Threshold for Direct Retry


In DRD, this parameter is used to judge whether the quality condition of blind handover is met.
ID
DRDEcN0Threshhold
Value Range
24 to 0
Physical Scope
12 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting
The default value is -18, namely -9 dB.
This threshold is the minimum Ec/N0 value required for normal communications of UE. In selecting the candidate cell of DRD, the cell whose Ec/N0 value is
smaller than this threshold of inter-frequency cells is filtered out.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter specifies the domain for inter-frequency blind handover. The higher the parameter, more easily to blind handover.
Related Commands
For the inter-frequency handovers:

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 63 of 205

Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify DRDEcN0Threshhold.
For the inter-RAT handovers:
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify DRDEcN0Threshhold.
Parent topic: Blind Handover Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters


This describes the cell selection and reselection parameters.
Table 1 List of cell selection and reselection parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

IdleQhyst1s

Measurement hysteresis parameters

Qhyst1s: 2 (4 dB)

Set: ADD CELLSELRESEL

Cell

Qhyst2s: 1 (2 dB)

Query: LST
CELLSELRESEL

IdleQhyst2s
ConnQhyst1s

Modify: MOD
CELLSELRESEL

ConnQhyst2s
2

IdleQoffset1sn

Load level offsets

0 dB

IdleQoffset2sn

For intra-frequency cells:


Set: ADD
INTRAFREQNCELL

ConnQoffset1sn
Query: LST
INTRAFREQNCELL

ConnQoffset2sn

Modify: MOD
INTRAFREQNCELL

Qoffset1sn

For inter-frequency cells:


Set: ADD
INTERFREQNCELL
Query: LST
INTERFREQNCELL
Modify: MOD
INTERFREQNCELL
For inter-RAT cells:
Set: ADD GSMNCELL
Query: LST GSMNCELL
Modify: MOD GSMNCELL
3

Qqualmin

Minimum quality criterion

18 dB

Qrxlevmin

Minimum access level

58, namely 115 dBm

IdleSintrasearch

Cell reselection start thresholds

IdleSintrasearch and ConnSintrasearch:


5, namely 10 dB

ConnSintrasearch
IdleSintersearch

IdleSintersearch and ConnSintersearch:


4, namely 8 dB

ConnSintersearch

SsearchRat: 2, namely 4 dB

Set: ADD CELLSELRESEL


Query: LST
CELLSELRESEL
Modify: MOD
CELLSELRESEL

SsearchRat
6

Treselections

Reselection hysteresis time

1s

Qrxlevmin

Minimum access level for GSM cells

58, namely 115 dBm

Set: ADD GSMNCELL

NCell

Query: LST GSMNCELL


Modify: MOD GSMNCELL
8

Qsearch_I

Level threshold for 2G MS in idle mode


to search for 3G cells

7, namely always

FDD_Qoffset

3G cell reselection signal level offset

0 dB

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

N/A

GSM

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10

FDD_Qmin

3G cell reselection signal level threshold

Page 64 of 205

10 dB

Measurement Hysteresis Parameters


This describes the measurement hysteresis parameters: measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s). The
measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s) are used for the UE to measure the service cell CPICH RSCP (Qhyst1s)
and CPICH Ec/No (Qhyst2s) respectively. IdleQhyst1s and IdleQhyst2s are used in the idle state, ConnQhyst1s and ConnQhyst2s are used in the
connecting state.
Cell Reselection Offset
This describes the cell offset used for cell selection and reselection. In the processes of cell selection and cell reselection, the offset of the cells that use
the CPICH Ec/No measurement value is QOffset2sn, the offset of the cells that use the CPICH RSCP measurement value is QOffset1sn.
Minimum Quality Criterion
This describes the minimum access threshold of PCPICH Ec/N0. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH Ec/N0 measured by the UE is higher
than this threshold.
Minimum Access Level
This describes the minimum access threshold of PCPICH RSCP. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH RSCP measured by the UE is higher
than this threshold.
Cell Reselection Start Thresholds
This describes the cell reselection start thresholds: intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Sintrasearch), inter-frequency cell reselection start
threshold (Sintersearch), and inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold (SsearchRat). IdleSintrasearch and IdleSintersearch are used in idle state.
ConnSintrasearch and ConnSintersearch are used in connecting state.
Reselection Hysteresis Time
This describes reselection hysteresis time. If the quality of signals of a cell (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is better than that of the current cell
where the UE is residing throughout the reselection hysteresis time, the UE reselects the cell as the next residing cell.
Minimum Access Level of Inter-RAT Cells
This describes the minimum access level threshold of inter-RAT cells, such as the GSM, DCS, or PCS cells. A UE can reside in a cell only when the
signal strength measured by the UE is higher than the threshold.
Signal Level Threshold for MS in 2G Idle Mode to Search for 3G Cells
This describes the signal level threshold for which a GSM MS in idle mode starts to search for 3G cells.
Signal Level Offset for 3G Cell Reselection
This describes the signal level offset for 3G cell reselection. A 3G cell can be reselected when the average signal level of the target 3G cell is higher than
that of the current serving cell by at least the amount defined by FDD_Qosffset.
Signal Level Threshold for 3G Cell Reselection
This describes the signal level threshold for 3G cell reselection. Only when the signal level in the target 3G cell is higher than the serving cell by at
least the amount defined by FDD_Qmin, the target 3G cell may become a candidate cell for reselection.

Parent topic: Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Measurement Hysteresis Parameters


This describes the measurement hysteresis parameters: measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s). The measurement
hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s) are used for the UE to measure the service cell CPICH RSCP (Qhyst1s) and CPICH Ec/No
(Qhyst2s) respectively. IdleQhyst1s and IdleQhyst2s are used in the idle state, ConnQhyst1s and ConnQhyst2s are used in the connecting state.
ID
IdleQhyst1s
IdleQhyst2s
ConnQhyst1s
ConnQhyst2s
Value Range
0 to 20, 255
Physical Scope
0 dB to 40 dB, with the step of 2 dB
When the value of measurement hysteresis is 255, the measurement hysteresis is invalid.
Setting
The default value of Qhyst1s is 2, namely 4 dB. The default value of Qhyst2s is 1, namely 2 dB.
Qhyst2s is an optional configuration. If Qhyst2s is not configured, the value of the measurement hysteresis is that of Qhyst1s.
According to the R rule, the measurement value of the current serving cell plus the hysteresis is used in the cell reselection sequencing. The value of the
measurement hysteresis is related to the slow fading feature of the area where the cell is.
The measurement hysteresis aims to prevent the ping-pong effect of the cell reselection, which is caused by the slow fading when the UE is on the edge of the
cell. The ping-pong effect may trigger frequent location updates (idle mode), URA updates (URA_PCH), or cell updates (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH), and
thus increase the load of network signaling and the consumption of UE batteries.
Set a proper measurement hysteresis to reduce as much as possible effect of the slow fading as well as ensuring timely cell updates of the UE. According to

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 65 of 205

the CPICH RSCP emulation report of inter-frequency hard handovers, the measurement hysteresis ranges 4 dBm to 5 dBm and is set to 4 dBm by default
when the slow fading variance is 8 dB and the relative distance is 20 m.
In the cells the slow fading variance is big and the average moving speed of UEs is low, increase the measurement hysteresis to reduce the ping-pong effect of
the cell reselection.
In the cells where the slow fading variance is low and the average moving speed of UEs is high, for example the suburbs and countryside, reduce the
measurement hysteresis to guarantee timely location updates of UEs.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher the measurement hysteresis is, the less likely it is for various types of cell reselections to occur, and the better the slow fading resistance
capability is, but the slower the system reacts to the environment changes.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify the measurement hysteresis.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Reselection Offset


This describes the cell offset used for cell selection and reselection. In the processes of cell selection and cell reselection, the offset of the cells that use the
CPICH Ec/No measurement value is QOffset2sn, the offset of the cells that use the CPICH RSCP measurement value is QOffset1sn.
ID
IdleQoffset1sn
IdleQoffset2sn
ConnQoffset1sn
ConnQoffset2sn
Value Range
50 to 50
Physical Scope
50 dB to 50 dB
Setting
The default value is 0.
IdleQoffset1sn and IdleQoffset2sn are used in idle state. ConnQoffset1sn and ConnQoffset2sn are used in connecting state. ConnQoffset1sn and
ConnQoffset2sn are valid only when SIB12Ind is TRUE, namely that there are SIB12 system messages. In addition, in the inter-RAT cell selection and
reselection processes, there is no QOffset2sn but only QOffset1sn, and there is no difference as to Idle and Conn.
It is the offset for the CPICH measurement value of neighboring cells. QOffset1sn is used for the RSCP measurement. The measurement value of
neighboring cells minus the offset is used in the cell reselection sequencing. QOffset2sn is used for the Ec/No measurement. The measurement value of
neighboring cells minus the offset is used in the cell reselection sequencing.
The cell reselection offset plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the cell selection and reselection algorithm. It is configured by network planners
according to the actual situation.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the cell reselection offset is, the lower probability that nearby cells are selected.
The lower the cell reselection offset is, the higher probability that nearby cells are selected.

Related Commands
For the intra-frequency cell selection and reselection:
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to set, LST INTRAFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify the cell reselection offset.
For the inter-frequency cell selection and reselection:
Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify the cell reselection offset.
For the inter-RAT cell selection and reselection:
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify the cell reselection offset.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 66 of 205

Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum Quality Criterion


This describes the minimum access threshold of PCPICH Ec/N0. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH Ec/N0 measured by the UE is higher than
this threshold.
ID
Qqualmin
Value Range
24 to 0
Physical Scope
24 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 1 dB
Setting
The default value is 18.
For the FDD mode, the definition of cell selection S rule in 3GPP 25.304 is as follows:
Srxlev > 0 and Squal > 0
Where,
Squal = Qqualmeas Qqualmin
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas Qrxlevmin Pcompensation

Qqualmeas is the quality measured for the cell and is represented by CPICH Ec/NO.
Qrxlevmeas is RSCP of CPICH.
Qrxlevmin is the minimum pilot signal reception power of the current cell.
Pcompensation = max (UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH P_MAX, 0)
UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH is the maximum uplink transmit power when the UE accesses the cell, namely MaxAllowedULTxPower.
P_MAX is the maximum radio frequency output power of a UE.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher Qqualmin is, the more difficult it is for the UE to reside in the cell.
The lower Qqualmin is, the easier it is for the UE to reside in the cell, but it is possible that the UE cannot receive the system messages that are sent
through the PCCPCH.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify Qqualmin.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum Access Level


This describes the minimum access threshold of PCPICH RSCP. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH RSCP measured by the UE is higher than
this threshold.
ID
Qrxlevmin
Value Range
58 to 13
Physical Scope
115 dBm to 25 dBm, with the step of 2 dBm
58 means 115 dBm; 57 means 113 dBm; ; 13 means 25 dBm.
Setting
The default value is 58, namely 115 dBm.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 67 of 205

For the definition of Qrxlevmin, refer to Minimum Quality Criterion.


The settings of Qrxlevmin and Qqualmin need to be considered comprehensively.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher Qrxlevmin is, the more difficult it is for the UE to reside in the cell.
The lower Qrxlevmin is, the easier it is for the UE to reside in the cell. But if Qrxlevmin is excessively low, it is possible that the UE cannot receive the
system messages that are sent through the PCCPCH.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify Qrxlevmin.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Reselection Start Thresholds


This describes the cell reselection start thresholds: intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Sintrasearch), inter-frequency cell reselection start
threshold (Sintersearch), and inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold (SsearchRat). IdleSintrasearch and IdleSintersearch are used in idle state.
ConnSintrasearch and ConnSintersearch are used in connecting state.
ID
IdleSintrasearch
IdleSintersearch
ConnSintrasearch
ConnSintersearch
SsearchRat
Value Range
16 to 10
Physical Scope
32 dB to 20 dB, with the step of 2 dB
Setting

The default values of IdleSintrasearch and ConnSintrasearch are 5, namely 10 dB.


The default values of IdleSintersearch and ConnSintersearch are 4, namely 8 dB.
The default value of Ssearchrat is 2, namely 4 dB.

In 3GPP 25.304, the cell reselection start threshold is defined as follows:


1. If Sx <= Sintrasearch, the UE implements the intra-frequency measurement and starts the intra-frequency cell reselection.
2. If Sx <= Sintersearch, the UE implements the inter-frequency measurement and starts the inter-frequency cell reselection.
3. If Sx <= SserachRAT, the UE implements the inter-RAT measurement and starts the inter-RAT cell reselection.
Where, Sx = UE measurement value Qqualmin.
When the UE detects that the quality of serving cell (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is lower than the minimum quality standard (Qqualmin) plus the
cell reselection start threshold, the UE starts the cell reselection process.
The intra-frequency cell reselection has a priority higher than the inter-frequency cell reselection and inter-RAT cell reselection, the intra-frequency cell
reselection start threshold should be higher than the inter-frequency cell reselection start threshold and inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold.
Impact on the Network Performance

If the cell reselection threshold is set to a comparatively high value, the UE may frequently start cell reselections, and the battery of the UE may be
largely consumed.
If the cell reselection threshold is set to a comparatively low value, it is difficult for cell reselections to be started, and the UE may not timely reside in
the cells with good quality, affecting the quality of communication between the UTRAN and the UE.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify the cell reselection thresholds.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 68 of 205

Reselection Hysteresis Time


This describes reselection hysteresis time. If the quality of signals of a cell (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is better than that of the current cell where
the UE is residing throughout the reselection hysteresis time, the UE reselects the cell as the next residing cell.
ID
Treselections
Value Range
0 to 31
Physical Scope
0 s to 31 s
Setting
The default value is 1.
Treselections prevents ping-pong reselections between cells.
NOTE:
0 corresponds to the default value that is prescribed in the protocol, and does not mean 0 s.
When setting Treselections, comply with the following principles:
1. Ensure that the UE can reselect a cell when crossing the non-soft-switch area of the cell and that the UE timely performs location updates, cell
updates, or URA updates when necessary.
2. Ensure that the UE does not reselect a cell when it is in the soft-switch area of the cell. In this way, the unnecessary location updates, cell updates, and
URA updates are avoided.
3. When setting Treselections, consider the difference between cells that cover different areas, for example the cells covering highways and cells covering
densely populated areas. Treselections in densely populated areas can be set to a high value and Treselections in the areas where the average moving
speed of UEs is high can be set to a low value.
Impact on the Network Performance

If Treselections is set to a comparatively low value, the ping-pong reselections may be caused.
If Treselections is set to a comparatively high value, the cell reselection delay may become excessively high, and thus cell reselections may be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify Treselections.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum Access Level of Inter-RAT Cells


This describes the minimum access level threshold of inter-RAT cells, such as the GSM, DCS, or PCS cells. A UE can reside in a cell only when the signal
strength measured by the UE is higher than the threshold.
ID
Qrxlevmin
Value Range
58 to 13
Physical Scope
115 dBm to 25 dBm, with the step of 2 dBm
58 means 115 dBm; 57 means 113 dBm; ; 13 means 25 dBm.
Setting
The default value is 58, namely 115 dBm.
Similar to the S rule, mobile stations in the GSM, DCS, or PCS system also need to meet a path loss standard to reside in a GSM, DCS, or PCS cell. The
standard requires that the factor (C1) of the path loss rule should be higher than 0. C1 is defined as follows:
C1 = (A Max (B, 0))

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 69 of 205

Where,

A = RLA_C RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN;
B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH P

For the DCS 1800 system

B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH + POWER OFFSET P;


RLA_C: The measured value of average received signal strength
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN: The minimum signal strength needed by the access system, namely Qrxlevmin
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH: The maximum allowed transmit power when the UE accesses the system
POWER OFFSET: The power offset parameter of UEs in the DCS 1800 system; and is used with MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
P: The maximum radio frequency output power of a UE

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher Qrxlevmin is, the more difficult it is for the UE to reside in the cell.
The lower Qrxlevmin is, the easier it is for the UE to reside in the cell.

But if Qrxlevmin is excessively low, it is possible that the UE cannot receive the system messages and paging messages of the cell.
Related Commands
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify Qrxlevmin.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Signal Level Threshold for MS in 2G Idle Mode to Search for 3G Cells


This describes the signal level threshold for which a GSM MS in idle mode starts to search for 3G cells.
ID
Qsearch_I
Value Range
0 to 15
Physical Scope

If the threshold ranges 0 to 6, the GSM MS starts searching for 3G cells when the signal level is lower than the threshold.
If the threshold ranges 8 to 14, the GSM MS starts searching for 3G cells when the signal level is higher than the threshold.
If the threshold is 7, the GSM MS is always searching for 3G cells.
If the threshold is 15, the GSM MS never searches for the 3G cells.

0 = 98 dBm, 1 = 94 dBm, ..., 6 = 74 dBm, 7 = (always), 8 = 78 dBm, 9 = 74 dBm, ..., 14 = 54 dBm, 15 = (never)
Setting
The default value is 7, which indicates that the GSM MS in idle mode always searches for 3G cells.
Impact on the Network Performance
The setting of this parameter depends on the customer policy. The 3G cell is preferable during the interoperation of 3G and 2G.
Related Commands
The parameter is invalid in the 3G network.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Signal Level Offset for 3G Cell Reselection


This describes the signal level offset for 3G cell reselection. A 3G cell can be reselected when the average signal level of the target 3G cell is higher than that
of the current serving cell by at least the amount defined by FDD_Qosffset.
ID
FDD_Qoffset
Value Range
0 to 15

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 70 of 205

Physical Scope
0 = (always select a cell if acceptable), 1 = 28 dB, 2 = 24 dB, ..., 15 = 28 dB
Setting
The default value is 0.
Impact on the Network Performance
The setting of this parameter depends on the customer policy. The 3G cell is preferable during the interoperation of 3G and 2G.
Related Commands
The parameter is invalid in the 3G network.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Signal Level Threshold for 3G Cell Reselection


This describes the signal level threshold for 3G cell reselection. Only when the signal level in the target 3G cell is higher than the serving cell by at least the
amount defined by FDD_Qmin, the target 3G cell may become a candidate cell for reselection.
ID
FDD_Qmin
Value Range
0 to 7
Physical Scope
0 = 20 dB, 1 = 6dB, 2 = 18 dB, 3 = 8 dB, 4 = 16 dB, 5 = 10 dB, 6 = 14 dB, 7 = 12 dB
Setting
The default value is 5.
Impact on the Network Performance
The setting of this parameter depends on the customer policy. The 3G cell is preferable during the interoperation of 3G and 2G.
Related Commands
The parameter is invalid in the 3G network.
Parent topic: Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Neighboring Cell Management Parameters


This describes the neighboring cell management parameters.
Table 1 List of neighboring cell management parameters
Serial No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

NPrioFlag

Neighboring cell priority flag

FALSE

For intra-frequency cells:

NCell

Set: ADD INTRAFREQNCELL


Modify: MOD INTRAFREQNCELL
For inter-frequency cells:
2

NPRIO

Neighboring cell priority

Set: ADD INTERFREQNCELL


Modify: MOD INTERFREQNCELL
For inter-RAT cells:
Set: ADD GSMNCELL
Modify: MOD GSMNCELL

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 71 of 205

Neighboring Cell Priority Flag


This describes the neighboring cell priority flag.
Neighboring Cell Priority
This describes the neighboring cell priority.

Parent topic: Handover Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Neighboring Cell Priority Flag


This describes the neighboring cell priority flag.
ID
NPrioFlag
Value Range
FALSE, TRUE
Physical Scope
False, true
Setting
The default value of is FALSE.
This parameter is unnecessary for a new network.
To swap the network that is configured with neighboring cell priority, use the neighboring cell priority of the existing network and set NPrioFlag to TRUE.
Impact on the Network Performance
An improper neighboring cell priority may result in missed configuration of neighboring cells.
Related Commands
For intra-frequency cells:
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to set and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify NPrioFlag.
For inter-frequency cells:
Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set and use MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify NPrioFlag.
For inter-RAT cells:
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set and MOD GSMNCELL to modify NPrioFlag.
Parent topic: Neighboring Cell Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Neighboring Cell Priority


This describes the neighboring cell priority.
ID
NPrio
Value Range
0 to 30 (for intra-frequency neighboring cells)
0 to 63 (for inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells)
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The lower NPrio is, the higher the neighboring cell priority is.
Impact on the Network Performance

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 72 of 205

An improper neighbor priority may result in missed configuration of neighboring cells.


Related Commands
For intra-frequency cells:
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to set and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify NPrioFlag.
For inter-frequency cells:
Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set and use MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify NPrioFlag.
For inter-RAT cells:
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set and MOD GSMNCELL to modify NPrioFlag.
Parent topic: Neighboring Cell Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Admission Control Parameters


This describes the admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of admission control parameters
Serial ID
No.

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

Initial uplink and


downlink access rates of
BE services

64, namely 64 Kbit/s

Set or modify: SET FRC

RNC

ULBETraffInitBitRate
DLBETraffInitBitRate

IU_Qos_Neg_Switch

Query: LST FRC

Intelligent admission
algorithm switch

RAB_Downsizing_Switch

QueueAlgoSwitch

IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: 0
RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH:
1
QUEUEALGOSWITCH: OFF
PREEMPTALGOSWITC: OFF

IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and
RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH

RNC

Set or modify: SET


CORRMALGOSWITCH
Query: LST
CORRMALGOSWITCH

PeemptAlgoSwitch

QUEUEALGOSWITCH and
PREEMPTALGOSWITC
Set or modify: SET
QUEUEPREEMPT
Query: LST QUEUEPREEMPT
3

UlTotalEqUserNum

Total number of uplink


equivalent subscribers

80

DlTotalEqUserNum

Total number of downlink


equivalent subscribers

80

Set: ADD CELLCAC

Cell

Query: LST CELLCAC


Modify: MOD CELLCAC

UlNonCtrlThdForAMR

AMR voice uplink


75, namely 75%
threshold of conversational
services

UlNonCtrlThdForNonAMR

Non-AMR voice uplink


75, namely 75%
threshold of conversational
services

DlConvAMRThd

AMR voice downlink


80, namely 80%
threshold of conversational
services

DlConvNonAMRThd

Non-AMR voice downlink 80, namely 80%


threshold of conversational
services

UlNonCtrlThdForOther

Uplink admission
threshold of other services

60, namely 60%

10

DlOtherThd

Downlink admission
threshold of other services

75, namely 75%

11

UlNonCtrlThdForHo

Uplink threshold of
handovers, used for the
uplink admission of
handover UEs

80, namely 80%

12

DlHOThd

Downlink threshold of

85, namely 85%

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

Set: ADD CELLCAC

Cell

Query: LST CELLCAC


Modify: MOD CELLCAC

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 73 of 205

handovers, used for the


downlink admission of
handover UEs
13

UlCellTotalThd

Total uplink power


threshold of the cell

83, namely 83%

14

DLCELLTOTALTHD

Total downlink power


threshold of the cell

90, namely 90%

15

UlHoCeResvSf

Reserved SF of the uplink


credit resources for
handovers

SF16

16

DlHoCeCodeResvSf

Reserved SF of the
downlink credit resources
for handovers

SF32

17

ULCCHLOADFACTOR

Load factor (%) of uplink


common channels

Set: ADD CELLCAC

Cell

Query: LST CELLCAC


Modify: MOD CELLCAC

DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF
Reserved load coefficient
(%) of downlink common
channels

Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Services


This describes the uplink and downlink initial access rates when BE services are set up.
Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch
This describes the intelligent admission algorithm switch. The intelligent admission algorithm switch consists of four subordinate algorithm switches:
the maximum rate negotiation switch (IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH), the initial rate selecting switch (RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH), the queuing
algorithm (QUEUEALGOSWITCH), and the preemption algorithm (PREEMPTALGOSWITCH).
Uplink Total Equivalent User Number
This describes the uplink total equivalent user number. When algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number
corresponding to the 100% uplink load.
Downlink Total Equivalent User Number
This describes the downlink total equivalent user number. When algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number
corresponding to the 100% downlink load.
AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service
The uplink threshold for the conversation service is used for the uplink admission of conversation service users.
Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service
This parameter is the uplink threshold of non AMR voice service in the conversation service and used for uplink admission for non AMR voice user in
the conversation service.
AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services
This describes the AMR-voice downlink thresholds of conversational services, based on which the downlink admission of AMR-voice subscribers of
conversational services is implemented.
Non-AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services
This describes the non-AMR-voice downlink thresholds of conversational services, based on which the downlink admission of non-AMR-voice
subscribers of conversational services is implemented.
Uplink Threshold for Other Services
This parameter is the uplink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is used for uplink admission of other services.
Downlink Admission Threshold of Other Services
This describes the downlink admission threshold of other services, based on which the downlink admission of subscribers of non conversational
services is implemented.
Uplink Handover Admission Threshold
The uplink handover threshold is used for uplink admission of handover users. The parameter is only useful for uplink inter-frequency handover. Do
not do the admission judgment in the uplink soft handover.
Downlink Handover Admission Threshold
This describes the downlink handover admission threshold, based on which the downlink admission of handover subscribers is implemented.
Uplink Total Power Threshold
The total uplink power threshold of the cell is used for admission of HSPA uplink power resource.
Downlink Total Power Threshold
This describes the total downlink power threshold of the cell (PR99 + GBP), which is used for the admission of HSPA downlink power resource.
Reserved SF of the Uplink Credit Resource for Handovers
This describes the reserved threshold for the uplink credit handover. The threshold is used for the admission of uplink credit for new subscribers.
Reserved SF of the Downlink Credit Resource and Channel Code Resource for Handovers
This describes the spreading factor (SF) threshold of the downlink code resources and CE resources reserved for the handover. This parameter is used
for the admission of downlink code resources and credit for new subscribers.
Resources Reserved for Common Channel Load
This describes the uplink common channel load factor and the downlink common channel load factor. ULCCHLOADFACTOR is used to reserve the
resource for the uplink common channel, and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF is used to reserve the resource for the downlink common channel.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Services


This describes the uplink and downlink initial access rates when BE services are set up.
ID

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 74 of 205

ULBeTraffInitBitrate
DLBeTraffInitBitrate
Value Range
ULBeTraffInitBitrate: Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D608, D1024, D1450, D2048)
DLBeTraffInitBitrate: Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D768, D1024, D1536, D1800, D2048)
Physical Scope
ULBeTraffInitBitrate: Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 608, 1024, 1450, 2048) kbit/s
DLBeTraffInitBitrate: Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 768, 1024, 1536, 1800, 2048) kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D64.
To save the system resources and promote the admission success rate, the UE needs not to access with the maximum expected rate but implement the initial
access with a comparatively low rate when the BE services are being set up. After the access, the rate can be increased when the traffic requires a higher
rate and the system resources meet the demand.
When the DCCC function is enabled, the values are the uplink and downlink initial access rates when the BE services are set up if the value is lower than the
maximum bit rate. If the initial access rates do not meet the demand of the current load, the actual initial access rate is obtained through negotiation on the
basis of the uplink and downlink initial access rates when the BE services are set up.
NOTE:
When the uplink and downlink load is in initial congestion state, or the Iub transmission resources is in congestion state, the current intelligent admission
algorithm uses the minimum rate (generally 8 kbit/s) in the set of optional rates for the BE service as the access rate instead of gradually decreasing the
initial access rate through negotiation. When either the uplink load or the downlink load is in congestion, the UE access is rejected without any process of
decreasing the rate.
Impact on the Network Performance

If ULBeTraffInitBitrate and DLBeTraffInitBitrate are set to comparatively higher values, the access rate of the BE services needs a shorter time to
reach the maximum value, but the rate is more easily to be decreased through negotiation when the system is in congestion, so it is improper to set the
access rate to an excessively high value.
If ULBeTraffInitBitrate and DLBeTraffInitBitrate are set to comparatively lower values, the BE services can access with the rate more easily, but it
takes a long time for the rate to increase to the rate required by some services.

Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query ULBeTraffInitBitrate and DLBeTraffInitBitrate.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch


This describes the intelligent admission algorithm switch. The intelligent admission algorithm switch consists of four subordinate algorithm switches: the
maximum rate negotiation switch (IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH), the initial rate selecting switch (RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH), the queuing algorithm
(QUEUEALGOSWITCH), and the preemption algorithm (PREEMPTALGOSWITCH).
ID
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH
RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH
QUEUEALGOSWITCH
PREEMPTALGOSWITCH
Value Range
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: Enum (0, 1)
QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC: ON, OFF
Physical Scope
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: 0 means disabled, 1 means enabled.
QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC: ON means enabled, OFF means disabled.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 75 of 205

Setting
The default value of IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is 0, and the default value of RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH is 1.
The default values of QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC are OFF.
The descriptions of the sub algorithms are as follows:

Maximum rate negotiation: At the RAB assignment setup, RAB assignment modification, and RAB transition, the real-time services or non-real-time
services (BE) at the PS domain requires rate negotiation based on the UE supported capability to get the maximum expected rate of a proper service
QoS request. This negotiation result should be sent to the CN. For the BE service, it is the maximum rate that can be reached through adjustment by
its DCCC.
RAB downsizing: At the RAB assignment setup, RAB assignment modification, and RAB transition, the real-time or non-real-time (BE) service of PS
domain requires selection of a proper initial rate from the typical rates that are smaller than or equal to the maximum expected rate after negotiation
and bigger than or equal to the lowest guaranteed rate according to the cell load information before application for cell resources. The bandwidth is
configured on the basis of the selected initial rate.
Preemption: At the service setup, modification, hard handover, and transition-in, if service request supports preemption capability (configured in CN)
when an application for cell resources fails, the system implements preemption and releases the resources of lower-priority users that can be
preempted to have the service request be set up.
Queuing: At the service setup, modification, hard handover and transition-in, if service requests do not support preemption capability but supports
the queuing capability or the preemption switch is closed when an application for cell resources fails, a queuing process is implemented. When the
heartbeat timer of queuing is in the timeout state, the system attempts to allocate resources to the service request with the minimum metric in the
queue.

Impact on the Network Performance


IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH are set based on the actual demand and the supporting capacity of the core network.
Preemption may increase the admission success rate of subscribers with high priority, but the preemption also may make the preempted subscriber be
released. Queuing may increase the admission success rate of RAB, but the queuing also may increase the admission time delay of queuing subscribers.
Related Commands
Use SET CORRMALGOSWITCH to set or modify and LST CORRMALGOSWITCH to query IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and
RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH.
Use SET QUEUEPREEMPT to set or modify and LST QUEUEPREEMPT to query QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITCH.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Total Equivalent User Number


This describes the uplink total equivalent user number. When algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number corresponding to
the 100% uplink load.
ID
UlTotalEqUserNum
Value Range
0 to 200
Physical Scope
0 to 200, with the step of 1
Setting
The default value is 80.
When algorithm 2 is used, the actual admission equivalent user number is equal to the admission threshold multiplied by the equivalent user number
corresponding to the 100% load. This parameter defines the equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% load.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter should be considered with the admission threshold. It should be set according to the actual network condition.

If UlTotalEqUserNum is excessively high, the system load after admission probably becomes excessively high, which affects the system stability and
results in system congestion.
If UlTotalEqUserNum is excessively low, the subscribers are more likely to be rejected, and some resources are idled and wasted.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify UlTotalEqUserNum.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 76 of 205

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Total Equivalent User Number


This describes the downlink total equivalent user number. When algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number corresponding
to the 100% downlink load.
ID
DlTotalEqUserNum
Value Range
0 to 200
Physical Scope
0 to 200, with the step of 1
Setting
The default value is 80.
When the algorithm 2 is used, the actual admission equivalent user number is equal to the admission threshold multiplied by the equivalent user number
corresponding to the 100% load. This parameter defines the equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% load.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter should be considered with the admission threshold. It should be set according to the actual network condition.

If DlTotalEqUserNum is excessively high, the system load after admission probably becomes excessively high, which affects the system stability and
results in system congestion.
If DlTotalEqUserNum is excessively low, the subscribers are more likely to be rejected, and some resources are idled and wasted.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlTotalEqUserNum.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service


The uplink threshold for the conversation service is used for the uplink admission of conversation service users.
Parameter ID
UlNonCtrlThdForAMR
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Value Range
0 to 100%, step 1%
Parameter Setting
The default value is 75, that is 75%.
Based on the current load factor of the system and the service properties of the call requesting for admission, the uplink admission control algorithm
predicts the load factor of the system after the new call is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted load factor value and the common channel uplink load
factor as the predicted value of the new load factor, and then compares the predicted value of the load factor with the load factor threshold. If the predicted
load factor value is not bigger than the load factor threshold, the call will be admitted; otherwise it is rejected.
The uplink load thresholds include this parameter and uplink threshold for conversation non-AMR service, uplink threshold for other services and uplink
handover admission threshold. According to the relations among these four parameters, the proportions of the conversation service and other services in the
cell can be limited. These parameters can be also used to ensure the priorities of handover users and the conversation service access.
Impact on the Network Performance
If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission probably is too high, which affects the system stability and results in system congestion; if it is
too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resources are idled and wasted.
This parameter, uplink threshold for conversation non-AMR service, uplink threshold for other services and uplink handover admission threshold should

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 77 of 205

be considered together with the network planning results.

If this parameter is too high, the target coverage in the network planning is influenced.
If it is too low, the target capacity cannot be satisfied.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service


This parameter is the uplink threshold of non AMR voice service in the conversation service and used for uplink admission for non AMR voice user in the
conversation service.
Parameter ID
UlNonCtrlThdForNonAMR
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Value Range
0 to 100%, step 1%
Parameter Setting
The default value is 75, that is 75%.
The uplink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after admission of new call according to the load factor of current system and
service feature of admission request call. It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the uplink load factor of public channel as the new load
factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than
the load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is refused.
Uplink load thresholds include this parameter, AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation service, Uplink thresholds of other services and Uplink
handover admission threshold. You can restrict the proportion of conversation to other services in cell based on relations of the four parameters or use them
to ensure the priority of handover user and conversation service access.
Impact on the Network Performance
If this parameter is set too high, the system load after admission may be overly heavy to affect the system stability, resulting in system congestion. If this
parameter is too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resources may be left idle.
This parameter, AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation service, Uplink thresholds of other services and Uplink handover admission threshold should
be considered together with the planning result of network optimization to avoid over-big set target coverage affecting network optimization, or too-small
coverage that can not reach the target capacity.
Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services


This describes the AMR-voice downlink thresholds of conversational services, based on which the downlink admission of AMR-voice subscribers of
conversational services is implemented.
ID
DlConvAMRThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%
Setting

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 78 of 205

The default value of DlConvAMRThd is 80, namely 80%.


According to the load factor of current system and service feature of admission request call, the downlink admission control algorithm predicts the system
load factor after admission of new calls. It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the downlink load factor of public channel as the new load
factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than
the load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is rejected.
The downlink load thresholds are the AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational
services, and downlink threshold for other services. You can restrict the proportion of voice services to other services in the cell based on relations of the
four parameters or use them to guarantee the access priority of voice services.
Impact on the Network Performance
The setting of DlConvAMRThd is related to the settings of cell radius and the maximum cell transmit power.

If DlConvAMRThd is set to an excessively high value, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and
the system stability is affected when the cell coverage is very small.
If DlConvAMRThd is set to an excessively low value, the system resources may be idled, and the target capacity of the network planning cannot be
reached.

The AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, downlink threshold for other
services, and downlink handover admission threshold are set on the basis of the network planning result.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlConvAMRThd.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Non-AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services


This describes the non-AMR-voice downlink thresholds of conversational services, based on which the downlink admission of non-AMR-voice subscribers of
conversational services is implemented.
ID
DlConvNonAMRThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%
Setting
The default value of DlConvNonAMRThd is 80, namely 80%.
According to the load factor of current system and service feature of admission request call, the downlink admission control algorithm predicts the system
load factor after admission of new calls. It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the downlink load factor of public channel as the new load
factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than
the load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is rejected.
The downlink load thresholds are the AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold conversational
services, and downlink threshold for other services. You can restrict the proportion of voice services to other services in the cell based on relations of the
four parameters or use them to guarantee the access priority of voice services.
Impact on the Network Performance
The setting of DlConvNonAMRThd is related to the settings of cell radius and the maximum cell transmit power.

If DlConvNonAMRThd is set to an excessively high value, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously,
and the system stability is affected when the cell coverage is very small.
If DlConvNonAMRThd is set to an excessively low value, the system resources may be idled, and the target capacity of the network planning cannot
be reached.

The AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, downlink threshold for other
services, and downlink handover admission threshold are set on the basis of the network planning result.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlConvNonAMRThd.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 79 of 205

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Threshold for Other Services


This parameter is the uplink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is used for uplink admission of other services.
Parameter ID
UlNonCtrlThdForOther
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Value Range
0 to 100%, step 1%
Parameter Setting
The default value is 60, that is 60%.
For the descriptions of this parameter, refer to Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service.
Impact on the Network Performance

If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission is probably too high, which affects the system stability and results in system congestion.
If it is too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resources may be idled and wasted.

This parameter, with uplink threshold for conversation service and uplink handover admission threshold should be considered together with the network
planning results.

If it is too high, the object coverage in the network planning is influenced.


If it is too low, the target capacity cannot be satisfied.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Admission Threshold of Other Services


This describes the downlink admission threshold of other services, based on which the downlink admission of subscribers of non conversational services is
implemented.
ID
DlOtherThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%
Setting
The default value of DlOtherThd is 75, namely 75%.
For the description of DlOtherThd, refer to Uplink Threshold for Other Services.
Impact on the Network Performance

If DlOtherThd is set to an excessively high value, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and the
system stability is affected when the cell coverage is very small.
If DlOtherThd is set to an excessively low value, the system resources may be idled, and the target capacity of the network planning cannot be
reached.

The downlink admission threshold for other services, AMR voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold of
conversational services, and downlink handover admission threshold are set on the basis of the network planning result.
Related Commands

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 80 of 205

Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlOtherThd.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Handover Admission Threshold


The uplink handover threshold is used for uplink admission of handover users. The parameter is only useful for uplink inter-frequency handover. Do not do
the admission judgment in the uplink soft handover.
Parameter ID
UlNonCtrlThdForHo
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Value Range
0 to 100%, step 1%
Parameter Setting
The default value is 80, that is 80%.
Based on the current load factor of the system and the service properties of the call requesting for admission, the uplink admission control algorithm
predicts the system load factor after the new service is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted value of the load factor and the uplink load factor of the
common channel as the predicted value of the new load factor, and compares the predicted load factor value with the load factor threshold. If the predicted
load factor value is not greater than the load factor threshold, the call is admitted; otherwise it is rejected.
The uplink load thresholds include this parameter, uplink threshold for other services and uplink threshold for conversation services. According to the
relations among these three parameters, the proportions of the conversation service and other services in the cell can be limited. These parameters can also
be used to guarantee the priority of the handover users and the conversation service access. Uplink handover admission threshold must be smaller than
uplink OLC trigger threshold for smart load control.
This parameter is to reserve resources for handover and to ensure the handover performance; the value of this parameter must be greater than uplink
threshold for conversation services.
This parameter has effects only on inter-frequency handover; it has no influence on intra-frequency handover.
Impact on the Network Performance

If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission probably is too heavy, which influences the system stability and results in the system
congestion.
If it is too low, the probability that users are rejected is high, and some resources may be idle and wasted.

This parameter should be considered together with the uplink threshold for the conversation service and the uplink thresholds for other services. The
restriction is described as following:

ULOLCTRIGTHD ULCELLTOTALTHD ULNONCTRLTHDFORHO > ULNONCTRLTHDFORAMR, ULNONCTRLTHDFORNONAMR >


ULNONCTRLTHDFOROTHER ULLDRTRIGTHD ULLDRRELTHD;
DLOLCTRIGTHD DLCELLTOTALTHD DLHOTHD > DLCONVAMRTHD, DLCONVNONAMRTHD > DLOTHERTHD
DLLDRTRIGTHD DLLDRRELTHD;

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Handover Admission Threshold


This describes the downlink handover admission threshold, based on which the downlink admission of handover subscribers is implemented.
ID
DLHOThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 81 of 205

0% to 100%, with the step of 1%


Setting
The default value of DLHOThd is 85, namely 85%.
CAUTION:
The downlink handover admission threshold must be smaller than the downlink OLC trigger threshold for smart load control and not smaller than the
downlink threshold for conversational services.
According to the load factor of current system and service feature of admission request call, the downlink admission control algorithm predicts the system
load factor after admission of new calls. It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the uplink load factor of public channel as the new load factor
predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than the
load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is rejected.
The downlink handover admission threshold aims to reserve handover resources and guarantee a good handover performance.
Impact on the Network Performance

If DLHOThd is set to an excessively high value, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and the
system stability is affected when the cell coverage is very small.
If DLHOThd is set to an excessively low value, the system resources may be idled.

The downlink handover admission threshold needs to be considered with the downlink threshold for conversational services and downlink threshold for
other services.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DLHOThd.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Total Power Threshold


The total uplink power threshold of the cell is used for admission of HSPA uplink power resource.
Parameter ID
ULCELLTOTALTHD
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Value Range
0 to 100%, step 1%
Parameter Setting
The default value is 83, that is, 83%.
The setting of this parameter needs to consider the target load of uplink scheduling. Due to the scheduling mechanism of HSUPA, the total load of uplink
always fluctuates around the target load. Therefore, some margin is added to the target load of uplink scheduling to serve as the basis of setting this
parameter.
Relationship with other parameters: UlOlcTrigThd > UlCellTotalThd > UlNonCtrlThdForHo
Impact on the Network Performance

If this parameter is too high, the system loads after admission maybe too high, which leads to the system congestion, and makes the system unstable.
If it is too low, the possibility of subscribers rejected increases, part of hardware resource is idle and wasted.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Total Power Threshold


This describes the total downlink power threshold of the cell (PR99 + GBP), which is used for the admission of HSPA downlink power resource.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 82 of 205

ID
DlCellTotalThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%
Setting
The default value of DlCellTotalThd is 90, namely 90%.
Impact on the Network Performance

If DlCellTotalThd is excessively high, the system loads after admission maybe too high, which leads to the system congestion, and makes the system
unstable.
If DlCellTotalThd is excessively low, the possibility of subscribers rejected increases, and part of hardware resource is idle and wasted.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlCellTotalThd.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Reserved SF of the Uplink Credit Resource for Handovers


This describes the reserved threshold for the uplink credit handover. The threshold is used for the admission of uplink credit for new subscribers.
ID
UlHoCeResvSf
Value Range
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF
Physical Scope
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF
Setting
The default value is SF16.
SFOFF indicates that no resource is reserved for the handover. If the remaining cell uplink resources cannot satisfy this parameter after a new service is
admitted, this new service is rejected.
The reserved SF of the uplink credit resources for handovers aims to reserve resources for the UEs who perform the handover and to guarantee the
handover performance. The parameter should be higher than or equal to the uplink LDR credit reserved SF threshold.
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower UlHoCeResvSf is, the less credit resource is reserved for UEs that perform the handover, and the higher the probability of handover subscriber
admission rejection is.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify UlHoCeResvSf.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Reserved SF of the Downlink Credit Resource and Channel Code Resource


for Handovers
This describes the spreading factor (SF) threshold of the downlink code resources and CE resources reserved for the handover. This parameter is used for
the admission of downlink code resources and credit for new subscribers.
ID

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 83 of 205

DlHoCeCodeResvSf
Value Range
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF
Physical Scope
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF
Setting
The default value is SF32.
SFOFF indicates that no resource is reserved for the handover. If the remaining cell downlink resources cannot satisfy this parameter after a new service is
admitted, this new service is rejected.
To reserve resources for UEs who perform handovers and to guarantee a good handover performance, the SF of downlink code resources and CE resources
reserved for the handover should be higher than both the threshold of the SF reserved for the cell LDR and the threshold of the SF reserved for the cell
LDR.
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower DlHoCeCodeResvSf is, the less credit resource is reserved for UEs that perform the handover, and the higher the probability of handover
subscriber admission rejection is.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlHoCeCodeResvSf.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Resources Reserved for Common Channel Load


This describes the uplink common channel load factor and the downlink common channel load factor. ULCCHLOADFACTOR is used to reserve the
resource for the uplink common channel, and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF is used to reserve the resource for the downlink common channel.
ID
ULCCHLOADFACTOR
DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%
Setting
The default value is 0.
The CAC is implemented only for dedicated channels, and also reserve some resource for common channels.
Based on the current load factor of the system and the service properties of the call admission request, the uplink admission control algorithm predicts the
load factor of the system after the new call is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted load factor value and the common channel uplink load factor as the
new predicted value of the load factor, and then compares the new predicted value of the load factor with the load factor threshold. If the predicted load
factor value is not higher than the load factor threshold, the call will be admitted. If the predicted load factor value is higher than the load factor threshold,
the call is rejected.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher ULCCHLOADFACTOR and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF are, the more power resources are consumed, which may decrease the system
capacity. If ULCCHLOADFACTOR and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF are excessively low, the power resources can be fully utilized, but the coverage may
become poor when the resources are insufficient.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify ULCCHLOADFACTOR and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF.
Parent topic: Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 84 of 205

Load Control Parameters


This describes the load control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters


The common configurable cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters are listed here.
Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters
This describes the overload congestion control (OLC) parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters


The common configurable cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters are listed here.
Table 1 List of cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters
No. Parameter ID

Parameter
Meaning

Default Value

Relevant
Command

Level

LDR period timer


length

10 s

Set or
modify:SET
LDCPERIOD

RNC

LdrPeriodTimerLen

Query:LST
LDCPERIOD
2

UlLdrTrigThd
UlLdrRelThd

Uplink or downlink UlLdrTrigThd: 55%


LDR trigger and
release threshold
DlLdrTrigThd: 70%

DlLdrTrigThd

UlLdrRelThd: 45%

DlLdrRelThd

DlLdrRelThd: 60%

UlLdrFirstAction
UlLdrSecondAction

Uplink or downlink ULLDRFirstAction: CODEADJ


LDR action
ULLDRFirstAction and DLLDRSecondAction:
INTERFREQLDHO

UlLdrThirdAction
UlLdrFourthAction

ULLDRSecondAction and DLLDRTHIRDAction:


BERATERED

UlLdrFifthAction

Others: NOACT

Set:ADD
CELLLDM

Cell

Query:LST
CELLLDM
Modify:MOD
CELLLDM
Set:ADD
CELLLDR

Cell

Query:LST
CELLLDR
Modify:MOD
CELLLDR

UlLdrSixthAction
UlLdrSeventhAction
UlLdrEighthAction
DlLdrFirstAction
DLLDRSecondAction
DLLDRThirdAction
DLLDRFourthAction
DLLDRFifthAction
DlLdrSixthAction
DlLdrSeventhAction
DlLdrEighthAction
DlLdrNinthAction
DlLdrTenthAction
4

ULLDRBERateReductionRabNum
ULLDRPSRTQosRenegRabNum

Number of users
processed by
uplink/downlink
LDR action

ULCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM,
ULCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM and
ULLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM are set to
3 by default; others are set to 1 by default.

ULCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM
DLCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM,

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ULCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM

Page 85 of 205

DLCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM and
DLLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM are set to
3 by default ; others are set to 1 by default.

ULPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM
ULPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM
ULLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
DLLDRBERateReductionRabNum
DLLDRPSRTQosRenegRabNum
DLCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM
DLCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM
DLPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM
DLPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM
MAXUSERNUMCODEADJ
DLLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
5

ULINTERFREQHOCELLLOADSPACETHD UL or DL interfrequency cell load


handover load
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd
space threshold

20

UlInterFreqHoBWThd

UL or DL interfrequency cell load


handover
maximum bound
width

20,000 bit/s

SF8

DlInterFreqHoBWThd

CellSfResThd

Cell SF reserved
threshold

DlCreditSfResThd

UL or DL credit SF SF8
reserved threshold

UlCreditSfResThd
9

LdrCodePriUseInd

LDR code priority


indicator

FALSE

10

CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd

Code congestion
select interfrequency
indication

FALSE

11

LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd

Inter-Frequency
13%
handover code used
ratio space
threshold

12

GoldUserLoadControlSwitch

Gold user load


control switch

OFF

13

MbmsDecPowerRabThd

MBMS power
control service
priority threshold

LDR Period Timer Length


This describes the LDR timer length. When the preliminary congestion happens, the LDM (Load Monitoring) module sends period of preliminary
congestion indication (namely LDR execution period) to LDR.
Uplink or Downlink LDR Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold
This describes the uplink and downlink load thresholds for the system to determine entering into or being released from the preliminary congestion
status. The uplink LDR trigger threshold and release threshold are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd respectively. The downlink LDR trigger
threshold and release threshold are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd respectively.
Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions
This describes the settings of uplink or downlink LDR actions. The parameters are used to set the sequence of uplink or downlink LDR actions.
Number of Subscribers for Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions
This describes the number of subscribers selected for uplink or downlink LDR actions.
Cell Load Space Threshold for Uplink or Downlink Inter-Frequency Handover
This describes the cell load space threshold for uplink or downlink inter-frequency handovers. A blind handover target cell can serve as the target cell
of inter-frequency handover only when the current uplink load space of the cell is higher than the uplink inter-frequency handover cell load space
threshold, namely UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd . A blind handover target cell can serve as the target cell of inter-frequency handover only when
the current downlink load space of the cell is higher than the downlink inter-frequency handover cell load space threshold, namely
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd. This parameter value is relative to the target cell LDR threshold.
Upper Threshold of Bandwidth for Uplink or Downlink Inter-frequency Cell Load Handover
A subscriber can serve as the target subscriber of an inter-frequency load handover only when the uplink RB bandwidth of the R99 subscriber is
lower than UlInterFreqHoBWThd or the uplink GBR of the HSUPA subbscriber is lower than UlInterFreqHoBWThd. A subscriber can serve as the
target subscriber of an inter-frequency load handover only when the downlink RB bandwidth of the R99 subscriber is lower than
DlInterFreqHoBWThd or the downlink GBR of the HSDPA subscriber is lower than DlInterFreqHoBWThd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 86 of 205

Cell SF Reserved Threshold


This describes the cell SF reserved threshold. The code adjusting could be done only when the minimum available SF of a cell is higher than this
threshold.
Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserved Threshold
This describes the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold. The uplink or downlink credit LDR could be triggered only when the SF factor
corresponding to the uplink or downlink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold.
LDR Code Priority Indicator
This describes the LDR code priority indicator, which indicates whether the priority of code is considered during the code reshuffling.
Code Congestion Select Inter-Frequency Indication
This describes the code congestion select inter-frequency handover indication. If the parameter is set toTURE, subscribers can be selected for interfrequency load handover in the case of code resource congestion. If the parameter is set to FALSE, subscribers can not be selected for inter-frequency
load handover in the case of code resource congestion.
Inter-Frequency Handover Code used Ratio Space Threshold
If the space threshold of code used ratio between the source cell and the destination cell is larger than this parameter, then start inter-frequency
handover.
Gold User Load Control Switch
This switch is used to decide whether the load control measures will be taken for gold user in the case of resource congestion or not.
MBMS Power Control Service Priority Threshold
This describes the MBMS power control service priority threshold. When the MBMS service priority is higher than the threshold, the preliminary
congestion status of a cell can be released through the decrease of power.

Parent topic: Load Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

LDR Period Timer Length


This describes the LDR timer length. When the preliminary congestion happens, the LDM (Load Monitoring) module sends period of preliminary
congestion indication (namely LDR execution period) to LDR.
ID
LdrPeriodTimerLen
Value Range
1 to 86400
Physical Scope
1 s to 86400 s, with the step of 1 s
Setting
The default value is 10, namely 10 s.
The LDR period timer length is used by the LDM module. Upon detecting the preliminary congestion of uplink or downlink of the cell, the LDM module
sends preliminary congestion indications regularly with the interval of the LDR period. In addition, to reduce the message interactions between modules, the
uplink and downlink share the same period, that is, each preliminary congestion indication sent by the LDM module indicates whether the uplink,
downlink, or both the uplink and the downlink have preliminary congestion.
The LDR algorithm aims to slowly reduce the cell load and control the load below the admission threshold, each LDR action takes a period (for example the
inter-RAT load handover needs a delay of about 5 s if the compressed mode is needed), and there is a delay for the LDM module responds to the load
decreasing (the delay is about 3 s when the L3 filter coefficient is set to 6), so LdrPeriodTimerLen should be higher than 8.
Impact on the Network Performance

The lower LdrPeriodTimerLen is, the more frequently the LDR action is executed, which decreases the load quickly. If LdrPeriodTimerLen is
excessively low, an LDR action may overlap the previous one before the previous result is displayed in LDM.
The higher LdrPeriodTimerLen is, the more likely this problem can be prevented. If LdrPeriodTimerLen is excessively high, the LDR action may be
executed rarely, failing to lower the load timely.

Related Commands
Use SET LDCPERIOD to set and LST LDCPERIOD to query LdrPeriodTimerLen.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink or Downlink LDR Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold


This describes the uplink and downlink load thresholds for the system to determine entering into or being released from the preliminary congestion status.
The uplink LDR trigger threshold and release threshold are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd respectively. The downlink LDR trigger threshold and
release threshold are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd respectively.
ID

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 87 of 205

UlLdrTrigThd
UlLdrRelThd
DlLdrTrigThd
DlLdrRelThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%
Setting

The default value of ULLDRTrigThd is 55, namely 55%.


The default value of DLLDRTrigThd is 70, namely 70%.
The default value of ULLDRRelThd is 45, namely 45%.
The default value of DLLDRRelThd is 60, namely 60%.
CAUTION:

The uplink and downlink LDR trigger thresholds must be higher than the uplink and downlink LDR release thresholds.
When the uplink or downlink preliminary congestion is triggered, the system starts the uplink or downlink LDR action. The LDR control aims to reserve a
space for the admission and increase the admission success rate. Therefore, according to the current strategy, the LDR trigger threshold should be lower
and close to the index of the admission threshold in concern. For example, if the carrier is concerned about the access success rate of the voice service, the
LDR trigger threshold can be set to a value lower than and close to the admission threshold of the voice service but higher than the admission threshold of
the data service.
After the preliminary congestion state of the cell load is released, the system no longer implements the LDR action. Because the load fluctuates, the
difference between the LDR release threshold and trigger threshold should be higher than 10%. The ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state
may occur.
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower the LDR trigger and release thresholds are, the easier the system enters the preliminary congestion status, the harder it is released from this
status, the easier the LDR action is triggered, and the more likely the users are affected. But, the admission success rate becomes higher since the resources
are preserved. The carrier shall make a trade-off between these factors.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDM to set, LST CELLLDM to query, and MOD CELLLDM to modify the uplink or downlink LDR trigger threshold and release
threshold.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions


This describes the settings of uplink or downlink LDR actions. The parameters are used to set the sequence of uplink or downlink LDR actions.
ID
The first to the eighth actions of the uplink are set as follows:
UlLdrFirstAction
UlLdrSecondAction
UlLdrThirdAction
UlLdrFourthAction
UlLdrFifthAction
UlLdrSixthAction
UlLdrSeventhAction
UlLdrEighthAction
The first to the tenth actions of the downlink are set as follows:

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 88 of 205

DlLdrFirstAction
DLLDRSecondAction
DLLDRThirdAction
DLLDRFourthAction
DLLDRFifthAction
DlLdrSixthAction
DlLdrSeventhAction
DlLdrEighthAction
DlLdrNinthAction
DlLdrTenthAction
Value Range
Uplink Enum {NOACT, INTERFREQLDHO, BERATERED, QOSRENEGO, CSINTERRATLDHO, PSINTERRATLDHO, AMRRATERED}
Downlink Enum {NOACT, INTERFREQLDHO, BERATERED, QOSRENEGO, CSINTERRATLDHO, PSINTERRATLDHO, AMRRATERED}
Physical Scope
NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.
INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load handover is performed.
BERATERED (BE service rate decreasing): Channels are reconfigured for the BE service.
QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the uncontrollable real-time service is performed.
CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is performed.
CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBELDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is performed.
CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-frequency SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is performed.
PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBELDHO: The inter-frequency SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is performed.
AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
service.
MBMSDECPOWER (MBMS power limiting): The MBMS service is configured with the maximum power.
CODEADJ (code tree reshuffling): The fragments of the downlink code tree are arranged.
Setting

The default value of DlLdrFirstAction is CODEADJDL.


The default values of ULLdrFirstAction and DLLdrSecondAction are INTERFREQLDHO.
The default values of ULLdrSecondAction and DLLdrThirdAction are BERATERED.
The default values of other parameters are NOACT.

The preceding parameters can be set to determine whether or not an action is taken in the LDR and the sequence of the LDR actions.
The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and judges whether each action is successful. If an action is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action.
If an action is successful, or an action is set to NOACT, or all the preceding actions are taken, the LDR is finished, and the system waits for the next
triggering of the LDR.
Because each action is performed by an algorithm module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and delivers control messages, the execution result of each
action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
candidate users are found.
The inter-frequency load handover have no impact on the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the inter-frequency load handover usually serves as
the first action.
The BE service rate decreasing is effective only when the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
Impact on the Network Performance
The uplink or downlink LDR actions are set on the basis of the actual needs and RNP (radio network planning) strategy.
Related Commands

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 89 of 205

Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify the settings of uplink or downlink LDR actions.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Number of Subscribers for Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions


This describes the number of subscribers selected for uplink or downlink LDR actions.
Parameter ID
ULLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (uplink LDR-BE service rate reduction RAB number)
ULLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM (uplink LDR uncontrollable real-time service negotiation RAB number)
ULCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM (uplink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number)
ULCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM (uplink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number)
ULPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM (uplink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number)
ULPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM (uplink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number)
ULLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM(uplink LDR-AMR service reduction RAB number)
MAXUSERNUMCODEADJ (downlink channel code maximum reshuffled user number)
DLLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (downlink LDR-BE service reduction RAB number)
DLLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM (downlink LDR uncontrollable real-time service negotiation RAB number)
DLCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM (downlink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number)
DLCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM (downlink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number)
DLPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM (downlink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number)
DLPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM(downlink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number)
DLLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (downlink LDR-AMR service reduction RAB number)
Value Range
1 to 10
Physical Value Range
None
Parameter Setting
The following parameters are set to 1 by default:

ULLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
ULLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM
ULPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM
ULPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM
MAXUSERNUMCODEADJ
DLLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
DLLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM
DLPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM
DLPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM

The other parameters are set to 3 by default.

Uplink/Downlink LDR-BE service rate reduction user number: This parameter can be configured according to the actual user distribution. If the
proportion of high-rate users is large, you need to set a smaller value for this parameter. If the proportion of high-rate users is small, you need to set a
greater value. Because the preliminary congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly decrease cell load, you need to set a small value for this
parameter.
Uplink/Downlink uncontrollable real-time service negotiation user number: The target users of this parameter are the PS real-time service users. The
setting of this parameter is analogous to the setting of BE service reduction user number. Because the number of users performing QoS renegotiation
may be smaller than the value of this parameter, for example, the candidate users selected for downlink LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation
conditions, you must leave some margin when setting this parameter to ensure the success of load reengineering.
Uplink/Downlink CS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the CS domain users.
Because the CS domain users are session users in general and they have little impact on load, you can set a slightly big value for this parameter.
Uplink/Downlink CS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the CS domain users.
Because the CS domain users are session users in general and they have little impact on load, you can set a slightly big value for this parameter.
Uplink/Downlink PS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the PS domain users. The

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 90 of 205

setting of this parameter is analogous to the setting of BE service rate reduction user number.
Uplink/Downlink PS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the PS domain users.
The setting of this parameter is analogous to the setting of BE service rate reduction user number.
Downlink channel code maximum reshuffling user number: Code reshuffling has a great impact on user feelings. In addition, the reshuffled users
occupy two code resources during code reshuffling. Thus, you must set a small value for this parameter.

For each user, during a life cycle of preliminary congestion, a type of uplink/downlink LDR action can be selected only once. After a type of uplink/downlink
LDR action is selected by a user, the uplink/downlink LDR marks the user. If this type of action is triggered again, this user is not selected as the candidate
user. Note that an action is performed separately in the uplink and downlink directions. That is, the same action is performed one time in both the uplink
direction and the downlink action.
Impact on Network Performance
The greater the values of this set of parameters are, the more significant the load of the local cell is reduced. This, however, may affect user feeling or cause
traffic congestion in the target cell. The smaller the values of this set of parameters are, the smaller the load range are adjusted by the LDR. This, however,
more probably ensures users' QoS and balances traffic load.
Relevant Commands
Use the ADD CELLLDR command for configuration, the LST CELLLDR command for query, and the MOD CELLLDR command for modification.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Load Space Threshold for Uplink or Downlink Inter-Frequency


Handover
This describes the cell load space threshold for uplink or downlink inter-frequency handovers. A blind handover target cell can serve as the target cell of
inter-frequency handover only when the current uplink load space of the cell is higher than the uplink inter-frequency handover cell load space threshold,
namely UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd . A blind handover target cell can serve as the target cell of inter-frequency handover only when the current
downlink load space of the cell is higher than the downlink inter-frequency handover cell load space threshold, namely DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.
This parameter value is relative to the target cell LDR threshold.
ID
UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20%.
Impact on the Network Performance

The lower UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd are, the easier it is to find a qualified target cell for the blind
handover. Excessively small values of the parameters, however makes the target cell easily enter the congestion status.
The higher UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd are, the more difficult it is for the inter-frequency blind
handover occurs, and the easier it is to guarantee the stability of the target cell.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Upper Threshold of Bandwidth for Uplink or Downlink Inter-frequency Cell


Load Handover
A subscriber can serve as the target subscriber of an inter-frequency load handover only when the uplink RB bandwidth of the R99 subscriber is lower than
UlInterFreqHoBWThd or the uplink GBR of the HSUPA subbscriber is lower than UlInterFreqHoBWThd. A subscriber can serve as the target subscriber
of an inter-frequency load handover only when the downlink RB bandwidth of the R99 subscriber is lower than DlInterFreqHoBWThd or the downlink
GBR of the HSDPA subscriber is lower than DlInterFreqHoBWThd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 91 of 205

ID
UlInterFreqHoBWThd
DlInterFreqHoBWThd
Value Range
0 to 400000
Physical Scope
0 bit/s to 400000 bit/s
Setting
The default value is 200000, namely 200000 bit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd are, the higher the service rate of the user in handover is, and the more obviously the
cell load is decreased. But high values of UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd give rise to the fluctuation and congestion of the target
cell load.
The lower UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd are, the smaller amplitude of the load decreases as a result of the inter-frequency load
handover, and the easier it is to maintain the stability of the target cell load.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell SF Reserved Threshold


This describes the cell SF reserved threshold. The code adjusting could be done only when the minimum available SF of a cell is higher than this threshold.
ID
CellLdrSfResThd
Value Range
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is SF8.
This parameter indicates the condition how code resource trigger the load reshuffling algorithm. When the downlink residually least SF code is lower than
CellLdrSfResThd, the cell is in downlink code resource congestion state. At this time LDR action begins to work. The LDR control aims to reserve the code
resource to improve the admission success rate of newly accessing subscribers.
The restriction of setting this parameter is as following:
DlHoCeCodeResvSf CellLdrSfResThd
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower the code resource LDR trigger threshold is, the easier the downlink code resource enters the initial congestion status, the easier the LDR action is
triggered, and the easier the subscriber perception is affected. But a lower code resource LDR trigger threshold causes a higher admission success rate
because the resource is reserved. The parameter should be set based on the operator's requirement.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify CellLdrSfResThd.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserved Threshold

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 92 of 205

This describes the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold. The uplink or downlink credit LDR could be triggered only when the SF factor
corresponding to the uplink or downlink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold.
ID
UlLdrCreditSfResThd
DlLdrCreditSfResThd
Value Range
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is SF8.
This parameter indicates the condition how CE resource trigger the load reshuffling algorithm. When the downlink residually CE resource corresponding
SF code is higer than DlLdrCreditSfResThd, the cell is in downlink code resource congestion state. At this time LDR action begins to work. The LDR
control aims to reserve the code resource to improve the admission success rate of newly accessing subscribers.
The restriction of setting this parameter is as following:
UlHoCeResvSf UlLdrCreditSfResThd
DlHoCeCodeResvSf DlLdrCreditSfResThd
Impact on the Network Performance
If the SF corresponding to the current UL/DL remaining credit resource is higher than the threshold defined by this parameter, the UL/DL credit LDR
could be performed and the related handling actions are taken.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify UlLdrCreditSfResThd and DlLdrCreditSfResThd.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

LDR Code Priority Indicator


This describes the LDR code priority indicator, which indicates whether the priority of code is considered during the code reshuffling.
ID
LdrCodePriUseInd
Value Range
FALSE, TRUE
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is FALSE.
FALSE means not considering the code priority during the code reshuffling. TRUE means considering the code priority during the code reshuffling.
Impact on the Network Performance
If LdrCodePriUseInd is TRUE, the codes with high priority are reserved during the code reshuffling. It is good for the code resource dynamic sharing,
which is a function used for the HSDPA service.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify LdrCodePriUseInd.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 93 of 205

Code Congestion Select Inter-Frequency Indication


This describes the code congestion select inter-frequency handover indication. If the parameter is set toTURE, subscribers can be selected for interfrequency load handover in the case of code resource congestion. If the parameter is set to FALSE, subscribers can not be selected for inter-frequency load
handover in the case of code resource congestion.
Parameter ID
CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd
Value Range
FALSE, TRUE
Physical Value Range
None.
Parameter Setting
The default value is FALSE.
The setting of this parameter needs to refer to usage of network resources. In the case of multi-frequency coverage, if code resource is the bottleneck (such
as for the indoors), it is recommended that the parameter be set as True.
Impact on the Network Performance
When the setting is True, subscribers can be selected for inter-frequency load handover in the case of code resource congestion to eliminate code congestion
more easily and to use multi-frequency resource effectively. However, inter-frequency blind handover will also introduce the risk of call drops.
Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-Frequency Handover Code used Ratio Space Threshold


If the space threshold of code used ratio between the source cell and the destination cell is larger than this parameter, then start inter-frequency handover.
Parameter ID
LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Value Range
0 to 100%, step is 1%.
Parameter Setting
The default value is 13, namely 13%.
The setting of this parameter needs to consider the bandwidth of inter-frequency handover subscribers. It should be avoided as much as possible to cause
the destination cell congested by subscribershandover.
Impact on the Network Performance
The smaller the setting, the more likely to find blind handover target cells that meet LDR conditions is. However, an extremely small setting is likely to
cause the target cell congested. The greater the setting, the less likely to incur inter-frequency blind handover is, but the more likely to ensure the reliability
of the target cell is.
Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Gold User Load Control Switch

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 94 of 205

This switch is used to decide whether the load control measures will be taken for gold user in the case of resource congestion or not.
Parameter ID
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch
Value Range
ON, OFF
Physical Value Range
None.
Parameter Setting
The default value is OFF.
The setting is based on the policy of operators towards VIP subscribers. If service quality is to be ensured in resource congestion, this parameter is not
enabled.
Impact on the Network Performance
If this parameter is enabled, load control measures such as down-speeding and handover will be taken for VIP subscribers in the case of resource congestion
in the cell, thus affecting service quality of VIP subscribers. Otherwise, no measures will be taken for VIP subscribers in the case of resource congestion.
Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS Power Control Service Priority Threshold


This describes the MBMS power control service priority threshold. When the MBMS service priority is higher than the threshold, the preliminary
congestion status of a cell can be released through the decrease of power.
ID
MbmsDecPowerRabThd
Value Range
1 to 15
Physical Scope
1 to 15
Setting
The default value is 1.
When the priority of the RAB of MBMS services exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the MBMS power to the minimum power.
Impact on the Network Performance

The lower MbmsDecPowerRabThd is, the bigger the scope for selecting the MBMS services is, the more cell load is decreased, the more effect there is
on the MBMS service. At the same time, the cell overload is significantly decreased while the impact on the MBMS services becomes bigger.
The higher MbmsDecPowerRabThd is, the smaller the scope for selecting the MBMS services is, the less cell load is decreased, the more effect there is
on the MBMS services, and the quality of services with high priority, however, can be guaranteed.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify MbmsDecPowerRabThd.
Parent topic: Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters


This describes the overload congestion control (OLC) parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of overload congestion control parameters

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 95 of 205

Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

OlcPeriodTimerLen

OLC period timer length

3000, namely 3 s

Set or modify: SET


LDCPERIOD

RNC

Query: LST
LDCPERIOD
2

UlOlcTrigThd

Uplink or downlink OLC trigger


threshold and release threshold

UlOlcTrigThd: 95%
DlOlcTrigThd: 95%

DlOlcTrigThd

UlOlcRelThd

UlOlcRelThd: 80%
DlOlcRelThd: 80%

UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes

Uplink or downlink OLC fast TF


restriction times

DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes
4

UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum Number of RABs selected for the uplink


or downlink OLC fast TF restriction
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum

RateRstrctTimerLen

Cell

Query: LST
CELLLDM
Modify: MOD
CELLLDM

DlOlcRelThd
3

Set: ADD CELLLDM

Set: ADD CELLOLC


Query: LST
CELLOLC
Modify: MOD
CELLOLC

OLC fast TF restrict data rate restriction RateRstrctTimerLen: 3000 (3 s),


timer length and recovery timer length
RateRecoverTimerLen: 5000 (5 s)

RateRecoverTimerLen
6

RateRstrctCoef

Data rate restriction coefficient for OLC


fast TF restriction

68, namely 68%

UlOlcTraffRelRabNum

Number of RABs released for the uplink


or downlink traffic

DlOlcTraffRelRabNum

OLC Period Timer Length


This describes the period of the OLC timer. When this period is up, OLC executes once and then restarts automatically. The period of the timer is the
period of the OLC action. The uplink OLC and downlink OLC share the same timer.
Uplink or Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold
This describes the thresholds for the system to determine that the uplink or downlink enters overload status and the threshold for the system to
determine that the uplink or downlink overload is released.
Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times
This describes the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times, which indicate the number of times for which the uplink or downlink OLC fast
TF restriction is executed. The number of uplink OLC fast TF restriction times is UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, and the number of downlink OLC fast TF
restriction times is DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes.
Number of RABs Selected for the Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction
This describes the number of RABs selected for an uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction. The number of RABs selected for an uplink OLC fast
TF restriction is UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum, and the number of RABs selected for a downlink OLC fast TF restriction is DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum.
OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Timer Length and Recover Timer Length
This describes the OLC fast TF data rate restriction timer length and recover timer length. RateRstrctTimerLen specifies the period for which the
MAC applies TF restriction to BE subscribers in a downlink fast TF restriction. RateRecoverTimerLen specifies the period for which the MAC
applies TF recovery to BE subscribers when the downlink overload is released.
OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Coefficient
This describes the data rate restriction coefficient for OLC fast TF restriction. The data rate restriction coefficient indicates the degree of the rate
restriction.
Number of RABs Released by the Uplink or Downlink Traffic Release
This describes the number of RABs that are released by an uplink or downlink traffic release. The number of RABs released by an uplink traffic
release is UlOlcTraffRelRabNum, and the number of RABs released by a downlink traffic release is DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.

Parent topic: Load Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

OLC Period Timer Length


This describes the period of the OLC timer. When this period is up, OLC executes once and then restarts automatically. The period of the timer is the
period of the OLC action. The uplink OLC and downlink OLC share the same timer.
ID
OlcPeriodTimerLen
Value Range
100 to 86400000
Physical Scope
100 ms to 86400 s, with the step of 1 ms
Setting

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 96 of 205

The default value of OlcPeriodTimerLen is 3000, namely 3 s.


In the current overload control algorithm, all the uplink/downlink OLC actions (TF restriction and user release) are executed in the period of the OLC
timer.
When the uplink or downlink has overload, the system implements overload control and checks whether the OLC period timer is started in the current cell.
If the OLC period timer is not started, the system starts the timer. If the OLC period timer is started, the system shares the timer.
When the OLC timer times out, the system checks the overload state of the cell. If the uplink or downlink has overload, the system implement overload
control of the uplink or downlink. If both the uplink and the downlink have overload, the system implements the overload control based on a comprehensive
decision. When implementing the overload control, the system resets the OLC timer. The system implements the overload control until both the uplink and
the downlink has no overload.
NOTE:
When setting OlcPeriodTimerLen, consider the hysteresis for which the load monitoring responds to the load change. For example, when the layer 3 filter
coefficient is 6, the hysteresis for which the load measurement responds to the step-function signals is about 2.8 s, namely that the system can trace the load
control effect about 3 s later after each load control. In this case, the OLC period timer length cannot be smaller than 3 s.
OlcPeriodTimerLen along with ULOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, DLOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, ULOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes, DLOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes,
ULOLCTraffRelUserNum, and DLOLCTraffRelUserNum determine the time it takes to release the uplink/downlink overload.
Impact on the Network Performance

If the OLC period is excessively long, the system may respond very slowly to overload.
If the OLC period is excessively short, unnecessary adjustment may occur before the previous OLC action has taken effect, and therefore the system
performance is affected.

Related Commands
Use SET LDCPERIOD to set and LST LDCPERIOD to query OlcPeriodTimerLen.
Parent topic: Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink or Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold


This describes the thresholds for the system to determine that the uplink or downlink enters overload status and the threshold for the system to determine
that the uplink or downlink overload is released.
ID
UlOlcTrigThd
DlOlcTrigThd
UlOlcRelThd
DlOlcRelThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%
Setting
The default values of UlOlcTrigThd and DlOlcTrigThd are 95 (95%). The default values of UlOlcRelThd and DlOlcRelThd are 80 (80%).
CAUTION:
The OLC trigger threshold must be not higher than the OLC release threshold.
The system judges whether the uplink or downlink is in overload status on the basis of the uplink or downlink OLC trigger threshold. If the cell load is
higher than the threshold for consecutive pre-determined times, the system is already in overload status for a long time. In this case, the system performs
operations of the OLC algorith, including fast TF restriction or even user release, if the cell OLC switch is enabled.
The uplink handover admission threshold guarantees the stability of the system, so UlOlcTrigThd must be higher than UlHOThd, and DlOlcTrigThd must
be higher than DlHOThd.
UlOlcRelThd and DlOlcRelThd indicates that the uplink and downlink have recovered to the normal state (the overload is released). When the cell load is
lower than the UlOlcRelThd and DlOlcRelThd within a hysteresis, the system has already entered the normal state and stops the uplink and downlink OLC.
The uplink or downlink OLC release threshold must guarantee the system stability. To ensure that the overload can be released after the system implements
the overload algorithm to limit the rate of BE services, the value of the uplink or downlink OLC release threshold should not be much lower than or close to

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 97 of 205

the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state may have a ping-pong effect. The recommended difference between the OLC release threshold and the OLC
trigger threshold is higher than 10%.
Impact on the Network Performance

The lower the OLC trigger threshold is, the easier the system is in the overload status. Since OLC ultimately uses extreme method like releasing users
to lower the load, an excessively low value of the OLC trigger threshold is very detrimental to the system performance.
The lower the OLC release threshold is, the harder the system releases the overload.

Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected, it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC
trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDM to set, LST CELLLDM to query, and MOD CELLLDM to modify the uplink or downlink OLC trigger threshold and release
threshold.
Parent topic: Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times


This describes the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times, which indicate the number of times for which the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF
restriction is executed. The number of uplink OLC fast TF restriction times is UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, and the number of downlink OLC fast TF restriction
times is DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes.
ID
UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes
DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0 to 100 times
Setting
The default value is 3.
After the uplink or downlink overload is triggered, the RNC immediately executes OLC by first executing uplink/downlink fast TF restriction. The internal
counter is incremented by 1 with each execution. If the number of overloads does not exceed the OLC action threshold, the system lowers the BE service
rate by lowering TF to relieve the overload. If the number of overloads exceeds the OLC action threshold, the previous operation has no obvious effect on
alleviating the overload and the system has to release users to solve the overload problem.
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower the parameters are, the more likely the users are released, resulting in negative effect on the system performance. If the parameters are
excessively high, the overload status is released slowly.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times.
Parent topic: Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Number of RABs Selected for the Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF


Restriction
This describes the number of RABs selected for an uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction. The number of RABs selected for an uplink OLC fast TF
restriction is UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum, and the number of RABs selected for a downlink OLC fast TF restriction is DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum.
ID
UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum
Value Range

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 98 of 205

1 to 10
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 3.
The OLC selects RABs on the basis of comprehensive priorities. It considers the service priority, the value of ARP, and the bearer priority indication, and
selects the RABs with lower priorities. In the actual system, UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum can be set on the basis of the actual
circumstances.

If the high-rate subscribers occupy a high proportion, set UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum to comparatively low values.
If the high-rate subscribers occupy a low proportion, set UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum to comparatively high values.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameters are, the more users are involved in fast TF restriction under the same conditions, the quicker the cell load decreases, and the
more user QoS is affected.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify the number of RABs selected for the uplink or downlink OLC fast
TF restriction.
Parent topic: Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Timer Length and Recover Timer
Length
This describes the OLC fast TF data rate restriction timer length and recover timer length. RateRstrctTimerLen specifies the period for which the MAC
applies TF restriction to BE subscribers in a downlink fast TF restriction. RateRecoverTimerLen specifies the period for which the MAC applies TF
recovery to BE subscribers when the downlink overload is released.
ID
RateRstrctTimerLen
RateRecoverTimerLen
Value Range
1 to 65535
Physical Scope
1 ms to 65535 ms
Setting

The default value of RateRstrctTimerLen is 3000, namely 3 s.


The default value of RateRecoverTimerLen is 5000, namely 5 s.

Once the MAC layer receives an instruction to perform the fast TF restriction on a subscriber, it periodically uses the rate restriction coefficient to restrict
the maximum available TF of the subscriber until it receives an overload release instruction. Therefore, every period specified by RateRstrctTimerLen,
apart from the new OLC-selected users who are TF restricted, the previously selected users are also fast-TF restricted in an effort to release the overload
more quickly. In order to timely adjust the BE service rate according to the load, the value of RateRstrctTimerLen shall be slightly higher than the system
load response time after rate adjustment and the period of overload detection.
To avoid the fast TF restriction on the same user and guarantee the QoS of a single user, set RateRstrctTimerLen to the maximum value (65535).
Upon receiving the overload release instruction, the MAC layer periodically recovers the maximum available TF of the previously restricted BE users
according to the period specified by RateRecoverTimerLen, and raises the maximum available TF to the superior level each time.
CAUTION:
RateRstrctTimerLen and RateRecoverTimerLen are effective only to the downlink. The uplink fast TF restriction is performed by the UE. For the uplink
fast TF restriction, the RNC only delivers a new TFCS and randomly selects a comparatively bigger time length in the signaling value scope. As soon as the
time length selected by the RNC comes to an end, the UE automatically releases the TF restriction.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher RateRstrctTimerLen is, the more slowly the BE service rate decreases. The lower RateRstrctTimerLen is, the harder it is to receive the overload

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 99 of 205

release instruction.
The higher RateRecoverTimerLen is, the more slowly the BE service rate recovers, while the lower probability that the overload is triggered again in a short
period. The lower RateRecoverTimerLen is, the more quickly the BE service rate is recovered, but more overloads occur.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify RateRstrctTimerLen and RateRecoverTimerLen.
Parent topic: Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Coefficient


This describes the data rate restriction coefficient for OLC fast TF restriction. The data rate restriction coefficient indicates the degree of the rate
restriction.
ID
RateRstrctCoef
Value Range
1 to 99
Physical Scope
1% to 99%, with the step of 1%
Setting
The default value of RateRstrctCoef is 68, namely 68%.
When configuring RateRstrctCoef, comply with the following principles:
Guaranteee the rate control effect on the high speed services, such as the 384 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, and 144 kbit/s services.
When there are more than two transport blocks, the restriction on the biggest transport block must be effective, that is, the rate of the transport block must
decrease by at lest one level.
For the 384 kbit/s service, TTI = 10 MS, and the TB set is {0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12}. Consuming that the rate restriction coefficient is x, the restriction rules are as
follows:

8<12x<12
4<12x2<8
2<12x3<4

Through calculation on the basis of the preceding rules, x can be set to 0.68.
Impact on Network Performance
The lower the parameter is, the more severe the rate is restricted. An excessive low RateRstrctCoef, however, may affect the BE transmission delay. A high
RateRstrctCoef means loose restriction, which may be ineffective in alleviating the overload.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify RateRstrctCoef.
Parent topic: Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Number of RABs Released by the Uplink or Downlink Traffic Release


This describes the number of RABs that are released by an uplink or downlink traffic release. The number of RABs released by an uplink traffic release is
UlOlcTraffRelRabNum, and the number of RABs released by a downlink traffic release is DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.
ID
UlOlcTraffRelRabNum
DlOlcTraffRelRabNum
Value Range
0 to 10

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 100 of 205

Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 0.
The number of RABs that are released by an uplink or downlink traffic release should be considered together with the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF
restriction times and the number of RABs selected for the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction.
When the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times exceed the threshold set by UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes or DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the OLC starts
releasing users. For the users of a single service, the releasing of RABs means the complete releasing of the users. The releasing of RABs causes call drops, so
UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes or DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes should be set to a low value.
Impact on the Network Performance
Higher values of these parameters get the cell load to decrease more obviously, but the QoS will be affected.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify the number of RABs released by an uplink or downlink traffic
release.
Parent topic: Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PS Service Rate Control Parameters


This describes the PS service rate control parameters: the service-related thresholds, DCCC parameters, link stability parameters, state transfer
parameters, PS active parameters, and so on.

BE Service Related Threshold Parameters


The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here.
Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on traffic.
Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Throughput
This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on throughput.
Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on link quality.
State Transition Parameters
This describes the state transition parameters.
PS Inactive
The common configurable PS inactive parameters are listed here.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BE Service Related Threshold Parameters


The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here.
Table 1 List of BE service related threshold parameters
No. Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

BeBitRateThd

BE service handover rate threshold

D384, that is, 384 kbit/s

Set or Modify:SET HOCOMM

RNC

R99GoldIAVUlGBR

Uplink and downlink BE service guarantee bit rate

D64, namely 64 kbit/s

Query:LST HOCOMM

R99GoldIAVDlGBR

Set or modify: SET USERGBR


Query: LST USERGBR

R99SilverIAVUlGBR
R99SilverIAVDlGBR
R99CopperIAVUlGBR
R99CopperIAVDlGBR
HSPAGoldIAVUlGBR
HSPAGoldIAVDlGBR
HSPASilverIAVUlGBR

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 101 of 205

HSPASilverIAVDlGBR
HSPACopperIAVUlGBR
HSPACopperIAVDlGBR
R99GoldBGDUlGBR
R99GoldBGDDlGBR
R99SilverBGDUlGBR
R99SilverBGDDlGBR
R99CopperBGDUlGBR
R99CopperBGDDlGBR
HSPAGoldBGDUlGBR
HSPAGoldBGDDlGBR
HSPASilverBGDUlGBR
HSPASilverBGDDlGBR
HSPACopperBGDUlGBR
HSPACopperBGDDlGBR
3

UlStrTransModeOnHsupa

Streaming service HSUPA transmission mode

Non-Scheduled

Set or modify:SET FRC


Query:LST FRC

BE Service Handover Rate Threshold


This describes the Best Effort (BE) service handover rate threshold. The BE service handover rate threshold is used to determine whether to perform
soft handovers for the BE service on the DCH. When the maximum rate of the transmission channel of the BE service is lower than or equal to the BE
service handover rate threshold, the system has the subscriber perform a soft handover to guarantee the service quality of the subscriber. When the
maximum rate of the transmission channel of the BE service exceeds the BE service handover rate threshold, the system has the subscriber perform
an intra-frequency hard handover to reduce the impact upon the system capacity.
Uplink/Downlink BE Service Insured Rate
This describes the insured bit rate configured for BE services with different priorities. DCH and H share a set of parameters.
Streaming Service HSUPA Transmission Mode
This describes the HSUPA transmission mode switch for streaming services. The parameter is used to control the E-DCH data transmission mode of
the streaming service and is valid only when the mapping from the streaming service to E-DCH is available.

Parent topic: PS Service Rate Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BE Service Handover Rate Threshold


This describes the Best Effort (BE) service handover rate threshold. The BE service handover rate threshold is used to determine whether to perform soft
handovers for the BE service on the DCH. When the maximum rate of the transmission channel of the BE service is lower than or equal to the BE service
handover rate threshold, the system has the subscriber perform a soft handover to guarantee the service quality of the subscriber. When the maximum rate
of the transmission channel of the BE service exceeds the BE service handover rate threshold, the system has the subscriber perform an intra-frequency
hard handover to reduce the impact upon the system capacity.
ID
BeBitRateThd
Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)
Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D384, namely 384 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher BeBitRateThd is, the more resources are consumed, but the better the QoS becomes.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 102 of 205

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set and LST HOCOMM to query BeBitRateThd.
Parent topic: BE Service Related Threshold Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink/Downlink BE Service Insured Rate


This describes the insured bit rate configured for BE services with different priorities. DCH and H share a set of parameters.
Parameter ID
R99GoldIAVUlGBR
R99GoldIAVDlGBR
R99SilverIAVUlGBR
R99SilverIAVDlGBR
R99CopperIAVUlGBR
R99CopperIAVDlGBR
HSPAGoldIAVUlGBR
HSPAGoldIAVDlGBR
HSPASilverIAVUlGBR
HSPASilverIAVDlGBR
HSPACopperIAVUlGBR
HSPACopperIAVDlGBR
R99GoldBGDUlGBR
R99GoldBGDDlGBR
R99SilverBGDUlGBR
R99SilverBGDDlGBR
R99CopperBGDUlGBR
R99CopperBGDDlGBR
HSPAGoldBGDUlGBR
HSPAGoldBGDDlGBR
HSPASilverBGDUlGBR
HSPASilverBGDDlGBR
HSPACopperBGDUlGBR
HSPACopperBGDDlGBR
Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, and D384
Physical Value Range
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, and 384 (unit: kbit/s)
Parameter Setting
The default value is D64, which stands for 64 kbit/s.
Impact on Network Performance
You can assign different GBRs to the users with different priorities to show service differentiation. The QoS of the users with higher priorities is better. The
user access, however, becomes more difficult.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 103 of 205

Relevant Commands
Use the SET USERGBR command for configuration and use the LST USERGBR command for query.
Parent topic: BE Service Related Threshold Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Streaming Service HSUPA Transmission Mode


This describes the HSUPA transmission mode switch for streaming services. The parameter is used to control the E-DCH data transmission mode of the
streaming service and is valid only when the mapping from the streaming service to E-DCH is available.
ID
UlStrTransModeOnHsupa
Value Range
Scheduled, Non-Scheduled
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default setting is Non-Scheduled.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
For the RNC level, use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query UlStrTransModeOnHsupa.
Parent topic: BE Service Related Threshold Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic


This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on traffic.
Table 1 List of dynamic channel configuration parameters
No. Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

Event4aThd

Traffic upper threshold

D1024, that is, 1024 bytes

Set: ADD TYPRABDCCCMC

RNC

Event4bThd

Traffic lower threshold

D128, that is, 128 bytes

TimetoTrigger4A

Time to trigger event 4A

D240, that is, 240 ms

TimetoTrigger4B

Time to Trigger event 4B

D2560, that is, 2.56 s

UlDcccRateThd

Uplink DCCC rate thresholds

D64 (64 kbit/s)

DlDcccRateThd

Downlink DCCC rate thresholds

D64 (64 kbit/s)

UlMidRateThd

Uplink middle rate thresholds

D128 (128 kbit/s)

DlMidRateThd

Downlink middle rate thresholds

D128 (128 kbit/s)

UlMidRateCalc

Uplink middle rate calculate method

HAND_APPOINT

10

DlMidRateCalc

Downlink middle rate calculate method

HAND_APPOINT

11

UlRateUpAdjLevel

Uplink rate increase adjust level

3_Rates

12

DlRateUpAdjLevel

Downlink increase adjust level

3_Rates

13

UlRateDnAdjLevel

Uplink rate decrease adjust level

3_Rates

14

DlRateDnAdjLevel

Downlink rate decrease adjust level

3_Rates

15

LittleRateThd

Low activity bitrate threshold

D64, that is, 64 kbit/s

Query: LST TYPRAB


Modify: MOD TYPRABDCCCMC
Set or modify: SET DCCC

RNC

Query: LST DCCC

Traffic Upper Threshold


This describes the upper threshold of the traffic, which is used to check whether there is any data to be transmitted.
Traffic Lower Threshold
This describes the lower threshold of the traffic. If the RLC buffer payload is lower than the lower threshold of the traffic for a certain period, the
system reports the 4B event. The 4B event is implemented to detect for the decreasing of traffic. When the traffic transport is about to be finished, the
traffic in the buffer soon decreases to zero.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 104 of 205

Time to Trigger Event 4A


This describes the time to trigger the 4A event. When the traffic exceeds the upper threshold for a certain period, the system reports the 4A event.
Time to Trigger Event 4B
This describes the time to trigger the 4B event. When the traffic is lower than the lower threshold for a certain period, the system reports the 4B event.
Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Levels
These parameters are used to judge uplink and downlink 2 rates or 3 rates adjusting in DCCC.
Uplink or Downlink DCCC Rate Threshold
When the uplink or downlink maximum rate applied for the BE service is not higher than the uplink or downlink DCCC rate threshold, the system
does not reconfigure channels according to the uplink or downlink traffic.
Uplink or Downlink Middle Rate Calculate Method
This describes the uplink or downlink middle rate calculate method which can be set to HAND_APPOINT or AUTO_CALC.
Uplink or Downlink DCCC Middle Rate
This describes the uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate. The uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate is configured when 3 rate adjusting in DCCC is
used and the middle rate computing method is HAND_APPOINT. If the uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate is not configured, the middle rate
equals half of the maximum rate.
Low Activity Rate Threshold
This describes the low activity rate threshold. When the PS BE service rate has reduced to the rate threshold of DCCC, but the UE cannot transfer to
the CELL_FACH state for some reasons (for example: PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is off; UE has CS service), the PS BE service rate is
reduced to the low activity rate threshold if the PS BE service satisfies the requirement of D2F.

Parent topic: PS Service Rate Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Traffic Upper Threshold


This describes the upper threshold of the traffic, which is used to check whether there is any data to be transmitted.
ID
Event4aThd
Value Range
Enum (D16, D32, D64, D128, D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16k, D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k,
D512k, D768k)
Physical Scope
Enum (16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k, 128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k, 768k) bytes
Setting
The default value is D1024, namely 1024 bytes. The parameter is set separately in downlink and uplink.
Impact on the Network Performance
Event 4A: The transmission channel traffic (which is the buffered traffic in DCCC) exceeds an absolute threshold. When this event occurs, data
transmission is accelerated through the increase of channel transmission bandwidth.
The setting of the traffic upper threshold is used to check whether there are data to be transmitted. Therefore, to quickly satisfy the demand of data
transmission, Event4AThd can be configured to a comparatively low value. If Event4AThd is excessively low, the channel reconfiguration may be triggered
to increase bandwidth even when users have no enough data to be transmitted.
Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters:
Use ADD TYPRABDCCCMC to set, MOD TYPRABDCCCMC to modify, and LST TYPRAB to query Event4AThd.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Traffic Lower Threshold


This describes the lower threshold of the traffic. If the RLC buffer payload is lower than the lower threshold of the traffic for a certain period, the system
reports the 4B event. The 4B event is implemented to detect for the decreasing of traffic. When the traffic transport is about to be finished, the traffic in the
buffer soon decreases to zero.
ID
Event4BThd
Value Range
Enum (D8, D16,D32, D64, D128,D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16k, D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k,
D512k)

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 105 of 205

Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16,32, 64, 128,256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k, 128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k) bytes
Setting
The default value is D128(rate < 128k), D256(rate >= 128k). The parameter is set separately in downlink and uplink.
Impact on the Network Performance
Event 4B: The transmission channel traffic (which is the buffered traffic in DCCC) becomes lower than an absolute threshold. When this event occurs, the
channel transmission bandwidth is reduced to avoid resource waste.
The 4B event is used to check whether the traffic becomes lighter. When the service transmission is about to finish, the traffic in the buffer decreases rapidly
until it becomes zero. Therefore, Event4BThd can be set to a low value. In addition, when the service has a stable but low source rate, Event4BThd can be
set to a proper value to detect the low source rate and decrease the channel bandwidth. The tests on the FTP service and services with low source rates
prove that Event4BThd can be set to a value close to the size of the transport block to detect the demand of decreasing the bandwidth caused by the FTP
service and services with low source rates.
Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters:
Use ADD TYPRABDCCCMC to set, MOD TYPRABDCCCMC to modify, and LST TYPRAB to query Event4BThd.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Time to Trigger Event 4A


This describes the time to trigger the 4A event. When the traffic exceeds the upper threshold for a certain period, the system reports the 4A event.
ID
TimetoTrigger4A
Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280,2560,5000) ms
Setting
The default value is D240, namely 240 ms. The parameter is set separately in uplink and downlink.
Impact on the Network Performance
TimetoTrigger4A can be properly set to avoid the unnecessary triggering of traffic events caused by the unstable traffic.
If TimetoTrigger4A is set to an excessively high value, the reporting of the 4A event will be delayed, and the performance of the traffic measurement report
to trace the transmission requirements for service source data is poor. Before setting TimetoTrigger4A, you need analyze the changes of buffer traffic when
there are data to be transmitted.
Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters:
Use ADD TYPRABDCCCMC to set, MOD TYPRABDCCCMC to modify, and LST TYPRAB to query TimetoTrigger4A.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Time to Trigger Event 4B


This describes the time to trigger the 4B event. When the traffic is lower than the lower threshold for a certain period, the system reports the 4B event.
ID
TimetoTrigger4B
Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 106 of 205

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms
Setting
The default value is D2560, namely 2560 ms. The parameter is set separately in uplink and downlink.
The TimetoTrigger4B is used to prevent frequent triggering caused by small fluctuation of the traffic. This parameter indicates the time from the moment
when the traffic volume exceeds the lower threshold to the moment when an event 4B is triggered. This parameter is used to avoid unnecessary reports
triggered by traffic fluctuation
Impact on the Network Performance
TimetoTrigger4B can be properly set to avoid the unnecessary triggering of traffic events caused by the unstable traffic.
Before setting TimetoTrigger4B, you need analyze the changes of buffer traffic when there are data to be transmitted. You can set TimetoTrigger4B to a
comparatively high value to guarantee a good performance of service transmission.
The higher the parameter value is, the harder it is to trigger event 4B. In this case frequent adjustments of the BE service rate can be avoided. An extremely
high value, however, may lead to slow system responses. The lower the parameter value is, the easier it is to trigger event 4B. A low value, however, may
lead to frequent event triggering under small fluctuation of the traffic.
Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters:
Use ADD TYPRABDCCCMC to set, MOD TYPRABDCCCMC to modify, and LST TYPRAB to query TimetoTrigger4B.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Levels


These parameters are used to judge uplink and downlink 2 rates or 3 rates adjusting in DCCC.
Parameter ID
UlRateUpAdjLevel
UlRateDnAdjLevel
DlRateUpAdjLevel
DlRateDnAdjLevel
Value Range
Enum(2_Rates, 3_Rates)
Physical Value Range
1, 2
Parameter Setting
The default values are both 3_Rates.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Relevant Commands
The RNC-oriented parameters: set them through SET DCCC and query them through LST DCCC.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink or Downlink DCCC Rate Threshold


When the uplink or downlink maximum rate applied for the BE service is not higher than the uplink or downlink DCCC rate threshold, the system does not
reconfigure channels according to the uplink or downlink traffic.
ID

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 107 of 205

UlDcccRateThd
DlDcccRateThd
Value Range
Enum(D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)
Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s
Setting
The default value of the uplink or downlink DCCC rate threshold is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
The uplink DCCC rate threshold cannot be set to an excessively low value, and it should be higher than the minimum rate of the reverse bandwidth
required by the 384 kbit/s service. In this way, the uplink measurement reports can be effectively reduced.
To set the downlink DCCC rate threshold, consider the gain of code resource.

If the downlink DCCC rate threshold is excessively low, the DCCC algorithm is also implemented even when the applied bandwidth is rather small,
and there is only a low algorithm gain.
If the downlink DCCC rate threshold is excessively high, the DCCC algorithm cannot be implemented for some high bandwidth rates, and the code
resource is wasted.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query UlDcccRateThd and DlDcccRateThd.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink or Downlink Middle Rate Calculate Method


This describes the uplink or downlink middle rate calculate method which can be set to HAND_APPOINT or AUTO_CALC.
ID
UlMidRateCalc
DlMidRateCalc
Value Range
AUTO_CALC, HAND_APPOINT
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is HAND_APPOINT.
This parameter is used to decide the uplink/downlink middle bite rate calculation method that applies when uplink/downlink Rate increase adjust level or
uplink/downlink Rate decrease adjust level is 3_Rates.
If uplink/downlink middle bite rate calculate method is set to AUTO_CALC, the value of uplink/downlink middle bite rate threshold is automatically
calculated by the system. The value of uplink/downlink middle bite rate threshold is equal to the RB rate closest to the highest rate divided by two.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query UlMidRateCalc and DlMidRateCalc.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 108 of 205

Uplink or Downlink DCCC Middle Rate


This describes the uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate. The uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate is configured when 3 rate adjusting in DCCC is used
and the middle rate computing method is HAND_APPOINT. If the uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate is not configured, the middle rate equals half of
the maximum rate.
ID
UlMidRateThd
DlMidRateThd
Value Range
Enum (D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)
Physical Scope
Enum (16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D128, namely 128 kbit/s.
UlMidRateThd and DlMidRateThd are needed only when UlMidRateCalc and DlMidRateCal (the uplink or downlink rate calculating method) are set to
HAND_APPOINT.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query UlMidRateThd and DlMidRateThd.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Low Activity Rate Threshold


This describes the low activity rate threshold. When the PS BE service rate has reduced to the rate threshold of DCCC, but the UE cannot transfer to the
CELL_FACH state for some reasons (for example: PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is off; UE has CS service), the PS BE service rate is reduced to the
low activity rate threshold if the PS BE service satisfies the requirement of D2F.
ID
LittleRateThd
Value Range
Enum (D0, D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384).
Physical Scope
Enum (0, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 384) kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query LittleRateThd.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 109 of 205

Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Throughput


This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on throughput.
Table 1 List of DCCC parameters
No. Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

HsupaDcccStg

HSUPA DCCC strategy

RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH

Set:SET DCCC

RNC

EdchRateAdjustSet HSUPA UpLink rate adjust set

HsupaInitialRate

Query:LST DCCC
Rate_128Kbps, Rate_256Kbps, Rate_608Kbps Set:SET EDCHRATEADJUSTSET
Query:LST EDCHRATEADJUSTSET
Initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic D64

Set:SET FRC
Query:LST FRC

HSUPA DCCC Strategy


This describes the parameter used to set the HSUPA DCCC strategy.
HSUPA UpLink Rate Adjust Set
This describes the parameter used to set the HSUPA uplink rate adjust set.
Initial Rate of HSUPA BE Rraffic
This describes the parameter used to set the initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic.

Parent topic: PS Service Rate Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA DCCC Strategy


This describes the parameter used to set the HSUPA DCCC strategy.
ID
HsupaDcccStg
Value Range
RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH, RATE_UP_ONLY_ON_EDCH
Physical Scope
EDCH rate up and rate down, EDCH rate up
Setting
The default value is RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH.
Impact on the Network Performance
The RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH strategy means that the rate can be both downsized and upsized.
The RATE_UP_ONLY_ON_EDCH strategy means that the rate can only be upsized.
This means UE can transit to CELL_FACH state from CELL_EDCH state at any rate.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query HsupaDcccStg.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Throughput
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA UpLink Rate Adjust Set


This describes the parameter used to set the HSUPA uplink rate adjust set.
ID
EdchRateAdjustSet
Value Range

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 110 of 205

Rate_8Kbps, Rate_16Kbps, Rate_32Kbps, Rate_64Kbps, Rate_128Kbps, Rate_144Kbps, Rate_256Kbps, Rate_384Kbps, Rate_608Kbps, Rate_1450Kbps,
Rate_2890Kbps, Rate_5760Kbps
Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 608 kbit/s, 1450 kbit/s, 2890 kbit/s, 5760 kbit/s
Setting
Rate_8Kbps: Unselected
Rate_16Kbps: Unselected
Rate_32Kbps: Unselected
Rate_64Kbps: Unselected
Rate_128Kbps: Selected
Rate_144Kbps: Unselected
Rate_256Kbps: Selected
Rate_384Kbps: Unselected
Rate_608Kbps: Selected
Rate_1450Kbps: Unselected
Rate_2048Kbps: Unselected
Rate_2890Kbps: Unselected
Rate_5760Kbps: Unselected
Impact on the Network Performance
The more rate levels selected, the longer time subscribers reach to MBR. Subscribers feel bad but the network resource utilization increase.
The less rate levels selected, the shorter time subscribers reach to MBR. Subscribers feel good but the network resource utilization decrease.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET EDCHRATEADJUSTSET to set and LST EDCHRATEADJUSTSET to query EdchRateAdjustSet.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Throughput
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Initial Rate of HSUPA BE Rraffic


This describes the parameter used to set the initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic.
ID
HsupaInitialRate
Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D608, D1450, D2048, D2890, D5760
Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 608 kbit/s, 1450 kbit/s, 2890 kbit/s, 5760 kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.
When DCCC algorithm switch and HSUPA DCCC algorithm switch are enabled, the uplink initial bit rate will be set to this value if the uplink maximum
bit rate is higher than the initial bit rate.
Impact on the Network Performance
The feel of subscribers and network resource utilization are considered in setting this parameter.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 111 of 205

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query HsupaInitialRate.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Throughput
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality


This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on link quality.
Table 1 List of DCCC parameters
SerialNo. ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

Uplink quality
measurement swithes

BeUlEvTrigInd:
SINGLE

Set:SET QOSACT

RNC

BeUlEvTrigInd
BeUlQos6A1McSwitch

Query:LST QOSACT
BeUlQos6A1McSwitch:
YES

BeUlQos5AMcSwitch

BeUlQos5AMcSwitch:
YES

BeUlQos6DMcSwitch

BeUlQos6DMcSwitch:
YES
2

UlThd6A1
UlThd6A2

Uplink quality transmit


power measurement
threshold

UlThd6A1UlThd6B1:
2 dB
UlThd6A2UlThd6B2:
10 dB

UlThd6B1

Set or modify or remove:ADD


TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD
TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, RMV
TYPRABQUALITYMEAS

RAB

Query:LST TYPRABQUALITYMEAS
UlThd6B2
3

StaBlkNum5A
Thd5A

Uplink quality block


error rate measurement
threshold

StaBlkNum5A: 500
Thd5A: 280

SrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch Downlink quality


measurement swithes
DrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch

NO

ThdEa

Downlink quality code


transmit power
measurement threshold

2 (1 dB)

EventBThred

Downlink quality
downlink RLC
measurement threshold

EventAThred: 160(16%) Set or modify or remove:ADD TYPRABRLC,


MOD TYPRABRLC, RMV TYPRABRLC
EventBThred: 80(8%)
QueryLST TYPRABRLC

UlFullCvrRate

Uplink full coverage rate 64kbit/s

ThdEb

Set:SET QOSACT

RNC

Query:LST QOSACT
Set or modify or remove:ADD
TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD
TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, RMV
TYPRABQUALITYMEAS

RAB

Query:LST TYPRABQUALITYMEAS
6

EventAThred

RNC level:

RAB

RNC/CELL

Set:SET DCCC
8

DlFullCvrRate

Downlink full coverage


rate

32kbit/s

Query:LST DCCC
Cell level:
Set:ADD CELLDCCC
Query:LST CELLDCCC

Uplink Quality Measurement Switches


This describes the parameters used to specify the strategy of uplink quality measurement.
Uplink Quality Transmit Power Measurement Threshold
The parameters and UE maximum transmit power specify the threshold of 6A1, 6A2, 6B1, and 6B2 event.
Uplink Quality Block Error Rate Measurement Threshold
This describes the uplink quality block error rate 5A event threshold.
Downlink Quality Measurement Swithes
This parameters are used to specify the strategy of downlink quality measurement.
Downlink Quality Code Transmit Power Measurement Threshold
This describes relative threshold of the Ea event. The parameter and the maximum transmit power determine the event Ea/Eb/Fa/Fb threshold of the
DL DPCCH power.
Downlink Quality Downlink RLC Measurement Threshold

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 112 of 205

This describes the parametes, EventAThred and EventBThred.


Uplink Full Coverage Rate
This describes the uplink full coverage rate.
Downlink Full Coverage Rate
This describes the downlink full coverage rate.

Parent topic: PS Service Rate Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Quality Measurement Switches


This describes the parameters used to specify the strategy of uplink quality measurement.
ID
BeUlEvTrigInd
BeUlQos6A1McSwitch
BeUlQos5AMcSwitch
BeUlQos6DMcSwitch
Value Range
BeUlEvTrigInd: SINGLE, COMBINE
BeUlQos6A1McSwitch, BeUlQos5AMcSwitch and BeUlQos6DMcSwitch: YES, NO
Physical Scope
BeUlEvTrigInd: SINGLE, COMBINE.
BeUlQos6A1McSwitch, BeUlQos5AMcSwitch and BeUlQos6DMcSwitch: YES, NO
Setting
The default value of BeUlEvTrigInd is: SINGLE
The default value of BeUlQos6A1McSwitch, BeUlQos5AMcSwitch and BeUlQos6DMcSwitch are: YES
Impact on the Network Performance
It specifies the strategy of uplink quality measurement by UE uplink transmit power, or uplink BLER, or both UE uplink transmit power and uplink
BLER. The COMBIN type is recommended to ensure the stability of link, but the scope is smaller than the SINGLE type.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET QOSACT to set and LST QOSACT to query the parameters.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Quality Transmit Power Measurement Threshold


The parameters and UE maximum transmit power specify the threshold of 6A1, 6A2, 6B1, and 6B2 event.
ID
UlThd6A1
UlThd6A2
UlThd6B1
UlThd6B2
Value Range
0 to 82
Physical Scope
0 to 82 dB, step: 1 dB

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 113 of 205

Setting
The default value of UlThd6A1 and UlThd6B1 is: 2 dB
The default value of UlThd6A2 and UlThd6B2 is: 10 dB
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher UlThd6A1 and UlThd6B1, more sooner to trigger 6A1 and 6B1 event, more easily to down-speeding, so that keep the stability of link but the
scope is smaller.
The higher UlThd6A2 and UlThd6B2, more sooner to trigger 6A2 and 6B2 event, more easily to not up-speeding, so that keep the stability of link but the
scope is smaller.
Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters:
Set or modify or remove: ADD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, RMV TYPRABQUALITYMEAS. query: LST
TYPRABQUALITYMEAS.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Quality Block Error Rate Measurement Threshold


This describes the uplink quality block error rate 5A event threshold.
ID
StaBlkNum5A
Thd5A
Value Range
1 to 512
Physical Scope
1 to 512
Setting
The default value of StaBlkNum5A is 500.
This parameter defines the length of slide window.
The default value of Thd5A is 280.
This parameter sets the threshold for the number of wrong blocks of uplink CRC. If the number of wrong blocks statisticized within the length of one slide
window is larger than the threshold, 5A event is reported.
Impact on the Network Performance
The larger the threshold is, the more difficult to trigger 5A event, and the easier to cause a call drop. The smaller the threshold is, the easier to trigger 5A
event and cause unnecessary down-speeding and handover, thus affecting the QoS.
Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters:
Set or modify or remove: ADD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, RMV TYPRABQUALITYMEAS. query: LST
TYPRABQUALITYMEAS.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Quality Measurement Swithes


This parameters are used to specify the strategy of downlink quality measurement.
ID
SrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 114 of 205

DrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch
Value Range
YES, NO
Physical Scope
YES, NO
Setting
The default value of SrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch and DrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch are NO.
The parameters specify that downlink RLC is necessary or not.
Impact on the Network Performance
The combination of downlink code transmit power and downlink RLC can make the measurement more strictly to ensure the stability of link, but make the
scope be smaller.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET QOSACT to set and LST QOSACT to query the parameters.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Quality Code Transmit Power Measurement Threshold


This describes relative threshold of the Ea event. The parameter and the maximum transmit power determine the event Ea/Eb/Fa/Fb threshold of the DL
DPCCH power.
ID
ThdEa
ThdEb
Value Range
ThdEa, ThdEb0 to 111
Physical Scope
ThdEa, ThdEb: 0 dB to 55.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
Setting
The default value of ThdEa and ThdEb is 2, namely 1 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher EventEaThd is, the lower the absolute threshold for event Ea is, and it is easy to trigger event Ea and it is useful for link stability. On the
other hand, the service coverage planning is much influenced by a high EventEaThd.
The lower EventEaThd is, the more likely it is to guarantee the link stability and the less service coverage planning is affected.

Related Commands
ThdEa and ThdEb:
For service-oriented parameters:
Set or modify or remove: ADD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS and RMV TYPRABQUALITYMEAS. Query: LST
TYPRABQUALITYMEAS.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Quality Downlink RLC Measurement Threshold


This describes the parametes, EventAThred and EventBThred.
ID

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 115 of 205

EventAThred
EventBThred
Value Range
0 to 1000
Physical Scope
0 to 100%, step: 0.1%.
Setting
The default value of EventAThred is 160, namely 16.
The default value of EventBThred is 80, namely 8.
Impact on the Network Performance
The lower EventAThred is, it is easier to trigger event A and it is useful for link stability. On the other hand, the service coverage planning is much
influenced by a low EventAThred. The higher EventAThred is, the more likely it is to guarantee the link stability and the less service coverage planning is
affected.
Related Commands
For Service-oriented parameters:
Set or modify or remove: ADD TYPRABRLC, MOD TYPRABRLC and RMV TYPRABRLC. Query: LST TYPRABRLC.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Full Coverage Rate


This describes the uplink full coverage rate.
ID
ULFullCvrRate
Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)
Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
The uplink full coverage rate is the maximum uplink service rate that is reached when a cell is totally covered under some bearer.
If the maximum rate of a BE service is excessively low, the DCCC algorithm cannot easily control the rate and requires more handling workload. Therefore,
only the BE services with an uplink maximum rate higher than the threshold rate can perform the uplink coverage-based DCCC algorithm control.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query ULFullCvrRate.
For cell-oriented parameters:
Use ADD CELLDCCC to set, LST CELLDCCC to query, and MOD CELLDCCC to modify ULFullCvrRate.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Full Coverage Rate

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 116 of 205

This describes the downlink full coverage rate.


ID
DLFullCvrRate
Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)
Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D32, namely 32 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
The downlink full coverage rate is the maximum downlink service rate that is reached when the cell is totally covered. If the current rate is higher than the
full coverage rate, lower the rate to the full coverage rate after the downlink TCP is limited. If the current rate is lower than or equal to the full coverage
rate, lower the rate to the minimum guaranteed rate. If the Ea event is reported again, disconnect the links.
If the maximum rate of a BE service is excessively low, the DCCC algorithm cannot easily control the rate and requires more handling workload. Therefore,
the downlink coverage-based DCCC algorithm control can be implemented for only the BE services of which the downlink maximum rate is higher than the
threshold rate.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query DLFullCvrRate.
For cell-oriented parameters:
Use ADD CELLDCCC to set, LST CELLDCCC to query, and MOD CELLDCCC to modify DLFullCvrRate.
Parent topic: Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

State Transition Parameters


This describes the state transition parameters.
Table 1 List of state transition parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

FtoDTVMThd

FACH to DCH traffic


report threshold

D1024, namely 1024 bytes

Set or modify: SET


UESTATETRANS

RNC

RtFtoDHTvmThd
Query: LST
UESTATETRANS

BeFtoHTvmThd
FtoETvmThd
2

FtoDTvmTimeToTrig

FACH to DCH traffic


time totrigger

D240, namely 240 ms

DCH to FACH state


transition timer

5s

DCH to FACH traffic


report threshold

D64, namely 64 bytes E2FThrouThd: 8 kbps

RtFtoDHTvmTimeToTrig
BeFtoHTvmTimeToTrig
FtoETvmTimeToTrig
3

DtoFStateTransTimer
RtDH2FStateTransTimer
BeH2FStateTransTimer
E2FStateTransTimer

D2F2PTVMTHD
BeH2FTvmThd
RtDH2FTvmThd

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 117 of 205

E2FThrouThd
5

D2FTvmTimeToTrig

DCH to FACH traffic


time totrigger

D2FTvmTimeToTrig, BeH2FTvmTimeToTrig, and


E2FThrouTimeToTrig: D0, namly 0 ms

RtDH2FTvmTimeToTrig
RtDH2FTvmTimeToTrig: D240, namely 240 ms
BeH2FTvmTimeToTrig
E2FThrouTimeToTrig
6

FtoPStateTransTimer

FACH to PCH state


transition timer

180 s

CellReSelectTimer

Cell Reselection timer

180 s

FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold


This describes the upper threshold of 4A traffic in the CELL_FACH state to trigger state transition from FACH to DCH. If the parameter is
excessively high, congestion may occur in common channels.
FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger
This describes the time to trigger the traffic transition from the FACH to the DCH. For UEs in the CELL_FACH state, if the traffic exceeds the report
threshold throughout the time length specified by this parameter, the event 4A report is triggered, causing state transition to the CELL_DCH state.
DCH to FACH State Transition Timer
This describes the DCH to FACH state transition timer. The parameter checks whether the users in the CELL_DCH state are stably in low activity to
determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
DCH to FACH Traffic Report Threshold
The parameter helps judge whether a UE is in the low activity state. Every time when a UE in the CELL_DCH state reports the 4B traffic event, 1 is
added to the low activity detection timer.
DCH to FACH Traffic Time to trigger
When the traffic volume is smaller than the lower threshold and lasts a time length, the UE report event 4B.
FACH to PCH State Transition Timer
This describes the FACH to PCH state transition timer. The parameter checks whether the subscribers in the CELL_FACH state are stably in low
activity to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH.
Cell Reselection Timer
This describes the cell reselection timer. The cell reselection timer and CellReSelectCounter jointly check the status of the UE that frequently
performs cell reselection to determine whether there is a need of state transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.

Parent topic: PS Service Rate Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold


This describes the upper threshold of 4A traffic in the CELL_FACH state to trigger state transition from FACH to DCH. If the parameter is excessively
high, congestion may occur in common channels.
ID
FtoDTVMThd
RtFtoDHTvmThd
BeFtoHTvmThd
FtoETvmThd
Value Range
Enum (D16, D32, D64, D128, D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16k, D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k,
D512k, D768k)
Physical Scope
Enum (16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k, 128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k, 768k) bytes
Setting
The default value is D1024, namely 1024 bytes.
Impact on the Network Performance
This threshold is set to check whether there is data to be transmitted so that the UE moves to the CELL_DCH substate. To avoid common channel
congestion, this parameter should not be set too high.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query FtoDTVMThd.
Parent topic: State Transition Parameters

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 118 of 205

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger


This describes the time to trigger the traffic transition from the FACH to the DCH. For UEs in the CELL_FACH state, if the traffic exceeds the report
threshold throughout the time length specified by this parameter, the event 4A report is triggered, causing state transition to the CELL_DCH state.
ID
FtoDTvmTimeToTrig
RtFtoDHTvmTimeToTrig
BeFtoHTvmTimeToTrig
FtoETvmTimeToTrig
Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms
Setting
The default value of RtFtoDHTvmTimeToTrig is D240, namely 240 ms. The default value of FtoDTvmTimeToTrig, BeFtoHTvmTimeToTrig, and
FtoETvmTimeToTrig is D0, namely 0 ms.
Impact on the Network Performance
FtoDTvmTimeToTrig can be properly set to avoid the unnecessary triggering of traffic events caused by the unstable traffic. An excessively high
FtoDTvmTimeToTrig may delay the reporting of the 4A event and result in congestion of the common channel.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query FtoDTvmTimeToTrig.
Parent topic: State Transition Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

DCH to FACH State Transition Timer


This describes the DCH to FACH state transition timer. The parameter checks whether the users in the CELL_DCH state are stably in low activity to
determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
ID
DtoFStateTransTimer
RtDH2FStateTransTimer
BeH2FStateTransTimer
E2FStateTransTimer
Value Range
1 to 65535
Physical Scope
1 s to 65535 s
Setting
The default value is 5, namely 5 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

If DtoFStateTransTimer is excessively low, it may hard to judge whether the subscriber is in relatively stable low activity status.
If DtoFStateTransTimer is excessively high, dedicated channel resources may be wasted.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 119 of 205

DtoFStateTransTimer needs to be set on the basis of the BE service model.


Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query the parameters.
Parent topic: State Transition Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

DCH to FACH Traffic Report Threshold


The parameter helps judge whether a UE is in the low activity state. Every time when a UE in the CELL_DCH state reports the 4B traffic event, 1 is added
to the low activity detection timer.
ID
D2F2PTVMTHD
BeH2FTvmThd
RtDH2FTvmThd
E2FThrouThd
Value Range
D2F2PTVMTHD, BeH2FTvmThd, RtDH2FTvmThd: D8 to D768K
E2FThrouThd: 0 to 384
Physical Scope
8bytes to 768K bytes
0 to 384 kbit/s
Setting
The default value of D2F2PTVMTHD, BeH2FTvmThd and RtDH2FTvmThd is D64, namely 64 bytes.
The default value of E2FThrouThd is 8, namely 8 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query the parameters.
Parent topic: State Transition Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

DCH to FACH Traffic Time to trigger


When the traffic volume is smaller than the lower threshold and lasts a time length, the UE report event 4B.
ID
D2FTvmTimeToTrig
RtDH2FTvmTimeToTrig
BeH2FTvmTimeToTrig
E2FThrouTimeToTrig
Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 120 of 205

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms
Setting
The default value is D240, namely 240 ms.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query the parameters.
Parent topic: State Transition Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

FACH to PCH State Transition Timer


This describes the FACH to PCH state transition timer. The parameter checks whether the subscribers in the CELL_FACH state are stably in low activity
to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH.
ID
FtoPStateTransTimer
Value Range
1 to 65535
Physical Scope
1 s to 65535 s
Setting
The default value is 65535, namely 65535 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

If FtoPStateTransTimer is excessively low, it may hard to judge whether the user is in relatively stable low activity status.
If FtoPStateTransTimer is excessively high, common channel resources may be wasted.

FtoPStateTransTimer needs to be set on the basis of the BE service model.


Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query the parameters.
Parent topic: State Transition Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Reselection Timer


This describes the cell reselection timer. The cell reselection timer and CellReSelectCounter jointly check the status of the UE that frequently performs cell
reselection to determine whether there is a need of state transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.
ID
CellReSelectTimer
Value Range
1 to 65535
Physical Scope
1 s to 65535 s
Setting

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 121 of 205

The default value is 180, 180 s.


Impact on the Network Performance

If CellReSelectTimer is excessively low, it is hard to judge whether the users are in relatively stable low activity.
If CellReSelectTimer is excessively high, no state transition occurs for a long time.

For a UE in CELL_PCH, if the number of cell reselection is larger than or equal to CellReSelectCounter within the CellReSelectTimer, it can be considered
that the UE is in the state of frequent cell reselection. The target state will be set to URA_PCH when the timer expired, and if the UE initiates cell update
again, RNC will enable it to transit to URA_PCH through the message CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM to UE.
Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters:
Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query CellReSelectTimer.
Parent topic: State Transition Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PS Inactive
The common configurable PS inactive parameters are listed here.
Table 1 List of PS inactive parameters
No.

Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

PsInactTmrForCon

Conversational service T1

20 s

Set or modify: SET PSINACTTIMER

RNC

PsInactTmrForStr

Streaming service T1

20 s

PsInactTmrForInt

Interactive service T1

20 s

PsInactTmrForBac

Background service T1

20 s

Query: LST PSINACTTIMER

PS Inactive Timer
This describes the timer T1 for conversational, streaming, interactive and background services. When no data is transferred during this timer for the
PS interactive subscribers, then the PDCP layer requests the RRC layer to release the connection.

Parent topic: PS Service Rate Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PS Inactive Timer
This describes the timer T1 for conversational, streaming, interactive and background services. When no data is transferred during this timer for the PS
interactive subscribers, then the PDCP layer requests the RRC layer to release the connection.
ID
PsInactTmrForCon
PsInactTmrForStr
PsInactTmrForInt
PsInactTmrForBac
Value Range
0 to 14400
Physical Scope
0 s to 14400 s
Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20 s.
Impact on the Network Performance
PsInactTmrForInt can be set to have the resource of the access layer be released for the PS interactive service if no data is transmitted for the PS interactive
service for a period to promote the utilization of the cell resource.

The higher PsInactTmrForInt is, the more resource is occupied when no data is transferred.
The lower PsInactTmrForInt is, the more frequently the timer is started and the more signaling messages are transferred when data transfer is
unstable.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 122 of 205

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters, use SET PSINACTTIMER to set and LST PSINACTTIMER to query PsInactTmrForInt.
Parent topic: PS Inactive
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Miscellaneous Topic Parameters


This describes the special topic parameters, including parameters for cell channel power distribution, paging, RRC connection setup, synchronization, and
location updating.

Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters


This describes the cell channel power distribution parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Paging Parameters
This describes the paging parameters that can be modified by network planners.
RRC Connection Setup Parameters
This describes the RRC connection setup parameters that can be configured by network planners.
Synchronization Parameters
This describes the synchronization parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Location Update Parameters
This describes the location update parameters that can be modified by network planners.
User Priority Parameters
This describes the user priority parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Bearer Channel Type Parameters
This describes the bearer channel type parameters.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters


This describes the cell channel power distribution parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of cell channel power distribution parameters
Serial No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

MaxTxPower

Maximum cell transmit power

430, namely 43 dBm

Set: ADD CELLSETUP

Cell

PCPICHPower

PCPICH transmit power

330, namely 33 dBm

Modify: MOD CELLSETUP


Set: ADD PCPICH
Query: LST PCPICH
Modify: MOD CELL
3

PSCHPower

Transmit power of PSCH and SSCH

-50, namely -5 dB

SSCHPower

PschPower
Set: ADD PSCH
Query LST PSCH
Modify: MOD CELL
SschPower Set: ADD SSCH
Query: LST SSCH
Modify: MOD CELL

BCHPower

BCH transmit power

-20, namely -2 dB

Set: ADD BCH


Query: LST BCH
Modify: MOD CELL

MaxFachPower

Maximum FACH transmit power

10, namely 1 dB

Set: ADD FACH

FACH

Query: LST FACH


Modify: MOD SCCPCH
6

PCHPower

PCH transmit power

20 dB

Set: ADD PCH

Cell

Query: LST PCH


Modify: MOD SCCPCH

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

PICHPowerOffset

PICH transmit power

Page 123 of 205

-3 dB

Set: ADD CHPWROFFSET


Query: LST PICH
Modify: MOD PICHPWROFFSET

AICHPowerOffset

AICH transmit power

-6 dB

Set: ADD CHPWROFFSET


Query: LST AICH
Modify: MOD AICHPWROFFSET

Maximum Cell Transmit Power


This describes the maximum downlink transmit power of the NodeB.
PCPICH Transmit Power
This describes the power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the
parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.
PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power
This describes the transmit powers of the P-SCH and S-SCH relative to the PCPICH.
BCH Transmit Power
This describes the transmit power of the PCCPCH bearing the BCH compared with the PCPICH.
Maximum FACH Transmit Power
This describes the maximum FACH transmit power MaxFachPower relative to the PCPICH.
PCH Transmit Power
This describes the transmit power of the PCH relative to the PCPICH.
PICH Transmit Power
This describes the transmit power of the PICH relative to the PCPICH.
AICH Transmit Power
This describes the transmit power of the AICH relative to the PCPICH.

Parent topic: Miscellaneous Topic Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Cell Transmit Power


This describes the maximum downlink transmit power of the NodeB.
ID
MaxTxPower
Value Range
0 to 500
Physical Scope
0 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm
Setting
The default value is 430, namely 43 dBm.
This parameter defines the sum of the maximum transmit powers of all the downlink channels in the cell at the same time. It should be set according to the
NodeB capability, cell range and capacity. The parameter is set on the basis of network planning.
Impact on the Network Performance
If MaxTxPower is excessively low, the downlink capacity and the coverage is limited. MaxTxPower, however, should not exceed the actual processing
capability of the NodeB.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to set and MOD CELLSETUP to modify MaxTxPower.
Parent topic: Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power


This describes the transmit powers of the P-SCH and S-SCH relative to the PCPICH.
ID
PSCHPower

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 124 of 205

SSCHPower
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 50, namely 5 dBm.
These two parameters can be adjusted through measurement in the actual environment so that the transmit powers of the synchronization channels just
satisfy the UE receiving demodulation requirement. Specifically, when UEs receive signals at different locations within the range of the cell, the transmit
power should be enough to ensure that the UE can implement fast synchronization in most areas at the verge of the cell. Neither PSCH nor SSCH has come
through channel code spectrum spread, so they produce more serious interference than other channels do, especially for near-end users. Therefore,
PSCHPower and SSCHPower should not be excessively high.
Impact on the Network Performance

If PSCHPower and SSCHPower are excessively low, users at the verge of cells fail in network searching, resulting in influence on coverage of the
downlink common channel. This finally affects the cell coverage.
If PSCHPower and SSCHPower are excessively high, the power resources are wasted, and other channels are interfered seriously, thus the cell
capacity is influenced.

Related Commands

Use ADD PSCH to set and use LST PSCH to query PschPower.
Use ADD SSCH to set and use LST SSCH to query SschPower.

After the cell setup, both PschPower and SschPower can be modified with MOD CELL.
Parent topic: Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BCH Transmit Power


This describes the transmit power of the PCCPCH bearing the BCH compared with the PCPICH.
ID
BCHPower
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 20, namely 2 dB.
This parameter can also be adjusted and optimized through measurement in the actual environment. When UEs receive signals at different locations within
the range of the cell, the transmit power should be enough to ensure the correct demodulation of the information carried on the channel in most areas at the
verge of the cell. BCHPower should not be excessively high, so as to avoid unnecessary waste of the transmit power.
Impact on the Network Performance

If BCHPower is excessively low, users at the verge of cells fail in receiving the system information, resulting in the influence on the coverage of the
downlink common channel, which finally affects cell coverage.
If BCHPower is excessively high, other channels are interfered seriously, and thus the cell capacity is influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD BCH to set, LST BCH to query, and MOD CELL to modify BCHPower.
Parent topic: Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum FACH Transmit Power


This describes the maximum FACH transmit power MaxFachPower relative to the PCPICH.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 125 of 205

ID
MaxFachPower
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 10, namely 1 dB.
If the FACH power is excessively low, the UE fails to receive the FACH data packets or the UE receives error packets in a large portion; if the FACH power
is excessively high, the power is wasted. Set the maximum FACH transmit power to an appropriate value that is just enough to ensure the target BLER.
Impact on the Network Performance

If MaxFachPower is excessively low, the UE at the cell verge fails to receive correctly the services and signaling borne over the FACH, resulting in the
influence on the downlink common channel coverage and the cell coverage.
If MaxFachPower is excessively high, other channels are interfered, the downlink power resources are occupied, and consequently the cell capacity is
influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD FACH to set, LST FACH to query, and MOD SCCPCH to modify MaxFachPower.
NOTE:
In the MOD SCCPCH command, the maximum transmit powers of the two FACH channels are respectively FACH1MaxPower and FACH2MaxPower.
Parent topic: Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PCH Transmit Power


This describes the transmit power of the PCH relative to the PCPICH.
ID
PCHPower
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 20, namely 2 dB.
If the PCH power is excessively low, the UE fails to receive the PCH data packets or the UE receives wrong packets, which may increase the retransmission
times of paging packets, resulting in the paging failure or the paging delay increase. If the PCH power is excessively high, the power is wasted.
Impact on the Network Performance

If PCHPower is excessively low, users at the verge of cells fail in receiving the system information, resulting in the influence on the coverage of the
downlink common channel, which finally affects cell coverage.
If PCHPower is excessively high, other channels are interfered seriously, the downlink power is occupied, and thus the cell capacity is influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD PCH to set, LST PCH to query, and MOD SCCPCH to modify PCHPower.
Parent topic: Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PICH Transmit Power

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 126 of 205

This describes the transmit power of the PICH relative to the PCPICH.
ID
PICHPowerOffset
Value Range
10 to 5
Physical Scope
10 dB to 5 dB
Setting
The default value is 7, namely 7 dB.
An appropriate transmit power value should be set for PICH to ensure that all the users at the cell verge can receive the paging indications. The transmit
power, however, should not be excessively high, or the power is wasted.
Impact on the Network Performance

If PICHPowerOffset is excessively low, the UE at the cell verge fails to receive paging messages correctly, resulting in mis-operation in reading PCH
channel and waste of the UE battery, and the downlink common channel coverage and cell coverage may be affected.
If PICHPowerOffset is excessively high, other channels are interfered seriously, the downlink power is occupied, and thus the cell capacity is
influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD CHPWROFFSET to set, LST PICH to query, and MOD PICHPWROFFSET to modify PICHPowerOffset.
Parent topic: Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

AICH Transmit Power


This describes the transmit power of the AICH relative to the PCPICH.
ID
AICHPowerOffset
Value Range
22 to 5
Physical Scope
22 dB to 5 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 6, namely -6 dB.
An appropriate transmit power value should be set for the AICH to ensure that all the users at the cell verge can receive the paging indications. The
transmit power, however, should not be excessively high to avoid power waste.
Impact on the Network Performance

If AICHPowerOffset is excessively low, users at the verge of cells fail in receiving the system information, resulting in the influence on the coverage of
the downlink common channel, which finally affects cell coverage.
If AICHPowerOffset is excessively high, other channels are interfered seriously, the downlink transmit power is occupied, and thus the cell capacity is
influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD CHPWROFFSET to set, LST AICH to query, and MOD AICHPWROFFSET to modify AICHPowerOffset.
Parent topic: Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Paging Parameters
This describes the paging parameters that can be modified by network planners.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 127 of 205

Table 1 List of paging parameters


Serial No. ID

Meaning

Default Configuration MML Command

DRXCycleLenCoef

Paging cycle coefficient

MaccPageRepeatTimes Number of RNC paging repetitions 1

Level

Set or modify: SET FRC and MOD CNDOMAIN RNC


Query: LST FRC or LST CNDOMAIN
Set or modify: SET DPUCFGDATA
Query: LST DPUCFGDATA

Paging Cycle Coefficient


This describes the paging cycle coefficient. The parameter is the discontinuous receiving (DRX) cycle coefficient, and it is a parameter of paging type
1. The paging cycle coefficient falls into two categories: DRX cycle coefficient of the UTRAN domain and DRX cycle coefficient of the CN domain.
Number of RNC Paging Repetitions
This describes the number of RNC paging repetitions. If the number of paging messages retransmitted by the system exceeds the parameter and there
is still no response to the pagings, the system no longer transmits the paging.

Parent topic: Miscellaneous Topic Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Paging Cycle Coefficient


This describes the paging cycle coefficient. The parameter is the discontinuous receiving (DRX) cycle coefficient, and it is a parameter of paging type 1. The
paging cycle coefficient falls into two categories: DRX cycle coefficient of the UTRAN domain and DRX cycle coefficient of the CN domain.
ID
DRXCycleLenCoef
Value Range
UTRAN domain: 3 to 9
CN domain: 6 to 9
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default values of both the DRX cycle coefficients of the UTRAN domain and the CN domain are 6.
In the idle mode, the UE can receive the paging indication in the DRX mode to reduce the power consumption. In this case, the UE needs to detect only one
paging indication in a paging occasion within each DRX cycle. The DRX cycle length of UTRAN domain is obtained by substituting this parameter into the
formula DRX cycle = 2K PBP frames.
Where, K is the paging cycle coefficient, and PBP is the number of paging block periods (In the FDD mode, PBP = 1).
Impact on the Network Performance

If DRXCycleLenCoef is excessively low, the UE detects the paging channel frequently, and thus the battery is consumed fast.
If DRXCycleLenCoef is excessively high, the UE reacts very slowly to paging indications, and the system may repeatedly page the UE, resulting in
increased downlink interference.

Related Commands

Use SET FRC to set the DRX cycle coefficient of the UTRAN domain.
Use ADD CNDOMAIN to set and MOD CNDOMAIN to modify the DRX cycle coefficient of the CN domain.

The DRX cycle coefficients of both the UTRAN domain and the CN domain must be set. Use LST FRC and LST CNDOMAIN to respectively query the
DRX cycle coefficient of the UTRAN domain and the DRX cycle coefficient of the CN domain.
Parent topic: Paging Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Number of RNC Paging Repetitions


This describes the number of RNC paging repetitions. If the number of paging messages retransmitted by the system exceeds the parameter and there is still
no response to the pagings, the system no longer transmits the paging.
ID
MaccPageRepeatTimes

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 128 of 205

Value Range
0 to 2
Physical Scope
0 to 2 times
Setting
The default value is 1.
In order to increase the paging success rate, the CN and RNC both repeat paging messages. The paging repetition, however, has negative effects: it increases
the paging messages, especially in the condition of downlink common channel congestion on the air interface; therefore, the downlink channel resources are
wasted and new paging messages cannot be timely delivered.
If the RNC continuously transmits two paging messages of Type 1, the interval of the two paging messages is a paging period.
To guarantee a high paging success rate and high paging efficiency, the number and time interval of paging repetitions of the CN must be set on the basis of
the number of UTRAN paging repetitions. If the UTRAN retransmits the paging message once, the time interval for CN paging repetitions should be longer
than two DRX periods.
The CN cannot retransmit the next paging message until the UTRAN finishes transmitting and retransmitting the previous paging message. Therefore, the
number and time interval of RNC paging repetitions, the number of UTRAN paging repetitions, and DRX paging period need to be adjusted together.
Impact on the Network Performance
If MaccPageRepeatTimes is excessively high, the system repeatedly pages UEs, the downlink common channel resources are wasted, and the downlink
interference increases.
Related Commands
Use SET DPUCFGDATA to set and LST DPUCFGDATA to query MaccPageRepeatTimes.
Parent topic: Paging Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

RRC Connection Setup Parameters


This describes the RRC connection setup parameters that can be configured by network planners.
Table 1 List of RRC connection setup parameters
Serial No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

T300

T300 timer

T300: D2000 (2 s)

Set: SET IDLEMODETIMER

RNC

N300

N300 constant

N300: 3

Query: LST IDLEMODETIMER

T300 and N300


This describes the T300 timer and the constant N300. The UE starts the T300 timer after sending the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and
stops the T300 timer upon receiving the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. If the T300 timer times out and the number of retransmitted RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST messages is smaller than N300, the UE continues to retransmit the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message. If the T300
timer times out and the number of retransmitted RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages exceeds N300, the UE enters idle mode.

Parent topic: Miscellaneous Topic Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

T300 and N300


This describes the T300 timer and the constant N300. The UE starts the T300 timer after sending the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and stops
the T300 timer upon receiving the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. If the T300 timer times out and the number of retransmitted RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST messages is smaller than N300, the UE continues to retransmit the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message. If the T300 timer
times out and the number of retransmitted RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages exceeds N300, the UE enters idle mode.
ID
T300
N300
Value Range
T300: Enum (D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000)
N300: 0 to 7

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 129 of 205

Physical Scope
T300: Enum (100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000) ms
N300: None
Setting
The default value of T300 is D2000, namely 2 s. The default value of N300 is 3.
Impact on the Network Performance
The setting of timer T300 should be considered together with the UE and UTRAN processing delay and the propagation delay. The higher T300 is, the
longer the UE waits. The higher N300 is, the higher success probability of the RRC connection setup is, and the longer RRC setup time it takes. If N300 is
excessively high, it is likely that a UE repeats access attempts and connection setup requests, and consequently other UEs are influenced seriously.
Related Commands
Use SET IDLEMODETIMER to set and LST IDLEMODETIMER to query T300 and N300.
Parent topic: RRC Connection Setup Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Synchronization Parameters
This describes the synchronization parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of synchronization parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

NInsyncInd

Number of successive in-sync indications

Set: ADD CELLSETUP

Cell

NOutsyncInd Number of successive out-of-sync indications

50

Query: LST CELL

TRLFailure

Radio link failure timer duration

50 (5 s)

N312

When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts the timer
T312, and after the UE detects N312 in-sync indications from L1, it stops
the timer T312. Once the timer expires, the physical channel setup fails.

T312

N312: D1
T312: 6 s

Modify: MOD CELL


Set or modify: SET
IDLEMODETIMER

RNC

Query: LST
IDLEMODETIMER
5

N313
N315

After the UE detects N313 successive out-of-sync indications from L1, it


starts the timer T313. After the UE detects N315 successive in-sync
indications from L1, it stops timer T313.

T313

N313: D50 Set or modify: SET


N315: D1 CONNMODETIMER
T313: 3 s
Query: LST
CONNMODETIMER

Number of Successive In-Sync Indications


This describes the number of successive in-sync indications.
Number of Successive Out-of-Sync Indications
This describes the number of successive out-of-sync indications.
Radio Link Failure Timer Duration
This describes the duration of the radio link failure timer. When the radio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeB starts the timer TRlFailure
after it receives successive out-of-sync indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The NodeB shall stop and reset the timer TRlFailure after
receiving successive in-sync indications of the number defined by NInsyncInd. When the timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link
failure process, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync.
T312 and N312
This describes the T312 timer and the constant N312. When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts the timer T312, and after the UE
detects N312 in-sync indications from L1, it stops the timer T312. Once the timer expires, the physical channel setup fails.
N313, N315, and T313
This describes the constants N313 and N315 and the timer T313. After detecting a certain number (the number is defined by N313) of successive outof-sync indications from L1, the UE starts the timer T313. After detecting a certain number (the number is defined by N315) of successive in-sync
indications from L1, the UE stops the timer T313. Once the timer expires, the radio link is disconnected.

Parent topic: Miscellaneous Topic Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Number of Successive In-Sync Indications


This describes the number of successive in-sync indications.
ID
NInsyncInd

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 130 of 205

Value Range
1 to 256
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 5.
This parameter defines the of successive in-sync indications required for the NodeB to trigger the radio link recovery process. The radio link set remains in
the initial state until it has received a certain number (the number is defined by NInsyncInd) of successive in-sync indications from L1, and then the NodeB
triggers the radio link recovery process, which indicates that the radio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio link recovery process is triggered, the
radio link set is considered to be in the synchronized state.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher NInsyncInd is, the stricter the synchronization process becomes, and the more difficult the synchronization occurs.
The lower NInsyncInd is, the easier the synchronization occurs.

If the link quality is poor, a simple synchronization requirement leads to waste of the UE power and increase of uplink interference. In the radio link
maintenance process, NInsyncInd is used together with the successive out-of-sync indication counter.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to set, LST CELL to query, and MOD CELL to modify NInsyncInd.
Parent topic: Synchronization Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Number of Successive Out-of-Sync Indications


This describes the number of successive out-of-sync indications.
ID
NOutsyncInd
Value Range
1 to 256
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 50.
NOutsyncInd defines the number of successive out-of-sync indications required to receive before starting the timer TRlFailure. When the radio link set is in
synchronized state, the NodeB starts the timer TRlFailure after it receives successive out-of-sync indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The
NodeB shall stop and reset the timer TRlFailure after receiving successive in-sync indications of the number defined by NInsyncInd. When the timer
TRlFailure expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure process, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync.
Impact on the Network Performance

If NOutsyncInd is excessively high, the link out-of-sync decision is likely to happen.


If NOutsyncInd is excessively low, the link out-of-sync decision is not likely to happen. But if the link quality is poor, it may result in a waste of the UE
power and increased uplink interference.

In the radio link maintenance process, this parameter is used together with the successive in-sync indication counter.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to set, LST CELL to query and MOD CELL to modify NOutsyncInd.
Parent topic: Synchronization Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Radio Link Failure Timer Duration


This describes the duration of the radio link failure timer. When the radio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeB starts the timer TRlFailure after it
receives successive out-of-sync indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The NodeB shall stop and reset the timer TRlFailure after receiving

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 131 of 205

successive in-sync indications of the number defined by NInsyncInd. When the timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure process,
and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync.
ID
TRLFailure
Value Range
0 to 255
Physical Scope
0 s to 25.5 s, with the step of 0.1 s
Setting
The default value is 50, namely 5 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

If TRLFailure is excessively low, there are few chances for the radio link to get synchronized.
If TRLFailure is excessively high, the radio link failure process is probably delayed, and the downlink interference increases.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to set, use LST CELL to query and use MOD CELL to modify TRLFailure.
Parent topic: Synchronization Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

T312 and N312


This describes the T312 timer and the constant N312. When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts the timer T312, and after the UE detects
N312 in-sync indications from L1, it stops the timer T312. Once the timer expires, the physical channel setup fails.
ID
T312
N312
Value Range
T312: 1 to 15
N312: Enum (D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000)
Physical Scope
T312: 1 s to 15 s
N312: Enum (1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000)
Setting
The default value of N312 is D1, namely 1, and the default value of T312 is 6, namely 6 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher N312 is, the more difficult the dedicated channel synchronization becomes.
The higher T312 is, the higher the synchronization probability is, but the longer the synchronization time it takes.

Related Commands
Idle mode:
Use SET IDLEMODETIMER to set and LST IDLEMODETIMER to query N312 and T312.
Connected mode:
Use SET CONNMODETIMER to set and LST CONNMODETIMER to query N312 and T312.
Parent topic: Synchronization Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 132 of 205

N313, N315, and T313


This describes the constants N313 and N315 and the timer T313. After detecting a certain number (the number is defined by N313) of successive out-of-sync
indications from L1, the UE starts the timer T313. After detecting a certain number (the number is defined by N315) of successive in-sync indications from
L1, the UE stops the timer T313. Once the timer expires, the radio link is disconnected.
ID
N313
N315
T313
Value Range
N313: Enum (D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200)
N315: Enum (D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000)
T312: 1 to 15
Physical Scope
N313: Enum (1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200)
N315: Enum (1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000)
T312: 1 s to 15 s
Setting
The default value of N313 is D50; the default value of N315 is D1; the default value of T313 is 3, namely 3 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

The higher N313 is, the more difficult it is to start the timer T313, and the lower the out-of-sync probability is.
The lower N315 is, the longer T313 is, and the higher the link recovery probability is.

Related Commands
Use SET CONNMODETIMER to set and LST CONNMODETIMER to query N313, N315, and T313.
Parent topic: Synchronization Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Location Update Parameters


This describes the location update parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of location update parameters
Serial No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

T3212

Periodic location update timer

10, that is, 1 hour

Set: ADD CNDOMAIN

RNC

Query: LST CNDOMAIN


Modify: MOD CNDOMAIN

Periodical Location Update Timer


This describes the time duration of the periodical location update timer.

Parent topic: Miscellaneous Topic Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Periodical Location Update Timer


This describes the time duration of the periodical location update timer.
ID
T3212
Value Range

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 133 of 205

0 to 255
Physical Scope
0 to 1530 minutes, with the step of 6 minutes
Setting
The default value is 10, namely 1 hour.
If T3212 is 0, no location update is needed. T3212 is valid only when the CN domain identifier is CS_DOMAIN.
If the timer T3212 is not started, the system starts the timer T3212 when the UE enters NORMAL SERVICE or ATTEMPTing TO UPDATE sub-mode of
MM IDLE mode, and then the UE sends the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message. If the UE receives the LOCATION UPDATING ACCEPT,
LOCATION UPDATING REJECT, or AUTHENTICATION REJECT message, the system stops and initializes the timer T3212. Then the system starts a
location update again after the UE enters NORMAL SERVICE or ATTEMPTing TO UPDATE mode. If the timer T3212 expires, the system initializes the
timer and starts a location update again.
Impact on the Network Performance

If T3212 is excessively low, the UE performs location updates frequently, resulting in a large number of location update messages on the Uu and Iu
interfaces.
If T3212 is excessively high, the UE location information may not be updated timely.

Related Commands
Use ADD CNDOMAIN to set, LST CNDOMAIN to query, and MOD CNDOMAIN to modify T3212.
Parent topic: Location Update Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

User Priority Parameters


This describes the user priority parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of user priority parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

ARP1Priority

User priorities corresponding to allocation or retention


priority 1 to 14

None.

Set: SET USERPRIORITY

RNC

ARP2Priority

Query: LST
USERPRIORITY

ARP3Priority
ARP4Priority
ARP5Priority
ARP6Priority
ARP7Priority
ARP8Priority
ARP9Priority
ARP10Priority
ARP11Priority
ARP12Priority
ARP13Priority
ARP14Priority
2

PriorityReference

CarrierTypePriorInd Indicator of carrier type priority

Integrated priority configuration reference

ARP
DCH

User Priorities Corresponding to Allocation or Retention Priority 1 to 14


This describes the user priorities corresponding to allocation or retention priority 1 to 14.
Intergated Priority Configuration Reference
This describes the reference used to determine which priority is arranged at the first in the priority sequence.
Indication of Carrier Type Priority
This describes the indication that indicates which carrier type (DCH or HSPA) has the higher priority when both carrier types have the same priority
of ARP and TrafficClass.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 134 of 205

Parent topic: Miscellaneous Topic Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

User Priorities Corresponding to Allocation or Retention Priority 1 to 14


This describes the user priorities corresponding to allocation or retention priority 1 to 14.
ID
ARP1Priority
ARP2Priority
ARP3Priority
ARP4Priority
ARP5Priority
ARP6Priority
ARP7Priority
ARP8Priority
ARP9Priority
ARP10Priority
ARP11Priority
ARP12Priority
ARP13Priority
ARP14Priority
Value Range
Gold, Sliver, Copper
Physical Scope
1, 2, 3
Setting
None.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET USERPRIORITY to set and LST USERPRIORITY to query the user priorities corresponding to the allocation or retention priorities.
Parent topic: User Priority Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Intergated Priority Configuration Reference


This describes the reference used to determine which priority is arranged at the first in the priority sequence.
ID
PriorityReference
Value Range
ARP, TrafficClass
Physical Scope
1, 2

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 135 of 205

Setting
The default value is ARP.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET USERPRIORITY to set and LST USERPRIORITY to query PriorityReference.
Parent topic: User Priority Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Indication of Carrier Type Priority


This describes the indication that indicates which carrier type (DCH or HSPA) has the higher priority when both carrier types have the same priority of
ARP and TrafficClass.
ID
CarrierTypePriorInd
Value Range
NONE, DCH, HSPA
Physical Scope
0, 1, 2
Setting
The default value is NONE.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET USERPRIORITY to set and LST USERPRIORITY to query CarrierTypePriorInd.
Parent topic: User Priority Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Bearer Channel Type Parameters


This describes the bearer channel type parameters.
Table 1 List of bearer channel type parameters
Serial
NO.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

VoipChlType

Priority type of the bearer channel for the


VoIP

DCH

Set: SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA

RNC

ImsChlType

Priority type of the bearer channel for the


IMS signaling

DCH

SrbChlType

Priority type of the bearer channel for the


SRB

DCH

SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag Flag of effecting SrbChlType at the RRC


stage

FALSE

DlStrThsOnHsdpa

Downlink streaming traffic threshold on


HSDPA

64 kbit/s

DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa

Downlink BE traffic threshold on HSDPA

64 kbit/s

UlStrThsOnHsupa

Uplink streaming traffic threshold on


HSUPA

256 kbit/s

UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa

Uplink BE traffic threshold on HSUPA

608 kbit/s

UlBeTraffDecThs

Uplink and downlink BE traffic decision


threshold on DCH

8 kbit/s

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

Query: LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA

Set: SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA/ADD


CELLFRC

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 136 of 205

DlBeTraffDecThs

Query: LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA/LST


CELLFRC

10

ImsBearEnhancedSwitch

Enhanced switch of the IMS signaling


bearer

OFF

11

ImsInitialAccessRate

Initial access rate of the IMS signaling

32 kbit/s

Set: SET FRC


Query: LST FRC

Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the VoIP


This parameter indicates the type of the VoIP bearer channel.
Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the IMS Signaling
This parameter indicates the type of the IMS signaling.
Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the SRB
This parameter indicates the type of the SRB.
Flag of Effecting SrbChlType at the RRC Stage
This parameter indicates whether SrbChlType takes effect when the RRC connection is established and at other stages, or takes effect only at other
stages.
Downlink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSDPA
The rate decision threshold of Downlink PS domain streaming service to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum Downlink service rate is
greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, on DCH.
Downlink BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA
The rate decision threshold of Downlink PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service
rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, on DCH.
Uplink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSUPA
The rate decision threshold of Uplink PS domain streaming service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum Uplink service rate is greater than
or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on E-DCH.
Uplink BE Traffic Threshold on HSUPA
The rate decision threshold of UL PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum UL service rate is
greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on E-DCH.
Uplink and Downlink BE Traffic Decision Threshold on DCH
The default rate decision threshold of uplink and downlink PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on DCH. If the FRC
parameters of the best cell cannot be obtained, this default value will be used. When the uplink and downlink service rate is greater than or equal to
this threshold, the service will be set up on DCH. Otherwise, on CCH.
Enhanced Switch of the IMS Signaling Bearer
This parameter indicates whether to enable the function of configuring the initial bandwidth of the IMS signaling at the background.
Initial Access Rate of the IMS Signalling
This parameter indicates the initial bandwidth of the IMS signalling configured at the background.

Parent topic: Miscellaneous Topic Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the VoIP


This parameter indicates the type of the VoIP bearer channel.
ID
VoipChlType
Value Range
DCH, HSDPA, HSPA
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is DCH.
DCH means the VoIP service is carried by the DCH channel. HSDPA means the VoIP is carried by the HSDPA channel. HSPA means the VoIP is carried
by the HSDPA and HSUPA channels.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query VoipChlType.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the IMS Signaling

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 137 of 205

This parameter indicates the type of the IMS signaling.


ID
ImsChlType
Value Range
DCH, HSDPA, HSPA
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is DCH.
DCH means the IMS signaling is carried by the DCH channel. HSDPA means the IMS signaling is carried by the HSDPA channel. HSPA means the IMS
signaling is carried by the HSDPA and HSUPA channels.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query ImsChlType.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the SRB


This parameter indicates the type of the SRB.
ID
SrbChlType
Value Range
DCH, HSDPA, HSPA
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is DCH.
DCH means the SRB is carried by the DCH channel. HSDPA means the SRB is carried by the HSDPA channel. HSPA means the SRB is carried by the
HSDPA and HSUPA channels.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query SrbChlType.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Flag of Effecting SrbChlType at the RRC Stage


This parameter indicates whether SrbChlType takes effect when the RRC connection is established and at other stages, or takes effect only at other stages.
ID
SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag
Value Range

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 138 of 205

FALSE, TRUE
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is FALSE.
TRUE means SrbChlType takes effect when the RRC connection is established and at other stages. FALSE means SrbChlType takes effect only at other
stages.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSDPA


The rate decision threshold of Downlink PS domain streaming service to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum Downlink service rate is greater
than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, on DCH.
ID
DlStrThsOnHsdpa
Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384
Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.
The streaming service is fit to be carried on the cell with abundance power resource, such as indoor cell. The bottleneck of such cell usually is channel code
resource.
If the service is carried on DCH, the higher the rate, the more the channel code needed. If the service is carried on HS-DSCH, the change of channel code
needed is small when the rate getting higher. So that the high-speed service is fit to carried on HS-DSCH.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set to low, the capacity of HS-DSCH may be lower than that of DCH.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query DlStrThsOnHsdpa.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA


The rate decision threshold of Downlink PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is
greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, on DCH.
ID
DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa
Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D768, D1024, D1536, D1800, D2048
Physical Scope

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 139 of 205

8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 768 kbit/s, 1024 kbit/s, 1536 kbit/s, 1800 kbit/s, 2048 kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.
HS-DSCH channel is a resource sharing channel. If the burst BE service is carried on HS-DSCH, the time utilization of subscribers increase, converge the
transmit data, save the power resource. So that all the BE service is recommended to be carried on HS-DSCH.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set too large, the utilization of system resource will be lower.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSUPA


The rate decision threshold of Uplink PS domain streaming service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum Uplink service rate is greater than or
equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on E-DCH.
ID
UlStrThsOnHsupa
Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384
Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D256, namely 256 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query UlStrThsOnHsdpa.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink BE Traffic Threshold on HSUPA


The rate decision threshold of UL PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum UL service rate is greater
than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on E-DCH.
ID
UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa
Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D768, D1024, D1536, D1800, D2048
Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 768 kbit/s, 1024 kbit/s, 1536 kbit/s, 1800 kbit/s, 2048 kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D608, namely 608 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 140 of 205

Through the emulationwhen data service is carried on E-DCH, system capacity increase rather than that is carried on R99 channel. So that all the BE
service can be carried on E-DCH.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query UlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink and Downlink BE Traffic Decision Threshold on DCH


The default rate decision threshold of uplink and downlink PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on DCH. If the FRC parameters of
the best cell cannot be obtained, this default value will be used. When the uplink and downlink service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the
service will be set up on DCH. Otherwise, on CCH.
ID
UlBeTraffDecThs
DlBeTraffDecThs
Value Range
D8, D16
Physical Scope
8, 16. unit: kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D8, namely 8 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
The service carried on DCH can obtain better rate and consume more system resource. So low-speed service is often carried on CCH, and the high-speed
service is carried on DCH.
Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA or ADD CELLFRC to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA or LST CELLFRC to query the parameters.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Enhanced Switch of the IMS Signaling Bearer


This parameter indicates whether to enable the function of configuring the initial bandwidth of the IMS signaling at the background.
ID
ImsBearEnhancedSwitch
Value Range
OFF, ON
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is OFF.
OFF means the function is disabled. ON means the function is enabled.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query ImsBearEnhancedSwitch.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 141 of 205

Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Initial Access Rate of the IMS Signalling


This parameter indicates the initial bandwidth of the IMS signalling configured at the background.
ID
ImsInitialAccessRate
Value Range
D32, D64
Physical Scope
32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D32, namely 32 kbit/s.
This parameter takes effect when the IMS signalling enhanced switch is enabled.
Impact on the Network Performance
If this parameter is set to 32 kbit/s, a higher bandwidth utilization can be obtained, but the access delay of the IMS service is longer. If this parameter is set
to 64 kbit/s, a shorter service access delay can be obtained, but the bandwidth utilization is lower.
Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query ImsInitialAccessRate.
Parent topic: Bearer Channel Type Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Parameters
This describes HSDPA parameters as follows: HSDPA power resource management parameters, HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters,
HSDPA mobility management parameters, HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters, and HSDPA call admission control algorithm
parameters.

HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters


This describes the HSDPA power resource management parameters. Based on three different UE capabilities, the minimum TTI interval for UE to
receive data on HS-PDSCH is 1, 2, or 3 TTIs. For the default configuration, inside the brackets is the physical value while outside the brackets is the
cell value.
HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters
This describes the HSDPA code resource management parameters that can be modified by network planners.
HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters
The common configurable HSDPA mobility management parameters are listed here.
HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters
This describes the HSDPA direct retry and channel type switch parameters that can be modified by network planners.
HSDPA Admission Control Parameters
This describes the HSDPA admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters


This describes the HSDPA power resource management parameters. Based on three different UE capabilities, the minimum TTI interval for UE to receive
data on HS-PDSCH is 1, 2, or 3 TTIs. For the default configuration, inside the brackets is the physical value while outside the brackets is the cell value.

HSPA Total Power and Measurement Power Offset Constant


This describes the HSPA total power and measurement power offset constant that can be modified by network planners.
F-DPCH Power Control Parameter
This describes the F-DPCH power control RNC-oriented parameters.

Parent topic: HSDPA Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 142 of 205

HSPA Total Power and Measurement Power Offset Constant


This describes the HSPA total power and measurement power offset constant that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 HSPA total power and measurement power offset constant
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

HspaPower

Power offset of the total power of HSPA relative to the cell maximum 0 dB
transmit power

HsPdschMPOConstEnum Measurement power offset constant. Measure Power Offset = Min


2.5 dB
(13,CellMaxPower - PcpichPower - Measure Power Offset Constant)

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

Set: ADD
CELLHSDPA

Cell

Query: LST
CELLHSDPA
Modify: MOD
CELLHSDPA

HSPA Total Power


This describes the offset between the maximum value of the sum of HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH and the maximum
transmit power of a cell.
Measurement Power Offset Constant
This describes the constant that is used to calculate the measurement power offset (MPO).

Parent topic: HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSPA Total Power


This describes the offset between the maximum value of the sum of HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH and the maximum transmit
power of a cell.
ID
HspaPower
Value Range
500 to 0
Physical Scope
50 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value of is 0, namely 0 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance
The maximum value for dynamic power adjustment affects the throughput of HSDPA subscribers on the edge of a cell.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify the total HSPA power.
Parent topic: HSPA Total Power and Measurement Power Offset Constant
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Measurement Power Offset Constant


This describes the constant that is used to calculate the measurement power offset (MPO).
ID
HsPdschMPOConstEnum
Value Range
3 to 19
Physical Scope
3 dB to 19 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 143 of 205

Setting
The default value is 2.5, namely 2.5 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance
It helps calculate the MPO ().
Measure Power Offset = Max ( -6, Min (13, CellMaxPower - PcpichPower - Measure Power Offset Constant))
According to the formula PHSPDSCH = PCPICH + + , calculate PHSPDSCH, and then convert it to CQI. This parameter is used to adjust the distribution of
CQI reported by UE. In order to schedule and resource allocate based on correct channel quality on the network side, make sure that the value of CQI
cannot be 0 or 30.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsPdschMPOConstEnum.
Parent topic: HSPA Total Power and Measurement Power Offset Constant
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

F-DPCH Power Control Parameter


This describes the F-DPCH power control RNC-oriented parameters.
Table 1 List of F-DPCH parameters
Serial NO.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

FdpchPO2

F-DPCH power offset

3 dB

Set: SET FPDCHPARA

RNC

FDPCHMAXREFPWR

F-DPCH maximum reference power

-3 dB

Set: SET FDPCHRLPWR

FDPCHMINREFPWR

F-DPCH minimum reference power

-20 dB

Query: LST FDPCHRLPWR

Query: LST FPDCHPARA

F-DPCH Power Offset


The parameter indicating the power offset of TPC command on F-DPCH channel relative to Reference F-DPCH TX power
F-DPCH Maximum Reference Power
This parameter is used to limit the F-DPCH maximum transmit power.
F-DPCH Minimum Reference Power
This parameter is used to limit the F-DPCH minimum transmit power.

Parent topic: HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

F-DPCH Power Offset


The parameter indicating the power offset of TPC command on F-DPCH channel relative to Reference F-DPCH TX power
ID
FdpchPO2
Value Range
0 to 24
Physical Scope
0 dB to 6 dB, with the step of 0.25 dB
Setting
The default value of is 12, namely 3 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set too large, some power will be wasted. If the parameter is set too low, the quality of F-DPCH can't be ensured.
Related Commands
Use SET FDPCHPARA to set, LST FDPCHPARA to query.
Parent topic: F-DPCH Power Control Parameter

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 144 of 205

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

F-DPCH Maximum Reference Power


This parameter is used to limit the F-DPCH maximum transmit power.
ID
FDPCHMAXREFPWR
Value Range
-350 to 150
Physical Scope
-35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is -30, namely -3 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set too large, the F-DPCH power will be largely consumed. If the parameter is set too small, the F-DPCH coverage can't be ensured.
Related Commands
Use SET FDPCHRLPWR to set, LST FDPCHRLPWR to query.
Parent topic: F-DPCH Power Control Parameter
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

F-DPCH Minimum Reference Power


This parameter is used to limit the F-DPCH minimum transmit power.
ID
FDPCHMINREFPWR
Value Range
-350 to 150
Physical Scope
-35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is -200, namely -20 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set too large, the F-DPCH power will be largely consumed. If the parameter is set too small, the F-DPCH power control may be longer.
Related Commands
Use SET FDPCHRLPWR to set, LST FDPCHRLPWR to query.
Parent topic: F-DPCH Power Control Parameter
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters


This describes the HSDPA code resource management parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of HSDPA code resource management parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

AllocCodeMode

HSDPA code resource allocation mode (Manual, Automatic)

Automatic

Set: ADD CELLHSDPA Cell

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

Level

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

HsPdschCodeNum

HsPdschMaxCodeNum Maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes. Valid when


AllocCodeMode is set to Automatic.

10

HsPdschMinCodeNum Minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes. Valid when


AllocCodeMode is set to Automatic.

HsScchCodeNum

Number of HS-PDSCH codes. Valid when AllocCodeMode is set


to Manual.

Page 145 of 205

Number of HS-SCCH codes

Query: LST
CELLHSDPA
Modify: MOD
CELLHSDPA

HSDPA Code Resource Allocation Mode


This describes the HSDPA code resource allocation mode: automatic or manual.
Number of HS-PDSCH Codes
This describes the number of HS-PDSCH codes. The number of HS-PDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to Manual.
Maximum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes
This describes the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes. The maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to
Automatic.
Minimum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes
This describes the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes. The minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to
Automatic.
Number of HS-SCCH Codes
This describes the number of codes allocated for the HS-SCCH.

Parent topic: HSDPA Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Code Resource Allocation Mode


This describes the HSDPA code resource allocation mode: automatic or manual.
ID
AllocCodeMode
Value Range
Automatic, Manual
Physical Scope
Automatic means automatic allocation. Manual means manual allocation.
Setting
The default value is Automatic.
At the early stage of network construction, or when the traffic model of subscribers in a cell is not fixed, AllocCodeMode can be set to Automatic to have the
HSDPA channel codes be automatically allocated. If the traffic model of subscribers in a cell is fixed and known, AllocCodeMode can be set to Manual to
select the static allocation mode.
Impact on the Network Performance
Manual allocation leads to restriction of HSDPA code resource or leaves HSDPA code resource idle.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify AllocCodeMode.
Parent topic: HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Number of HS-PDSCH Codes


This describes the number of HS-PDSCH codes. The number of HS-PDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to Manual.
ID
HsPdschCodeNum
Value Range
1 to 15
Physical Scope
None.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 146 of 205

Setting
HsPdschCodeNum is set according to actual traffic model of a cell. The default value of HsPdschCodeNum is 4.
Impact on the Network Performance

If HsPdschCodeNum is excessively low, the HSDPA code resource is restricted.


If HsPdschCodeNum is excessively high, the HSDPA code resource is wasted and the admission rejection rate of R99 services increases due to code
resource.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsPdschCodeNum.
Parent topic: HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes


This describes the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes. The maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to
Automatic.
ID
HsPdschMaxCodeNum
Value Range
1 to 15
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
HsPdschMaxCodeNum is set according to the actual traffic model of a cell. The default value of HsPdschMaxCodeNum is 10.
Impact on the Network Performance
In automatic HSDPA code allocation mode, set the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes to a comparatively high value.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsPdschMaxCodeNum.
Parent topic: HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes


This describes the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes. The minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to
Automatic.
ID
HsPdschMinCodeNum
Value Range
1 to 15
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
HsPdschMinCodeNum is set according to the actual traffic model of a cell. The default value of HsPdschMinCodeNum is 5.
Impact on the Network Performance
In automatic HSDPA code allocation mode, set the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes to a comparatively low value. In addition, HsPdschMinCodeNum
must be not higher than HsPdschMaxCodeNum.
Related Commands

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 147 of 205

Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsPdschMinCodeNum.
Parent topic: HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Number of HS-SCCH Codes


This describes the number of codes allocated for the HS-SCCH.
ID
HsScchCodeNum
Value Range
1 to 15
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
HsScchCodeNum is set according to actual traffic model of a cell. The default value of HsScchCodeNum is 4.
Impact on the Network Performance
HsScchCodeNum decides the maximum number of subscribers that the NodeB can schedule in a TTI period. In the scenarios like outdoor macro cells with
power restricted, it is less likely to schedule multiple subscribers simultaneously, so two HS-SCCHs are configured. In the scenarios like indoor pico with
code restricted, it is more likely to schedule multiple subscribers simultaneously, so four HS-SCCHs are configured. If excessive HS-SCCHs are configured,
the code resource is wasted. If insufficient HS-SCCHs are configured, the HS-PDSCH code resource or power resource is wasted. Both affect the cell
throughput rate.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsScchCodeNum.
Parent topic: HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters


The common configurable HSDPA mobility management parameters are listed here.
Table 1 List of HSDPA mobility management parameters
Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

HSPATIMERLEN

HSPA handover protection length

0 (0 s)

Set or modify:SET HOCOMM

RNC

Query: LST HOCOMM

HSPA Handover Protection Length


According to event 1D trigger, HSPA uses a protection timer (TimerHSPA) to: Guerantee that HSPA does not change serving cell frequently; Affect
system performance. When event 1D triggers HSPA handover, the timer starts. Before the TimerHSPA expires, the event 1D does not trigger HSPA
handover. If the value is 0, the system does not start the timer, namely, event 1D immediately trigger HSPA handover. If the value is 1024, the HSPA
handover will never be triggered until the cell to bear HSPA service is unlisted.

Parent topic: HSDPA Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSPA Handover Protection Length


According to event 1D trigger, HSPA uses a protection timer (TimerHSPA) to: Guerantee that HSPA does not change serving cell frequently; Affect system
performance. When event 1D triggers HSPA handover, the timer starts. Before the TimerHSPA expires, the event 1D does not trigger HSPA handover. If
the value is 0, the system does not start the timer, namely, event 1D immediately trigger HSPA handover. If the value is 1024, the HSPA handover will never
be triggered until the cell to bear HSPA service is unlisted.
Parameter ID
HSPATIMERLEN
Value Range

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 148 of 205

0 to 1024
Physical Value Range
0 s to 1024 s
Parameter Setting
The default value is 0 s.
The serving cell is updated between different NodeBs. The buffer of original MAC-hs is reset, so the data in the buffer is missing. As a result, the
interruption time of data transfer exists. The length of interruption time of data transfer is relevant to implementation of flow control algorithm and RLC
parameter configuration. The unit is hundred mill-second.
In the scenarios with great fluctuation of signals, if the process occurs frequently, the subscriber keeps in the state of restoring data transfer, interruption of
data transfer, and then restoring data transfer. This impacts the average throughput.
Set this parameter to control the frequency of update of serving cell. As a result, the impact of the process on performance of HSPA data transfer is
controlled. If the flow control algorithm can control data in MAC-hs buffer accurately, set the parameter to 0.
If the parameter is too large in the scenarios with great fluctuation of signals, report event 1D by UE before expiration is more probable. When the UE
reports event 1D before expiration, due to the parameter restriction, the serving cell keeps being weak cell. As a result, the throughput declines.
Figure 1 Impact from over long HSPA protection length

Impact on the Network Performance


Set it properly to restrict the frequency to update serving cell in the scenarios with great fluctuation of signals. This helps control the interruption of data
transfer in serving cell update between different NodeBs. It also helps control the impact on subscriber throughput.
Relevant Commands
Set it through SET HOCOMM. Query it through LST HOCOMM.
Parent topic: HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters


This describes the HSDPA direct retry and channel type switch parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of HSDPA direct retry and channel type switch parameters
Serial No. ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

HRetryTimerLen

D2H retry timer length

5s

Set: SET COIFTIMER

RNC

D2HIntraHoTimerLen

Timer length of D2H intra-frequency handover

2s

D2HInterHoTimerLen

Timer length of D2H inter-frequency handover

5s

MultiCarrierHoTimerLen

Timer length of multi-carrier handover

14 s

HsdpaCMPermissionInd

CM permission indicator on HSDPA

TURE

Query: LST COIFTIMER


Set: SET HOCOMM
Query: LST HOCOMM
Set: SET CMCF
Query: LST CMCF

D2H Retry Timer Length


This describes the D2H retry timer length. If a service is preferably to be mapped to the HS-DSCH but is actually mapped to the DCH, the D2H retry
timer starts. If H2D occurs, the D2H retry timer starts only after the D2H punishment timer expires.
Intra-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length
This describes the intra-frequency handover D2H timer length. After a UE finishes the intra-frequency handover, the system starts the D2H intrafrequency handover timer and performs the D2H retry after the timer expires, if the current cell after the handover supports HSDPA or has a DRD
neighboring cell. If the intra-frequency handover D2H timer length is set to 0, the D2H retry is triggered immediately after the intra-frequency
handover.
Inter-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length
This describes the D2H inter-frequency handover timer length. After a UE finishes the intra-frequency handover, the system starts the D2H interfrequency handover timer and performs the D2H retry after the timer expires, if the current cell after the handover does not support HSDPA but has
a DRD neighboring cell. If the inter-frequency handover D2H timer length is set to 0, the D2H retry is triggered immediately after the inter-frequency
handover.
Multi-Carrier Handover Timer Length
This describes the multi-carrier handover timer length. To prevent ping-pong handovers between multiple carriers, which have a bad effect on the
system performance, a protect timer MultiCarrierHoTimerLen is needed. After the UE is handed over from cell A, the timer starts up. Before the
timer expires, the HSDPA or HSUPA service is not directly redirected to cell A. If the timer length is set to 0, the timer does not start up, that is, it
does not prevent the ping-pong handovers between multiples carriers.
Compress Mode Permission Indication on HSDPA
This describes the compress mode permission indication on HSDPA. If the compress mode permission indication is set to TRUE, the CM (Compress

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 149 of 205

Mode) is permitted on HSDPA, and HSDPA can exist with CM activated. If the compress mode permission indication is set to FALSE, H2D is needed
before the CM is activated when HSDPA exists, and HSDPA cannot exist when CM is activated.
Parent topic: HSDPA Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D2H Retry Timer Length


This describes the D2H retry timer length. If a service is preferably to be mapped to the HS-DSCH but is actually mapped to the DCH, the D2H retry timer
starts. If H2D occurs, the D2H retry timer starts only after the D2H punishment timer expires.
ID
HRetryTimerLen
Value Range
0 to 180
Physical Scope
0, 1 to 180 s
Setting
The default value is 5 (5 s).
When the D2H timer is set to 0, the H retry function is closed.
Impact on the Network Performance

If HRetryTimerLen is excessively high, the D2H handover does not occur when the subscribers data can be carried on HSDPA. This affects subscriber
perception.
If HRetryTimerLen is excessively low, useless direct retry occurs. As a result, extra signaling interaction occurs and the network resource is wasted.

Related Commands
Use SET COIFTIMER to set and LST COIFTIMER to query HRetryTimerLen.
Parent topic: HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Intra-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length


This describes the intra-frequency handover D2H timer length. After a UE finishes the intra-frequency handover, the system starts the D2H intra-frequency
handover timer and performs the D2H retry after the timer expires, if the current cell after the handover supports HSDPA or has a DRD neighboring cell.
If the intra-frequency handover D2H timer length is set to 0, the D2H retry is triggered immediately after the intra-frequency handover.
ID
D2HIntraHoTimerLen
Value Range
0 to 999
Physical Scope
0 s to 999 s
Setting
The default value is 2, namely 2 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

If D2HIntraHoTimerLen is excessively high, the D2H is not triggered in time after an intra-frequency handover. This may affect the QoS.
If D2HIntraHoTimerLen is excessively low, the ping-pong handover between H2D and D2H may occur in some scenarios.

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set and user LST HOCOMM to query D2HIntraHoTimerLen.
Parent topic: HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 150 of 205

Inter-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length


This describes the D2H inter-frequency handover timer length. After a UE finishes the intra-frequency handover, the system starts the D2H inter-frequency
handover timer and performs the D2H retry after the timer expires, if the current cell after the handover does not support HSDPA but has a DRD
neighboring cell. If the inter-frequency handover D2H timer length is set to 0, the D2H retry is triggered immediately after the inter-frequency handover.
ID
D2HInterHoTimerLen
Value Range
0 to 180
Physical Scope
0 s to 180 s
Setting
The default value is 5, namely 5 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

If D2HInterHoTimerLen is excessively high, the D2H is not triggered in time after an inter-frequency handover. This may affect the QoS.
If D2HInterHoTimerLen is excessively low, the ping-pong handover between H2D and D2H may occur in some scenarios.

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set and LST HOCOMM to query D2HInterHoTimerLen.
Parent topic: HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Multi-Carrier Handover Timer Length


This describes the multi-carrier handover timer length. To prevent ping-pong handovers between multiple carriers, which have a bad effect on the system
performance, a protect timer MultiCarrierHoTimerLen is needed. After the UE is handed over from cell A, the timer starts up. Before the timer expires, the
HSDPA or HSUPA service is not directly redirected to cell A. If the timer length is set to 0, the timer does not start up, that is, it does not prevent the pingpong handovers between multiples carriers.
ID
MultiCarrierHoTimerLen
Value Range
0 to 999
Physical Scope
0 s to 999 s
Setting
The default value is 14, namely 14 s.
Impact on the Network Performance

If MultiCarrierHoTimerLen is excessively high, the handover to the original cell may not be triggered in time after multi-carrier handovers. This may
affect the QoS.
If MultiCarrierHoTimerLen is excessively low, the ping-pong handover between multiple carriers occurs in some scenarios.

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set DivCtrlField and LST HOCOMM to query MultiCarrierHoTimerLen.
Parent topic: HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Compress Mode Permission Indication on HSDPA


This describes the compress mode permission indication on HSDPA. If the compress mode permission indication is set to TRUE, the CM (Compress Mode)
is permitted on HSDPA, and HSDPA can exist with CM activated. If the compress mode permission indication is set to FALSE, H2D is needed before the
CM is activated when HSDPA exists, and HSDPA cannot exist when CM is activated.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 151 of 205

ID
HsdpaCMPermissionInd
Value Range
FALSE (not permitted), TRUE (permitted)
Physical Scope
0, 1
Setting
The default value is TRUE.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the terminal supports this function, the terminal has a better performance when the CM is activated with HSDPA connected.
Related Commands
Use SET CMCF to set and LST CMCF to query HsdpaCMPermissionInd.
Parent topic: HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Admission Control Parameters


This describes the HSDPA admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of admission control parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum Maximum number of HSDPA users of the


NodeB

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

3840

Set: ADD NODEBALGOPARA

NodeB

Query: LST
NODEBALGOPARA
Modify: MOD
NODEBALGOPARA
2

UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor

UL HS-DPCCH reserve factor

HsdpaStrmPBRThd

HSDPA streaming PBR threshold

70%

HsdpaBePBRThd

HSDPA BE service PBR threshold

30%

MaxHSDSCHUserNum

Maximum number of users supported by the


HS-DSCH

64

Set: ADD CELLCAC

Cell

Query: LST CELLCAC


Modify: MOD CELLCAC

Maximum HSDPA Users Per NodeB


This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA channel per NodeB.
Uplink HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor
This describes the uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor. If the uplink HS-DPCCH bears ACK and NACK messages, the system does not perform the
CAC. If the HS-DPCCH bears CQI messages, the system performs the CAC. The uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor is the resource reserved when the
uplink HS-DPCCH bears ACK/NACK messages. The CAC threshold equals the product of the UL limit capacity and the uplink HS-DPCCH reserve
factor.
HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold
This describes the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA streaming traffic.
HSDPA BE Service PBR Threshold
This describes the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA BE service.
Maximum HSDPA User Number
This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA channel.

Parent topic: HSDPA Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum HSDPA Users Per NodeB


This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA channel per NodeB.
ID
NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 152 of 205

Value Range
0 to 3840
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 3840.
NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum is set according to the product specification and actual number of sold HSDPA licenses.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the HSDPA user connection is rejected by the NodeB, you can infer that the HSDPA licenses are insufficient. We need to apply for new HSDPA licenses.
Related Commands
Use ADD NODEBALGOPARA to set, LST NODEBALGOPARA to query, and MOD NODEBALGOPARA to modify NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum.
Parent topic: HSDPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Uplink HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor


This describes the uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor. If the uplink HS-DPCCH bears ACK and NACK messages, the system does not perform the CAC. If
the HS-DPCCH bears CQI messages, the system performs the CAC. The uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor is the resource reserved when the uplink HSDPCCH bears ACK/NACK messages. The CAC threshold equals the product of the UL limit capacity and the uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor.
ID
UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0 to 1, with the step of 0.01
Setting
The default value is 0.
Because the current ACK and NACK channel power on the HS-DPCCH is included in the public measurement of the Iub interface, the uplink HS-DPCCH
reverse factor is set according to the ACK/NACK load that may burst on the HS-DPCCH during the interval of two measurement processes. In general, the
burst data in such a short time rarely have any impact, so the uplink HS-DPCCH reverse factor can be set to 0 by default.
Impact on the Network Performance

If UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor is excessively high, the probability of admission rejection increases.


If UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor is excessively low, the reserved uplink resource is insufficient. But because the probability of the burst load of ACK/NACK
messages is low and the effect is small, UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor can be set to a comparatively lower value so as to admit more connections.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor.
Parent topic: HSDPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold


This describes the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA streaming traffic.
ID
HsdpaStrmPBRThd
Value Range
0 to 100

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 153 of 205

Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 70, namely 70%.
For the HSDPA admission, the system needs to meet the following condition:

, where,

PBRstrm is the total throughput of the streaming service provided by the cell.
Thdhsdpa_strm_PBR is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA streaming service.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter is likely a active factor of streaming service. If the HsdpaStrmPBRThd is excessively high, the admission mistaken rejection rate may
increase. If the HsdpaStrmPBRThd is excessively low, the mistakenly admission rate may increase, the GBR of subscribers cannot be guaranteed.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify HsdpaStrmPBRThd.
Parent topic: HSDPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA BE Service PBR Threshold


This describes the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA BE service.
ID
HsdpaBePBRThd
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 30, namely 30%.
For the HSDPA admission, the system needs to meet the following condition:

, where,

PBRBE is the total throughput of the BE service provided by the cell.


Thdhsdpa_BE_pbr is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA BE service.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter is likely a active factor of BE service. If the HsdpaBePBRThd is excessively high, the admission mistaken rejection rate may increase. If the
HsdpaBePBRThd is excessively low, the mistakenly admission rate may increase, the GBR of subscribers cannot be guaranteed.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify HsdpaBePBRThd.
Parent topic: HSDPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum HSDPA User Number


This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA channel.
ID
MaxHSDSCHUserNum
Value Range
0 to 64

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 154 of 205

Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 64.
The number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA refers to the number of subscribers whose service is carried by the HSDPA channel, no matter how
many RABs are borne by the HSDPA channel. The highest value of MaxHSDSCHUserNum equals the cell HSDPA capacity that is prescribed in the NodeB
product specification. MaxHSDSCHUserNum can be set according to the cell type, the available power of HSDPA, and the code resource.
Impact on the Network Performance

If MaxHSDSCHUserNum is excessively low, the HSDPA capacity of cell may be reduced, causing a waste of the HSDPA resource.
If MaxHSDSCHUserNum is excessively high, the congestion of HSDPA service may be caused.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MaxHSDSCHUserNum.
Parent topic: HSDPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA Parameters
This describes the HSUPA parameters: HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and HSUPA admission
control parameters.

HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters


This describes the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
HSUPA Admission Control Parameters
This describes the HSUPA admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Parameters
This describes the HSUPA outer loop power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters


This describes the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

MaxTargetUlLoadFactor

Maximum target uplink load factor

75%

Set: ADD CELLHSUPA

Cell

NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio Target non-serving E-DCH to total E-DCH power


ratio

Query: LST
CELLHSUPA

Hsupa2msTtiRateThs

384 kbit/s

Set: SET FRC

Rate Threshold for HSUPA 2 ms TTI

RNC

Query: LST FRC

Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor


This describes the target uplink load factor of the NodeB scheduling module. The RNC calculates the maximum RTWP value according to this factor,
and then sends it to the NodeB by the Iub message.
Rate Threshold for HSUPA 2 ms TTI
Only HSUPA services with uplink bit rate reaching this threshold can use 2ms as their E-DCH TTI value, otherwise use 10ms as the E-DCH TTI
value.
Threshold of Non-Serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio
This describes the threshold of the ratio of the non-serving E-DCH power to the total E-DCH power. The non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to the
UE only when the ratio of the non-serving E-DCH power to the total E-DCH power is higher than this threshold.

Parent topic: HSUPA Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor


This describes the target uplink load factor of the NodeB scheduling module. The RNC calculates the maximum RTWP value according to this factor, and
then sends it to the NodeB by the Iub message.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 155 of 205

ID
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 75, namely 75%.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is set according to the radio network planning.

If MaxTargetUlLoadFactor is excessively low, the cell throughput is excessively low.


If MaxTargetUlLoadFactor is excessively high, the interference is excessively high.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSUPA to set and LST CELLHSUPA to query MaxTargetUlLoadFactor.
Parent topic: HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Rate Threshold for HSUPA 2 ms TTI


Only HSUPA services with uplink bit rate reaching this threshold can use 2ms as their E-DCH TTI value, otherwise use 10ms as the E-DCH TTI value.
ID
Hsupa2msTtiRateThs
Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D608, D1450
Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 608 kbit/s, 1450 kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D384, namely 384 kbit/s.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set too low, the low-speed service use the 2 ms TTI which lead to the waste of CE resource. If the parameter is set too high, the highspeed service cannot use the 2 ms TTI which lead to influence on QoS of traffic.
Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query Hsupa2msTtiRateThs.
Parent topic: HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Threshold of Non-Serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio


This describes the threshold of the ratio of the non-serving E-DCH power to the total E-DCH power. The non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to the UE
only when the ratio of the non-serving E-DCH power to the total E-DCH power is higher than this threshold.
ID
NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 156 of 205

0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 0.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is used to decide whether the non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to the UE.

If NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio is excessively low, the power of non-serving RL is very low, and the UE data rate is affected when the UE is in soft
handover status.
If NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio is excessively high, the non-serving RL can not send RG DOWN to the UE even if the system is overloaded.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSUPA to set and use LST CELLHSUPA to query NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio.
Parent topic: HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA Admission Control Parameters


This describes the HSUPA admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of HSUPA admission control parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

MAXHSUPAUSERNUM

Maximum number of users supported by


the HSUPA

64

Set: ADD CELLCAC

Cell

HsupaNonServInterfereFactor

HSUPA Non-serveice cell interfere factor

HsupaLowPriorityUserPBRThd

PBR satisfaction for HSUPA different


priority users

100/100/100

Query: LST CELLCAC


Modify: MOD CELLCAC

HsupaEqualPriorityUserPBRThd
HsupaHighPriorityUserPBRThd
4

DLHSUPARSVDFACTOR

DL HSUPA reserved factor

NodeBHsupaMaxUserNum

Maximum number of users of the HSUPA


in the NodeB

3840

Set: ADD NODEBALGOPARA

NodeB

Query: LST
NODEBALGOPARA
Modify: MOD
NODEBALGOPARA

Maximum HSUPA User Number


This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel. The parameter is used for the HSUPA admission control.
HSUPA Non-Serveice Cell Interfere Factor
This parameter indicates that the ratio of uplink interference generated by the non-service RL in an HSUPA cell to the total uplink interference.
PBR satisfaction for HSUPA different priority users
This group of parameters indicates the threshold of PBR satisfaction decision. The parameter affects HSUPA scheduling service access. The QoS
satisfaction of the existing service is used to allow new users to access.
Downlink HSUPA Reserved Factor
This describes the downlink HSUPA reserved factor. The parameter is used to reserve part of resource for downlink control channels: E-AGCH, ERGCH, and E-HICH.
Maximum HSUPA User Number Per NodeB
This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel per NodeB.

Parent topic: HSUPA Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum HSUPA User Number


This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel. The parameter is used for the HSUPA admission control.
ID
MaxHsupaUserNum
Value Range
0 to 100

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 157 of 205

Physical Scope
0 to 100
Setting
The default value is 64.
This parameter represents the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel and is set according to the product specification. For the
HSUPA admission, the number of subscribers must be counted first. If the current HSUPA subscriber number is lower than this parameter, the admission
request is being analyzed, or else, the admission is rejected directly.
Impact on the Network Performance

If MaxHsupaUserNum is excessively high, the product capacity cannot support all the HSUPA users after admission, and cannot provide satisfying
services.
If MaxHsupaUserNum is excessively low, part of the subscribers are rejected for admission, and part of the resource is idle and wasted, thus
decreasing the system capacity.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MaxHsupaUserNum.
Parent topic: HSUPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA Non-Serveice Cell Interfere Factor


This parameter indicates that the ratio of uplink interference generated by the non-service RL in an HSUPA cell to the total uplink interference.
ID
HsupaNonServInterfereFactor
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0 to 100%
Setting
The default value is 0.
The ratio of HSUPA users and soft handover in the system is considered when setting this parameter. If the ratio of HSUPA users and soft handover in the
system is large, this parameter should be increased.
Impact on the Network Performance

If HsupaNonServInterfereFactor is excessively low, the product capacity cannot support all the HSUPA users after admission, and cannot provide
satisfying services.
If HsupaNonServInterfereFactor is excessively high, part of the subscribers are rejected for admission, and part of the resource is idle and wasted,
thus decreasing the system capacity.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify HsupaNonServInterfereFactor.
Parent topic: HSUPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PBR satisfaction for HSUPA different priority users


This group of parameters indicates the threshold of PBR satisfaction decision. The parameter affects HSUPA scheduling service access. The QoS
satisfaction of the existing service is used to allow new users to access.
ID
HsupaNonServInterfereFactor
Value Range
0 to 100

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 158 of 205

Physical Scope
0 to 100%
Setting
The default value is 100, namely 100%.
During setting, the characteristics of the scheduling service, the setting of GBR and GBR guarantee strategy should be considered. To ensure GBR of users,
set the parameter to 100. If the requirement for GBR is low, the parameter can be set to a value less than 100.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set too large, the requirement for users PBR satisfaction is higher, and the probability of refusing HSUPA scheduling service increases,
thus affecting access success rate. If the value is too small, the requirement for users PBR satisfaction is lower, and too many HSUPA scheduling service
users may be accessed, thus affecting the satisfaction of accessed users and resulting in system congestion due to serious load.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify the parameters.
Parent topic: HSUPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink HSUPA Reserved Factor


This describes the downlink HSUPA reserved factor. The parameter is used to reserve part of resource for downlink control channels: E-AGCH, E-RGCH,
and E-HICH.
ID
DlHSUPARsvdFactor
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%
Setting
The default value is 0.
Impact on the Network Performance
The higher DlHSUPARsvdFactor is, the more resource is reserved for the HSUPA control channel, and thus the more resource is wasted.
If DlHSUPARsvdFactor is excessively low, the HSUPA service quality is affected when the resource is limited.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlHSUPARsvdFactor.
Parent topic: HSUPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum HSUPA User Number Per NodeB


This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel per NodeB.
ID
NodeBHsupaMaxUserNum
Value Range
0 to 3840
Physical Scope
0 to 3840
Setting

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 159 of 205

The default value is 3840.


NodeBHsupaMaxUserNum is set according to the product specification and actual number of sold HSUPA licenses.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the HSUPA subscriber connection is rejected by the NodeB, you can infer that the HSUPA licenses are insufficient. We need to apply for new HSUPA
licenses.
Related Commands
Use ADD NODEBALGOPARA to set, LST NODEBALGOPARA to query, and MOD NODEBALGOPARA to modify NodeBHsupaMaxUserNum.
Parent topic: HSUPA Admission Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Parameters


This describes the HSUPA outer loop power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of HSUPA outer loop power control parameters
Serial No. ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

EdchTargetRetransNum

Target number of E-DCH PDU retransmission

0.1

Set: ADD TYPRABOLPC

RAB

ResBLER

Target value of E-DCH residual BLER

N/A

Query: LST TYPRABOLPC


Modify: MOD TYPRABOLPC

HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Switch


This switch is used to select HSUPA outer loop power control algorithm.
Target Number of E-DCH PDU Retransmission
This parameter specifies the target number of E-DCH PDU Mac-es retransmission.
Target Value of E-DCH Residual BLER
This parameter indicates the target transmission quality of E-DCH, that is, the target residual BLER value.

Parent topic: HSUPA Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Switch


This switch is used to select HSUPA outer loop power control algorithm.
Parameter ID
OlpcAlgSwitch
Value Range
Enum (BASEDONRESIDUALBLER, BASEDONMEANNHT)
Physical Value Range
BASEDONRESIDUALBLER, BASEDONMEANNHT
Parameter Setting
For BE and streaming services, set this parameter to BASEDONMEANNHT.
For conversational services, set this parameter to BASEDONRESIDUALBLER.
Impact on the Network Performance
None.
Relevant Commands
Use ADD TYPRABOLPC to set, LST TYPRABOLPC to query and MOD TYPRABOLPC to modifyOlpcAlgSwitch.
Parent topic: HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Target Number of E-DCH PDU Retransmission

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 160 of 205

This parameter specifies the target number of E-DCH PDU Mac-es retransmission.
ID
EdchTargetRetransNum
Value Range
0 to 150
Physical Scope
0 to 15, step is 0.1.
Setting
The default value is 1, namely 0.1.
Impact on the Network Performance
The smaller the parameter is, the better subscribers feel, but the air interface capacity is not the maximum. The rate of subscriber, air interface capacity,
and CE resource consumed are considered for the parameter setting.
Related Commands
Use ADD TYPRABOLPC to set, LST TYPRABOLPC to query, and MOD TYPRABOLPC to modify EdchTargetRetransNum.
Parent topic: HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Target Value of E-DCH Residual BLER


This parameter indicates the target transmission quality of E-DCH, that is, the target residual BLER value.
ID
ResBLER
Value Range
0 to 1000
Physical Scope
0 to 1, step is 0.001.
Setting
None.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set too small, the subscribers feel better, but the air interface capacity is not the maximum. The rate of subscriber, air interface capacity,
and CE resource consumed are considered for the parameter setting.
Related Commands
Use ADD TYPRABOLPC to set, LST TYPRABOLPC to query, and MOD TYPRABOLPC to modify ResBLER.
Parent topic: HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS Parameters
This describes MBMS parameters. MBMS parameters are MBMS admission parameters, MBMS preemption parameters, and FLC/FLD algorithm
parameters.

MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters


This describes the MBMS admission and preemption algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters
This describes the FLC/FLD algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 161 of 205

MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters


This describes the MBMS admission and preemption algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of MBMS admission and preempt algorithm parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Level

MaxFachPower

Maximum transmit power of the FACH that carries the


MBMS service

Set various values


according to the service
rate.

Set: ADD FACH

Cell

MTCHMinPerc0

Minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service


with the highest priority, that is, priority 0

80%

Set: ADD
CELLMBMSFACH

MTCHMaxPerc15

Minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service


with the lowest priority, that is, priority 15

50%

Query: LST
CELLMBMSFACH

MtchRsvPwr

MTCH budget power resource

20%

Set: ADD CELLCAC

MtchRsvsf

MTCH budget code resource

16 SF64

Query: LST CELLCAC

MtchMaxPwr

MTCH maximum power

60%

MtchMaxsf

MTCH maximum code resource

40 SF64

Modify: MOD
CELLCAC

MbmsDecPowerRabThd

A service priority threshold, indicating that the power


of the MBMS services with a priority lower than this
threshold can be decreased

Set: ADD CELLLDR

Query: LST FACH

Query: LST CELLLDR


Modify: MOD
CELLLDR

MbmsPreemptAlgoSwitch MBMS service preempt algorithm switch

OFF

Set: SET
QUEUEPREEMPT
Query: LST
QUEUEPREEMPT

10

PtmPreemptSwitch

MBMS PTM preempt switch

ON

11

PtmStrmPasiSwitch

MBMS streaming PTM preempt switch

ON

12

PtmNullStrmPasiSwitch

MBMS non-streaming PTM preempt switch

ON

Set: SET
RNCMBMSPARA

RNC

Query: LST
RNCMBMSPARA

Maximum FACH Transmit Power


This describes the maximum transmit power of the FACH that carries the MBMS service.
Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Highest Priority
This describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service with the highest priority, that is, priority 0.
Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Lowest Priority
This describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service with the lowest priority, that is, priority 15.
MTCH Budget Power Resources
This parameter is configured according to the budget for power and code resources of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers.
MTCH Budget Code Resource
This parameter is configured according to the budget for power and code resources of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers.
MTCH Maximum Power
This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum power of a MBMS cell.
MTCH Maximum Code Resource
This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum code resource of a MBMS cell.
Service Priority Threshold for Decreasing Power
This describes the service priority threshold for decreasing power. The power of the MBMS services with a priority lower than this threshold can be
decreased.
MBMS Service Preemption Algorithm Switch
This describes the MBMS preemption algorithm switch. When this switch is ON, an MBMS service can obtain resources through preemption in case
the access of the MBMS service fails. The preemption, however, occurs only between the MBMS services.
MBMS PTM Preempt Switch
This parameter is configured according to the requirements of operators.
MBMS Streaming PTM Preempt Switch
This parameter is configured according to the requirements of operators.
MBMS Non-Streaming PTM Preempt Switch
This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum code resource of a MBMS cell.

Parent topic: MBMS Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum FACH Transmit Power


This describes the maximum transmit power of the FACH that carries the MBMS service.
ID

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 162 of 205

MaxFachPower
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
Set various values for MaxFachPower according to the service rate.
Impact on the Network Performance
Because the FACH does not have the power control function, you must consider the QoS of the subscribers on the edge of a cell when setting the maximum
transmit power of the FACH.

If MaxFachPower is excessively low, the quality for receiving services on the edge of a cell decreases and the mosaic effect and the service delay occur.
If MaxFachPower is excessively high, the extra power of the FACH is wasted.

RAN6.1 supports only the MBMS broadcast function. Thus, all cells must use the PTM transmission mode. This means that all cells use the FACH to send
data. An UE can obtain remarkable gain through soft combination or selective combination. According to the emulation result, the gain obtained through
soft combination ranges from 4.6 dB to 6.6 dB and the gain obtained through selective combination ranges from 2 dB to 3 dB. In terms of the MBMS
terminal, you must choose selective combination for the integrated channel of the CMB and the MBMS. Thus, by taking the generated gain into account,
you can configure a lower power for the FACH when a majority of terminals in a network support the MBMS service.
CAUTION:
The CMB terminals do not support soft combination or selective combination. Therefore, if a majority of terminals support the CMB service, you can
neglect the relevant gain when configuring the FACH.
Related Commands
Use ADD FACH to set and LST FACH to query MaxFachPower.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Highest


Priority
This describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service with the highest priority, that is, priority 0.
ID
MTCHMinPerc0
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 80, namely 80%.
Impact on the Network Performance
When a cell has a heavy load, the RNC assigns a low power to the MBMS service. This avoids the further deterioration of cell congestion and increases the
success rate of MBMS service setup. You must ensure that the assigned low power can cover the minimum coverage area of the MBMS service. The
minimum coverage area is set on the basis of the percentage of area covered by the MBMS service using the maximum transmit power of the FACH.
To implement service differentiation, you must ensure that the minimum coverage area varies according to service priorities. The value of MTCHMinPerc0
is in positive correlation with the coverage area of the MBMS service when the cell load is high.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMBMSFACH to set andLST CELLMBMSFACH to query MTCHMinPerc0.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 163 of 205

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Lowest


Priority
This describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service with the lowest priority, that is, priority 15.
ID
MTCHMinPerc15
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 50, namely 50%.
Impact on the Network Performance
When a cell has a heavy load, the RNC assigns a low power to the MBMS service. This avoids the further deterioration of cell congestion and increases the
success rate of MBMS service setup. You must ensure that the assigned low power can cover the minimum coverage area of the MBMS service. The
minimum coverage area is set on the basis of the percentage of area covered by the MBMS service using the maximum transmit power of the FACH.
To implement service differentiation, you must ensure that the minimum coverage area varies according to service priorities. The value of
MTCHMinPerc15 is in positive correlation with the coverage area of the MBMS service when the cell load is high.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMBMSFACH to set andLST CELLMBMSFACH to query MTCHMinPerc15.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MTCH Budget Power Resources


This parameter is configured according to the budget for power and code resources of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers.
ID
MtchRsvPwr
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20%.
When the power sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is less than or equal to MtchRsvPwr, and the code sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell
is less than or equal to MtchRsvSF, the established MBMS PTM bearer can only be preempted by the MBMS PTM bearer with higher priority, and cannot
be preempted by the MBMS PTP bearer or non-MBMS bearer.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is a kind of protection for the MBMS PTM bearer, In case of low power resource consumption, it is necessary to prevent the MBMS PTM
bearer being preempted, because this bearer serves multiple users at the same time. This threshold should not be set to a large one, otherwise, the system
resources will be consumed by the MBMS PTM bearer, and few non-MBMS service capability will be left.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MtchRsvPwr.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 164 of 205

MTCH Budget Code Resource


This parameter is configured according to the budget for power and code resources of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers.
ID
MtchRsvsf
Value Range
0 to 63
Physical Scope
64 SF64
Setting
The default value is 16, namely 16 SF64.
When the power sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is less than or equal to MtchRsvPwr, and the code sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell
is less than or equal to MtchRsvSF, the established MBMS PTM bearer can only be preempted by the MBMS PTM bearer with higher priority, and cannot
be preempted by the MBMS PTP bearer or non-MBMS bearer.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is a kind of protection for the MBMS PTM bearer, In case of low code resource consumption, it is necessary to prevent the MBMS PTM
bearer being preempted, because this bearer serves multiple users at the same time. This threshold should not be set to a large one, otherwise, the system
resources will be consumed by the MBMS PTM bearer, and few non-MBMS service capability will be left.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MtchRsvsf.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MTCH Maximum Power


This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum power of a MBMS cell.
ID
MtchMaxPwr
Value Range
0 to 100
Physical Scope
0% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60%.
This parameter is configured according to the budget for power of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers. When the power sum of all
the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is larger than this threshold, the MBMS PTM bearer whose access is refused can only preempt the MBMS PTM bearer
with low priority, and cannot preempt the MBMS PTP bearer or non-MBMS bearer.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is a kind of protection for the MBMS PTM bearer, In case of low code resource consumption, it is necessary to prevent the MBMS PTM
bearer being preempted, because this bearer serves multiple users at the same time. This threshold should not be set to a large one, otherwise, the system
resources will be consumed by the MBMS PTM bearer, and few non-MBMS service capability will be left.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MtchMaxPwr.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MTCH Maximum Code Resource

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 165 of 205

This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum code resource of a MBMS cell.
ID
MtchMaxsf
Value Range
0 to 63
Physical Scope
64 SF64
Setting
The default value is 40, namely 40 SF64.
This parameter is configured according to the budget for code of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers. When the code sum of all the
MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is larger than this threshold, the MBMS PTM bearer whose access is refused can only preempt the MBMS PTM bearer with
low priority, and cannot preempt the MBMS PTP bearer or non-MBMS bearer.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter is a kind of limit to the MBMS PTM bearer. When the total code resources of the bearer are consumed largely, excessive consumption
should be avoided. This threshold should not be set to a large one. Otherwise, the system resource will be consumed by the MBMS PTM bearer and few
non-MBMS service capability will be left.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MtchMaxsf.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Service Priority Threshold for Decreasing Power


This describes the service priority threshold for decreasing power. The power of the MBMS services with a priority lower than this threshold can be
decreased.
ID
MbmsDecPowerRabThd
Value Range
1 to 15
Physical Scope
1 to 15
Setting
The default value is 1.
Impact on the Network Performance
The MBMS service at each rate is set on the basis of two power levels. The power set for an MBMS service is determined according to cell load during the
service access. In addition, the FACH power of the MBMS service must be decreased as required in the duration of cell congestion. Some services with high
priority, for example the disaster pre-alert, however, do not need the coverage shrink caused by cell load. In such a case, you can adjust the service priority
threshold to protect the services with high priority against the impact of the service access failure and the load control algorithm.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify MbmsDecPowerRabThd.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS Service Preemption Algorithm Switch


This describes the MBMS preemption algorithm switch. When this switch is ON, an MBMS service can obtain resources through preemption in case the
access of the MBMS service fails. The preemption, however, occurs only between the MBMS services.
ID

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 166 of 205

MbmsPreemptAlgoSwitch
Value Range
ON, OFF
Physical Scope
ON, OFF
Setting
The default value is OFF.
Impact on the Network Performance
The periodic re-setup of the preempted MBMS service is not implemented in RAN6.1. As a result, an MBMS service cannot be sent in a cell if the resource
for the MBMS service is occupied by another service through preemption. Therefore, the switch is OFF by default.
Related Commands
Use SET QUEUEPREEMPT to set and LST QUEUEPREEMPT to query MbmsPreemptAlgoSwitch.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS PTM Preempt Switch


This parameter is configured according to the requirements of operators.
ID
PtmPreemptSwitch
Value Range
ON, OFF
Physical Scope
ON, OFF
Setting
The default value is ON.
If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM bearer is allowed to preempt other MBMS service bearers or non-MBMS service bearers. If the parameter is set to
OFF, preemption is forbidden.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set to ON, preemption may be triggered in case of failure of access to the PTM bearer. The MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service
bearer with low priority will be released, thus resulting in traffic interruption.
Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA to set and LST RNCMBMSPARA to query PtmPreemptSwitch.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS Streaming PTM Preempt Switch


This parameter is configured according to the requirements of operators.
ID
PtmStrmPasiSwitch
Value Range
ON, OFF
Physical Scope
ON, OFF

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 167 of 205

Setting
The default value is ON.
If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM streaming service bearer is preempted by the MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with high priority.
If the parameter is set to OFF, preemption is forbidden.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM streaming service bearer may be preempted by the MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with high
priority in case of resource congestion, thus resulting in MBMS service interruption. Because the PTM service bearer serves multiple users, the influence
scope of service interruption is wide.
Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA to set and LST RNCMBMSPARA to query PtmStrmPasiSwitch.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS Non-Streaming PTM Preempt Switch


This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum code resource of a MBMS cell.
ID
PtmNullStrmPasiSwitch
Value Range
ON, OFF
Physical Scope
ON, OFF
Setting
The default value is ON.
If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM streaming service bearer is preempted by the MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with high priority.
If the parameter is set to OFF, preemption is forbidden.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM streaming service bearer may be preempted by the MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with high
priority in case of resource congestion, thus resulting in MBMS service interruption. Because the PTM service bearer serves multiple users, the influence
scope of service interruption is wide.
Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA to set and LST RNCMBMSPARA to query PtmNullStrmPasiSwitch.
Parent topic: MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters


This describes the FLC/FLD algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of FLC/FLD algorithm parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

FlcAlgoSwitch

FLC algorithm switch

ON

Set: ADD CELLMCCH

Cell

Query: LST CELLMCCH


Modify: MOD CELLMCCH
2

MbmsTransMode

MBMS transmission
mode

PTM

NCountingThd

Counting threshold

Set: SET RNCMBMSPARA orADD SAMBMSPARA


orADD CELLMBMSPARA

RNC/SA/Cell

Query: LST RNCMBMSPARA orLST SAMBMSPARA or


LST CELLMBMSPARA

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

NPtpToPtmOffset

PTP to PTM offset

Page 168 of 205

Modify: MOD SAMBMSPARA or MOD


CELLMBMSPARA

MbmsPtpUlBitRate MBMS PTP RB uplink


rate

16 kbit/s

Set: SET RNCMBMSPARA

MbmsNCellInd

TRUE

RNC

Query: LST RNCMBMSPARA


MBMS neighboring cell
indicator

Set: ADD INTRAFREQNCELL

Cell

Query: LST INTRAFREQNCELL


Modify: MOD INTRAFREQNCELL

FLC Algorithm Switch


This describes the FLC algorithm switch. When the FLC algorithm switch is enabled, the RNC performs FLC operations.
MBMS Transmission Mode
This describes the transmission mode of MBMS.
Counting Threshold
When the counting or recounting UE is larger than the parameter, then use the PTM transmission mode, otherwise use the PTP transmission mode.
PTP To PTM Offset
This describes the offset from PTP to PTM.
MBMS PTP RB Uplink Rate
This describes the MBMS PTP uplink bit rate.
MBMS Neighboring Cell Indicator
This parameter indicates whether the cell is MBMS neighboring cell or not.

Parent topic: MBMS Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

FLC Algorithm Switch


This describes the FLC algorithm switch. When the FLC algorithm switch is enabled, the RNC performs FLC operations.
ID
FlcAlgoSwitch
Value Range
ON, OFF
Physical Scope
ON, OFF
Setting
The default value is ON.
Impact on the Network Performance
The FLC algorithm is a mandatory algorithm. When the network starts sending the MBMS service, the FLC algorithm ensures that the subscribers on the
other frequency points can reselect the current frequency point for receiving the MBMS service. Therefore, the FLC algorithm is enabled by default.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMCCH to set, LST CELLMCCH to query, and MOD CELLMCCH to modify FlcAlgoSwitch.
Parent topic: FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS Transmission Mode


This describes the transmission mode of MBMS.
ID
MbmsTransMode
Value Range
PTM~0/ PTP~1/ ENHANCEDPTM~2/ DYNAMIC~3
Physical Scope
PTM/PTP/ENHANCEDPTM/DYNAMIC

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 169 of 205

Setting
The default value is PTM.
This parameter can be configured for the RNC or service area(SA).
If for the RNC, all the cells under the RNC adopt the transmission mode. If for the SA, all the cells under the SA adopt the transmission mode.
Impact on the Network Performance
PTM, PTP and ENHANCEDPTM, as static or semi-static transmission modes, have small effect on the MBMS service and network performance.
The DYNAMIC mode is the most complicated. To balance the service quality guarantee and network resource utilization, dynamically convert PTP and
PTM modes. The network converts transmission modes periodically according to the number of users and the state of neighboring cells, so the reception of
MBMS users may be affected. In addition, when passing the boundary of a PTP cell or a PTM cell, MBMS users may be aware of service interruption, thus
greatly affecting the MBMS service and network performance.
Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA orADD SAMBMSPARA orADD CELLMBMSPARA to set, LST RNCMBMSPARA orLST SAMBMSPARA or LST
CELLMBMSPARA to query, and MOD SAMBMSPARA or MOD CELLMBMSPARA to modify MbmsTransMode.
Parent topic: FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Counting Threshold
When the counting or recounting UE is larger than the parameter, then use the PTM transmission mode, otherwise use the PTP transmission mode.
ID
NCountingThd
Value Range
210
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 2.
Comprehensively configure such resources as power, code, CE and transmission of the PTM bearer and PTP bearer. Suppose that the consumption of the
PTM bearer resources is two times the average consumption of the PTP bearer resources, the parameter is configured as 2. This parameter can be
configured for RNC, SA or CELL.
Impact on the Network Performance
The greater the parameter, the higher the probability of the network to adopt PTP transmission mode. Although the power consumption of PTP may be less
than that of PTM, the code, CE and transmission occupied by the PTP bearer increase as the number of subscribers increases. This parameter should be
configured by considering various resources and bottleneck resources of operators so that it should not be set too large.
Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA orADD SAMBMSPARA orADD CELLMBMSPARA to set, LST RNCMBMSPARA orLST SAMBMSPARA or LST
CELLMBMSPARA to query, and MOD SAMBMSPARA or MOD CELLMBMSPARA to modify NCountingThd.
Parent topic: FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PTP To PTM Offset


This describes the offset from PTP to PTM.
ID
NPtpToPtmOffset
Value Range
15
Physical Scope

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 170 of 205

None.
Setting
The default value is 1.
To avoid ping-pong of PTP and PTM transmission modes, adopt dual-threshold control as mode conversion decision. That is, in the initial state or PTM
mode, the PTM mode is adopted if the number of MBMS subscribers exceeds NCountingThd, otherwise, the PTP mode is adopted. But in the PTP mode,
the PTM mode is adopted if the number of MBMS users exceeds NCountingThd+NPtpToPtmOffset, otherwise, the PTP mode is adopted. This parameter
can be configured for RNC, SA or Cell.
Impact on the Network Performance
Although dual-threshold control is adopted, this parameter only acts as hysteresis. The configuration of this parameter should not affect the whole decision
policy. In addition, NCountingThd should not be too large. The smaller this parameter, the better.
It is recommended to keep the default value.
Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA orADD SAMBMSPARA orADD CELLMBMSPARA to set, LST RNCMBMSPARA orLST SAMBMSPARA or LST
CELLMBMSPARA to query, and MOD SAMBMSPARA or MOD CELLMBMSPARA to modify NPtpToPtmOffset.
Parent topic: FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS PTP RB Uplink Rate


This describes the MBMS PTP uplink bit rate.
ID
MbmsPtpUlBitRate
Value Range
D8~0, D16~1, D32~2, D64~3, D128~4, D144~5, D256~6
Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s
Setting
The default value is D16~1, namely 16 kbit/s.
MBMS service is a unidirectional downlink service. But for the PTP bearer, an uplink channel must be established for signaling transmission. Because the
uplink signaling traffic is not heavy, the uplink channel width can be configured as a small one.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the parameter is set too large, uplink resources will be wasted. Therefore, the default value is recommended.
Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA to set and LST RNCMBMSPARA to queryMbmsPtpUlBitRate.
Parent topic: FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MBMS Neighboring Cell Indicator


This parameter indicates whether the cell is MBMS neighboring cell or not.
ID
MbmsNCellInd
Value Range
TRUE, FALSE
Physical Scope
None.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 171 of 205

Setting
The default value is TRUE.
In an actual commercial network, there may be multiple intra-frequency neighboring cells around a cell. Such a design can further limit the number of
neighboring cells affecting the transmission mode of this cell.
If the MbmsTransMode is set to DYNAMIC, and a cell is not in the elementary congestion state and the PTP transmission mode is shown in the statistical
result of the number of users in the cell, the final transmission mode is PTM mode if only a PTM mode is shown in the statistical result of the number of
subscribers in an MBMS neighboring cell.
Impact on the Network Performance
The more the intra-frequency neighboring cells are configured as MBMS neighboring cells, the easier the transmission mode of this cell is determined as
PTM, and the higher the ratio of PTM transmission mode in the whole network is. In terms of performance of the whole network, if the number of
subscribers reaches a certain scale, the higher the ratio of PTM transmission mode, the better. Because the higher the ratio, the greater the MBMS
consolidatory gain obtained by subscribers, the less the conversion between PTP and PTM modes, and the lower the service influence. But, if there are a few
subscribers in the whole network, the high ratio of PTM transmission mode will waste resources and affect other service capacities.
Related Commands
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to set, LST INTRAFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify MbmsNCellInd.
Parent topic: FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Algorithm Switches
This describes the RNC algorithm Switches. In the RNC, algorithm switches are categorized into connection-oriented algorithm switches and cell-oriented
algorithm switches.

Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC


This describes the connection-oriented algorithm switches in the RNC. In the RNC, the connection-oriented algorithm switches are effective only
within the duration of a cell, that is, the modification of an algorithm switch is not effective for the UEs that are already in connection mode before the
modification but effective for the UEs that are connected later. The enabling and disabling of the connection-oriented algorithm switches are effective
for the entire RNC, but cannot be controlled for single cells.
Cell Algorithm Switches
This describes the cell algorithm switches, which are valid for single cells. Different cells can have different algorithm configurations. The algorithm
switches become effective as soon as they are configured.
Other Algorithm Switches
This describes some other algorithm switches, such as the Iub CAC algorithm switch, Iub bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction algorithm
switch, and intra-frequency measurement control information indication.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC


This describes the connection-oriented algorithm switches in the RNC. In the RNC, the connection-oriented algorithm switches are effective only within the
duration of a cell, that is, the modification of an algorithm switch is not effective for the UEs that are already in connection mode before the modification
but effective for the UEs that are connected later. The enabling and disabling of the connection-oriented algorithm switches are effective for the entire RNC,
but cannot be controlled for single cells.
On the RNC LMT, set each connection-oriented algorithm switch through SET CORRMALGOSWITCH and query the status of each algorithm switch
through LST CORRMALGOSWITCH.

Channel Class Algorithm Switches


This describes the channel algorithm switches.
Handover Algorithm Switch
This describes the handover algorithm switches.
Power Control Algorithm Switches
This describes the power control switches.
HSPA Algorithm Switch
This describes the HSPA algorithm switches.
DRD Algorithm Switches
This describes the DRD algorithm switches.
SRNS Relocation Algorithm Switch
This describes the SRNS relocation algorithm switches.
Compressed Mode Algorithm Switch
This describes the compressed mode algorithm switches.

Parent topic: Algorithm Switches


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Channel Class Algorithm Switches

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 172 of 205

This describes the channel algorithm switches.


ID
ChSwitch
Meaning
CAUTION:
The DCCC algorithm is a basic function. If the DCCC algorithm is disabled, channels cannot implement the following D2D adjustments that are caused by
other algorithms:

D2D rate adjustment of the BE service triggered on the basis of traffic


1A rate decreasing, that is, the rate decreasing before soft handovers
Rate decreasing due to the IUB bandwidth limit
Rate decreasing due to the TCP limit, that is, the rate decreasing for the link stability
BE service bandwidth adjustment that is triggered by the primary congestion

Table 1 shows channel algorithm switches.


Table 1 List of channel algorithm switches
Serial Algorithm Switch
No.

Switch Name

Default
Description
Configuration

AMR_TWO_CODCH_SWITCH

Switch of
configuring
two DCHs for
AMR

OFF

AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH

Switch of
OFF
configuring
the SID frame
for AMR

When the switch is enabled, the SID frame for


AMR-NB voice call will be configured anyway.
Otherwise, the SID frame will be configured
acorrding to the CN assignment.

AMRC_SWITCH

AMRC
algorithm
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the AMRC (AMR


Control) license is activated, the AMR control
function is applied to the AMR service.

AQM_SWITCH

AQM
algorithm
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the AQM algorithm is


applied to the RNC.

BE_RATE_DOWN_BF_HO_SWITCH

Algorithm
OFF
switch for rate
decreasing
before
handovers

When the switch is enabled, the bandwidth of the


BE services is decreased before handover happens.
It is recommended to enable DCCC_SWITCH
when using this function.

DCCC_SWITCH

DCCC
algorithm
switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the dynamic channel


reconfiguration control algorithm is applied to the
RNC.

DL_INNER_LOOP_POWER_CTRL_SWITCH

Downlink
inner loop
power control
activation
switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the inner loop


downlink power control status is set to Active.
When the switch is disabled, the inner loop
downlink power control status is set to Inactive.

DOWNLINK_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH

Downlink
ON
blind detection
switch

When the switch is enabled, the downlink blind


transport format detection function is used for
single SRB and AMR + SRB bearers.

When the switch is enabled, two CoDCHs are


allocated for the AMR voice call with the bit rate of
7.95 kbit/s or less. When the switch is disabled,
three CoDCHs are allocated for the AMR voice
call.

NOTE:
The UE is only required to support the blind
transport format that is the prescribed in section
4.3.1 of the 3GPP 25.212 protocol.
9

FRC_FP_MODE_SWITCH

FP mode
switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the FP mode on the Iub


interface is set to normal mode. When the switch is
disabled, the FP mode on the Iub interface is set to
silent mode.

10

FRC_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH

PDCP IP
header
compression
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the PDCP IP


header compression license is activated, the PDCP
IP header compression algorithm will be applied to
the RNC.

11

FRC_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH

PDCP RO
header
compression
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the PDCP RO


header compression license is activated, the PDCP
RO header compression algorithm will be applied
to the RNC.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 173 of 205

12

HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CONFIG_SWITCH Default
configuration
switch for
inter-RAT
handover to
UTRAN

ON

When the switch is enabled, the default


configurations of signaling and RABs which are
defined in 3GPP 25.331 are used when the UE
performs handovers from the GSM system to the
WCDMA system. When the switch is disabled,
those default configurations are not applied, but the
RB, TrCH and PhyCH included in the
HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND message
are used instead.

13

IGNORE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH

Algorithm
switch of
ignoring the
RLC
capability of
UE

ON

When the switch is enabled, the RAB Assignment


request and the subsequent RB Setup should be
continued if the RLC AM capability of UE cannot
meet the minimum RLC buffer requirement
defined by the RLC TX/RX WINDOW LIMITs of
the RAB to be setup. When the switch is disabled,
the RAB setup request should be rejected.

14

IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH

IMS processed OFF


as a normal
PS RAB
switch

When the switch is enablede, the IMS signalling


RAB CN assigned will be processed as a normal PS
RAB. Otherwise no special action will be taken.

15

IMS_SUPPORT_ACTIVATION

IMS support
activation
switch

ON

When the switch is enabled and the IMS license is


activated, the RNC supports IMS.

16

IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH

Iu QoS
negotiation
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the Iu QoS negotiation


function is applied to the PS domain if alternative
RAB parameters are present in the RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message.

17

IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH

Iu QoS renegotiation
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the IU QOS


RENEQ license is activated, the RNC supports the
maximum rate re-negotiation if the QoS of realtime traffic can not be guaranteed according to cell
conditions.

18

IUB_OVERBOOKING_SWITCH

Iub
overbooking
switch

OFF

When the wireless environment is poor, some TFs


are banned for high speed RAB to limit the speed
and then reduce the transmission power. When the
switch is enabled, the IUB overbooking function is
applied to the SRNC.
The data services are unstable to a certain degree,
for example, some traffic is caused by downloading
a webpage while no traffic is caused when users are
reading the webpage, so the actual service rate is
much different from the channel rate and there is a
big peak-to-average ratio.
If data services and voice services use the same path
for transmission, a full-rate bandwidth must be
reserved for the data services so that the voice
services are not affected when the data services are
implemented in peak rate. The Iub interface has
insufficient transmission resources and each data
service needs much bandwidth, so a rather limited
amount of data can be connected at the same time,
and thus it is difficult to carry out a mass of data
services.
More data services can be implemented if data
services use an independent path for transmission,
differentiated transmission methods are used, and
smaller activated factors are configured. In this
way, only data services are affected even when
congestion is caused by simulatneous data
transmission of multiple data connections.

19

IUUP_V2_SPT_SWITCH

IUUp V2 SPT
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the Support IUUP


Version 2 license is enabled, the RNC supports the
TFO/TRFO function.

20

LOSSLESS_RELOCIN_SWITCH

Lossless
relocation
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the UE supports


lossless relocation, PDCP is configured to
supporting the lossless relocation if the RNC meets
conditions such as the RLC mode, desertion mode,
and in-sequence submission.

21

LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWITCH

Lossless
OFF
downlink RLC
PDU size

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

When the switch is enabled, the size of downlink


RLC PDU can change lossless.

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 174 of 205

change
algorithm
switch
21

MULTI_RAB_SWITCH

Switch of
single domain
supporting
multiple
services

ON

When the switch is enabled, multi-RABs


combination of 2CS, 2CS+1PS, 1CS+2PS and 2PS
are supported in the RNC.

22

PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH

IPv6 packet
header
compression
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the PDCP header


compression license is activated, the PDCP header
compression algorithm for IPv6 will be applied to
the RNC.

23

PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH

UE state
transition
switch for PS
BE service

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the UE RRC state


transitions
(CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/URA_PCH) for
services are applied to the RNC.

24

PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH

UE State
Transition
switch for PS
Non-BE
service

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the UE RRC state


transitions to CELL_FACH for real-time services
are applied to the RNC.

25

RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH

RAB
downsizing
switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the RAB downsizing


function is activated to determine the initial bit rate
according to cell resources.

26

RSC_FEEDBK_AFTER_SETUPRAB_FAIL_SWITCH

RSC feedback OFF


after setup
RAB failure
switch

When the switch is enabled, the cell left SF is


brought back if the RAB setup fails because of the
lack of CELL SF and then the RAB setup tries
again with a lower speed to fit the feedback SF.

27

SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITCH

SysHoIn
complete
configure
IUUP version
back switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, IUUP Version can


back to R99 when SysHoIn use complete configure.

28

THROU_DCCC_SWITCH

DCCC switch
based on
throughput

OFF

When the switch is enabled, DCCC is applied to


DCH based on throughput statistic.

Parent topic: Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Handover Algorithm Switch


This describes the handover algorithm switches.
ID
HoSwitch
Meaning
Table 1 List of handover algorithm switches
Serial Algorithm Switch
No.

Switch Name

Default
Configuration

1J_MEAS_SWTICH

1J measurement OFF
control switch

When the switch is enabled and the UE version is


R6, 1J event will be carried with intra-frequency
measurement control.

6F6G_SWITCH

6F6G
measurement
control switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the RNC starts the


6F6G measurement if the UE is in a macrodiversity, that is, the UE triggers the radio link
synchronization parameters measurement if the
UE has more than two links in the active set. If the
timing difference between radio links exceeds a
certain threshold, the UE reports the 6F event and
triggers a timer. If the timing difference between
the radio links is below the threshold, the UE
reports the 6G event, or the UE will release one or
more radio links when the timer expires.

ACT_SET_QUAL_SWITCH

Active set
quality
measurement
switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the active set quality


measurement is allowed. After the RB setup is
complete (or after the RRC setup is complete if
SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH is ON), the RNC initiates
signal quality measurement to all the cells in the

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

Description

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 175 of 205

active set. If the integrated signal quality of all the


cells in the active set is below a certain threshold,
the UE reports the 2D event. Then according to
the status of the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
handover switch and UE capability, the RNC will
initiate the compressed mode and send interfrequency measurement control or inter-RAT
measurement control to trigger inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers based on the coverage.
4

DETSET_ADD_TO_ACTSET_SWITCH

Detected set add OFF (ON


When the switch is enabled, the cells in detected
to active set
recommended) set can be added to the active set when the RNC
switch
receives the valid event reports from the cells. The
cells in the detected set allowed to be added to the
active set must be the neighboring intra-frequency
cells of a cell in the active set.

DETSET_ RPRT_SWITCH

Detected set
report switch

OFF (ON
When the switch is enabled, the detected cell is
recommended) allowed to send the intra-frequency measurement
report to the RNC.

HCS_SPD_EST_SWITCH

HCS speed
estimation
switch

OFF

INTRA_FREQUENCY_HARD_HANDOVER_SWITCH

Intra-frequency ON
hard handover
switch

When the switch is enabled, the RNC evaluates


the UE's moving speed when it is in an HCS cell,
and initiates inter-layer handover by fast-mobility
decision or by fast-mobility decision according to
the UE's speed.
When the switch is enabled, the intra-frequency
hard handover is allowed under the following
conditions:

The BE service is set up on the DCH and the


bit rate of BE service or combined services
exceeds the threshold for soft handover
downlink bit rate.
The UE reports the 1D event when the soft
handover switch is off.
The UE performs inter-RNC handovers
when there is no Iur interface between the
RNCs.

INTER_FREQ_HHO_SWITCH

Inter-frequency OFF
hard handover
switch

When the switch is enabled, the inter-frequency


measurement is allowed or the inter-frequency
hard handover based on cell load is allowed.

INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH

Inter-RAT
handover out
switch for CS
service

ON

When the switch is enabled, the RNC is allowed to


initiate inter-RAT measurement to trigger interRAT handovers of the CS domain from the
UTRAN.

10

INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH

Inter-RAT
handover out
switch for PS
service

ON

When the switch is enabled, the RNC is allowed to


initiate inter-RAT measurement to trigger interRAT handovers of the PS domain from the
UTRAN.

11

IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_FIELD_SUPP_SWITCH

Inter-Iur softOFF
handover
macro-diversity
support switch

When the switch is enabled, the Iur diversity


support switch is configured according to the
diversity switch of this RNC. When the switch is
disabled, the Iur diversity support switch is set to
MUST (for BE service) or MAY (for other
services) according to the service type.

12

NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH

Neighboring cell OFF


combining
switch

When the switch is enabled, the measurement


object is chosen from neighboring cells of all the
cells in the active set and limited by 32. When the
switch is disabled, the measurement object is
chosen from neighboring cells and the best cell
and limited by 32.

13

PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH

PS 3G->2G cell
change NACC
switch

When the switch is enabled, the Network Assisted


Cell Change (NACC) function is supported in the
3G -> 2G inter-RAT handover support process for
the PS domain. When
PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON, the
PS 3G->2G cell change NACC switch is not
invalid.

OFF

NACC: Network Assisted Cell Change. The


NACC is used to access the 2G cell according to
the SI/PSI of the target cell to reduce the delay of
inter-cell handovers.
14

PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH

PS 3G->2G
reallocation
switch

OFF

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

When the switch is enabled, inter-RAT


handovers of the PS domain from UTRAN
use the relocation method.

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

15

SERVICE_HO_BASED_ON_RNC_SWITCH

Page 176 of 205

Service
OFF
handover based
on the RNC
settings

When the switch is disabled, inter-RAT


handovers of the PS domain from UTRAN
use the cell change order method.

When the switch is enabled, the service


attribute of inter-RAT handovers is
configured according to the RNC
parameters.
When the switch is disabled, the service
attribute of inter-RAT handovers is
configured based on the CN if the CN has
the service handover attribute, and is
configured based on the RNC if the CN has
not the service handover attribute.

16

SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH

Signaling
OFF
handover switch

When the switch is enabled, the RNC initiates the


quality measurement of active set after the RRC
setup is complete (before RB setup). In this way,
the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handover when the RRC setup is complete. Thus
the UE can be handed over to an inter-frequency
or inter-RAT neighboring cell more quickly when
the UE is located at the edge of the cell or the
signal quality of the radio link is bad.
SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH is not used to trigger
inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers only
when the UE has signal connection. It is used to
start the active set quality measurement process
once the RRC connection is set up and the RB is
not setup. If the active set quality measurement
result has been sent, SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH
affects nothing.

17

SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_HO_SWITCH

Signaling intra- OFF


frequency
handover
control over Iur

When the switch is enabled, the intra-frequency


handover over IUR is allowed if the UE has only
signal connection.

18

SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH

SNA restriction
switch

When the switch is enabled, the RNC controls the


UEs that are active in the CN configuration. Those
UEs are allowed to access and move only in the
cells with permission.

OFF

The SNA restriction needs to be supported by the


CN.
19

SOFT_HANDOVER_SWITCH

Soft handover
switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the soft or softer


handover is allowed in the cells of the RNC. When
receiving an event 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D report, the
RNC starts to add, remove or replace soft
handover cells.

20

HO_BEYOND_UE_CAP_ADD_TO_MC_SWITCH

Neighbor cell
beyond UE
capability
measurement
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, then the neighboring


cells whose frequency band is not included in the
UE's measurement capability will also be sent in
the inter-frequency measurement list.

21

LDR_HO_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH

Soft handover
OFF
state trigger
LDR interfrequency
handover switch

When the switch is enabled, the LDR interfrequency handover is allowed in the soft
handover state.

22

MBMS_FLC_SWITCH

MBMS
frequency layer
convergence
swtich

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the MBMS frequency


layer convergence adopts redirection strategy.

23

OVERLAY_SWITCH

Overlay
network switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the special functions


for overlay network are valid. Otherwise, they are
forbidden.

24

SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ACTSET_UPDATE_SWITCH Service cell


change and
active set
update in one
step switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, active set update


procedure and service cell change procedure can
be finished in one step. The switch is only fit for
the UE with version R6.

25

SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_CHL_SWITCH

OFF

When the switch is enabled, channel


reconfiguration procedure and service cell change
procedure can be finished in one step.

Service cell
change and
channel
reconfiguration
in one step

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 177 of 205

switch
Parent topic: Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Power Control Algorithm Switches


This describes the power control switches.
ID
PcSwitch
Switch Meaning
Table 1 List of power control switches
Serial Algorithm Switch
No.

Switch Name

Default
Description
Configuration

AMR_MODE_INDUCE_BLER_TARGET_ALTER_SWITCH Altering switch of


target BLER value
induced by AMR
mode

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the BLER


target value comes from the BLER target
value of the AMR modes specified in the
AMRC parameter table. When the switch
is disabled, the BLER target value comes
from the BLER target value specified in
TYPRAB.

DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH

Downlink power
balance switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the DPB


(Downlink Power Balance) algorithm is
applied to the RNC. Downlink power
drift among different RLs may be caused
by TPC bit error in the soft handover
process. The downlink power balance can
solve the power unbalance between RLs
to reach the otpimal gain of soft
handovers.

FP_MUTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH

Multi RLS indicator


switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the RNC will


inform NodeB about the change of RLS's
number with FP inner band signaling.

INNER_LOOP_DL_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH

Limited power
increase in the inner
loop power control
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the limited


power increase algorithm is applied in the
inner loop power control.

OLPC_SWITCH

Outer loop power


control switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the RNC


updates the uplink SIR TARGET of RLS
on the NodeB side by IUB DCH FP
signals.

OLPC_UL_SIR_ERR_REL_SWITCH

UE released linked to
UL SIR error switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the UE is


released if the SIRERR is high and the
cell is overloaded.

RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH

SIRTarget switch for


RL reconfiguration

ON

When the switch is disabled, the current


converged outer loop SIR Target should
be taken into consideration in the new
initial SIR Target during the RL
reconfiguration, and the UL SIR Target
is not included in the RL reconfiguration
message to the NodeB. The switch is valid
only when OLPC_SWITCH is on.

SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH

Switch of the
OFF
signaling transmission
participating in the
outer loop power
control for multiple
DCHs

This switch is used to determine whether


SIG DCH joins the uplink OLPC (outside
loop power control) procedure if there
are multiple DCHs. When the switch is
enabled, SIG DCH joins OLPC
procedure. But when there is SIG DCH,
SIG DCH joins OLPC procedure no
matter whether this switch is enabled or
not.

Parent topic: Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSPA Algorithm Switch


This describes the HSPA algorithm switches.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 178 of 205

ID
HspaSwitch
Switch Meaning
Table 1 List of HSPA algorithm switches
Serial Algorithm Switch
No.

Switch Name Default


Description
Configuration

HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH

HSDPA
service state
transition
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the UE RRC state transitions to


CELL_FACH for the HSDPA services are applied to the
RNC. $ When the RAB on the HS-DSCH is the BE service,
the PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH needs to be enabled
simultaneously. $ When the RAB on the HS-DSCH is the PS
real-time service, the
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH needs to be enabled
simultaneously.

PS_STREAMING_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH

Streaming
service on
HSDPA
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the PS streaming service can be


mapped to the HS-DSCH if the maximum downlink bit rate is
higher than or equal to the threshold for the PS streaming
service to be set up on the HSDPA.

HSDPA_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH

HSDPA flow
control
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the HSDPA (AM mode) flow


control function is applied to the SRNC.

HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH

HSUPA state OFF


transition
switch

When the switch is enabled, UE RRC state transitions to


CELL_FACH for the DCCC algorithm of HSUPA services
are allowed in the RNC.

HSUPA_PO_UPDATE_SWITCH

HSUPA PO
update
switch

OFF

When the HSUPA PO update switch and OLPC algorithm


switch is enabled, the RNC adjusts the E-DCH power offset
periodically.

PS_STREAMING_ON_E_DCH_SWITCH

PS streaming OFF
on E-DCH
switch

When the switch is enabled, the PS streaming traffic can be


mapped to the E-DCH if the maximum uplink bit rate is
higher than or equal to the threshold for the PS streaming
service to be set up on HSUPA.

H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_ADD_SWITCH H2D before


an NRNC
cell whose
version is
earlier than
R5 is added

OFF

When the switch is enabled, channel switch of HS-DSCH to


DCH is needed before an NRNC whose version is earlier than
R5 is added to the active set.

HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH

2 ms TTI
switch for
HSUPA
service

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the 2ms TTI could be applied to


HSUPA traffic.

HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH

DCCC
switch for
HSUPA
service

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the dynamic channel


reconfiguration control algorithm is applied to the HSUPA
service.

Parent topic: Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

DRD Algorithm Switches


This describes the DRD algorithm switches.
ID
DrdSwitch
Meaning
Table 1 DRD algorithm switches
Serial
No.

Algorithm Switch

Switch Name

Default
Configuration

Description

COMB_SERV_DRD_SWITCH

Integrated service
DRD switch

OFF

When this switch is enabled, DRD can be performed only if the


integrated service needs retry.

DRD_SWITCH

DRD switch

OFF

This is the general DRD algorithm switch. Other DRD sub-switches


can be enabled only when this switch is enabled.

HSDPA_DRD_SWITCH

HSDPA DRD switch OFF

When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be performed only if the
HSDPA service needs retry.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 179 of 205

RAB_DCCC_DRD_SWITCH

DCCC DRD switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be done only if the RAB
DCCC process needs retry.

RAB_MODIFY_DRD_SWITCH

RAB modify DRD


switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be performed only if the
RAB modify process needs retry.

HSUPA_DRD_SWITCH

HSUPA DRD switch OFF

When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be done only if the
HSUPA service needs retry.

RAB_SETUP_DRD_SWITCH

RAB setup DRD


switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be done only if the RAB
setup process needs retry.

INTRA_HO_D2H_DRD_SWITCH Intra-frequency
ON
handover D2H DRD
switch

When the UE needs D2H retry for handover-triggering after the


intra-frequency handover process is completed, the blind-Ho DRD
cell can be selected for D2H retry only if the switch is on.

INTER_HO_D2H_DRD_SWITCH Inter-frequency
ON
handover D2H DRD
switch

When the UE needs D2H retry for handover-triggering after the


inter-frequency handover process is completed, the blind-Ho DRD
cell can be selected for D2H retry only if the switch is on.

Parent topic: Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SRNS Relocation Algorithm Switch


This describes the SRNS relocation algorithm switches.
ID
SrnsrSwitch
Meaning
Table 1 List of SRNS relocation algorithm switches
Serial
No.

Algorithm Switch

Switch Name

Default
Configuration

Description

SRNSR_DSCR_IUR_RESRCE_SWITCH

SRNS relocation or
DSCR switch for Iur
resource optimization

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the RNC initiates SRNS


relocation or DSCR of certain UEs under the following
conditions to optimize resources over the Iur interface:

The UE only has connections with cells in the


DRNC.
The Iur transmission resources are congested.
The service of UE is the same as the service that is
carried by the congestion link.

The RNC selects the relocation or the DSCR process


according to the setting of DSCRInd in ADD NRNC.
2

SRNSR_DSCR_LOC_SEPRAT_SWITCH

SRNS relocation or
DSCR switch for
separated location

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the RNC triggers RNS


relocation or DSCR when the SRNC and CRNC are
separated and all the intra-frequency neighboring cells
and the best cell are not under the SRNC.
The RNC selects the relocation or the DSCR process
according to the setting of DSCRInd in ADD NRNC.

SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH SRNS relocation or


OFF
DSCR switch for delay
optimization

When the switch is enabled, the RNC initiates SRNS


relocation under the following conditions to reduce link
delay at the network side to enhance service quality:

The SRNC and CRNC are separated.


The link delay does not meet the Qos requirement
for the current service.

The RNC selects the relocation or the DSCR process


according to the setting of DSCRInd in ADD NRNC.
4

SRNSR_DSCR_SEPRAT_DUR_SWITCH

SRNS relocation or
DSCR switch for
separated duration

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the RNC triggers RNS


relocation or DSCR when the separated time between the
SRNC and the CRNC exceeds a certain threshold.
The RNC selects the relocation or the DSCR process
according to the setting of DSCRInd in ADD NRNC.

Parent topic: Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Compressed Mode Algorithm Switch

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 180 of 205

This describes the compressed mode algorithm switches.


ID
CmcfSwitch
Meaning
Table 1 List of compressed mode algorithm switches
Serial Algorithm Switch
No.

Switch Name

Default
Configuration

Description

CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH

Compressed mode
DL higher-layer
scheduling switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the DL higher-layer


scheduling for compressed mode is allowed.

CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH

Compressed mode
UL higher-layer
scheduling switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the UL higher-layer


scheduling for compressed mode is allowed.

CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH

Compressed mode
UL preconfigured
state tolerance
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the disaccord between


compressed mode method and current traffic is
allowed.

CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH Compressed mode


without UE
capability report
switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the RNC needs to start


the compressed mode and deliver the measurement,
if the UE does not report the compressed mode
capability of the corresponding frequency band after
the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement is
started.

Parent topic: Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Algorithm Switches


This describes the cell algorithm switches, which are valid for single cells. Different cells can have different algorithm configurations. The algorithm
switches become effective as soon as they are configured.
On the RNC LMT, cell-oriented algorithm switches are added uniformly through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH, the state of each algorithm switch is queried
through LST CELLALGOSWITCH, and the algorithm switches are modified through MOD CELLALGOSWITCH.

Cell Class Algorithm Switches


This describes the cell algorithm switches.
Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
This describes the switch that is used to control the UL CAC algorithm.
Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
This describes the switch that is used to control the DL CAC algorithm.

Parent topic: Algorithm Switches


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Class Algorithm Switches


This describes the cell algorithm switches.
Table 1 List of cell algorithm switches
Algorithm Switch

Switch Name

Default Configuration

Description

Cell CAC algorithm switch: NBMCACALGOSWITCH


CRD_ADCTRL

NodeB credit
admission
control
algorithm

ON

The switch is used to determine whether the


preliminary admission needs to be performed for the
credit of the intelligent-admission NodeB and whether
the credit admission control algorithm is started for
the cell. The NodeB credit admission control
algorithm is valid only when
NODEB_CONG_CAC_SWITCH in the SET
CACALGOSWITCH command is enabled and
CRD_ADCTRL is enabled.

IUBBAND_ADCTRL

Iub bandwidth
admission
control

OFF

Only when IUB_CONG_CAC_SWITCH in the


command SET CACALGOSWITCH is enabled and
this switch is also enabled, the Iub bandwidth
admission control algorithm is valid.

HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL

HSDPA UU
OFF
Load admission

The switch is used to determine whether the HSDPA


UU Load admission control algorithm is started.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 181 of 205

control
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS

HSDPA GBP
measurement

OFF

The switch is used to determine whether the HSDPA


HS-DSCH required power measurement is started.

HSDPA_PBR_MEAS

HSDPA PBR
measurement

OFF

The switch is used to determine whether the HSDPA


HS-DSCH provided bit rate measurement is started.

HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL

HSUPA UU
OFF
Load admission
control

The switch is used to determine whether the HSUPA


UU Load admission control algorithm is started.

MBMS_UU_ADCTRL

MBMS UU
OFF
Load admission
control

The switch is used to determine whether the MBMS


UU Load admission control algorithm is started.

HSUPA_PBR_MEAS

HSUPA PBR
measurement

OFF

The switch is used to determine whether the HSUPA


guaranteed bit rate measurement is started.

DOFFC

Default DPCH
offset
configuration
algorithm

ON

When the switch is enabled, the DOFF is configured


with intervals according to the load. When the switch
is disabled, the DOFF is configured randomly.

Cell LDC algorithm switch: NBMLDCALGOSWITCH


INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB

Intra-frequency OFF
load balance
algorithm

It is also named cell breathing algorithm. Based on


the cell load, this algorithm changes the pilot power of
the cell to control the load between intra-frequency
cells.

PUC

Potential user
control
algorithm

OFF

Based on the cell load, this algorithm changes the


selection/reselection parameters of a cell to lead the
UE to a lighter loaded cell.

UL_UU_OLC

Uplink
overload
control
algorithm

OFF

When the cell is overloaded in UL, this algorithm


reduces the cell load in UL by quick TF restriction or
UE release.

DL_UU_OLC

Downlink
overload
control
algorithm

OFF

When the cell is overloaded in DL, this algorithm


reduces the cell load in DL by quick TF restriction or
UE release.

UL_UU_LDR

Uplink load
rearrangement
algorithm

OFF

When the cell is heavily loaded in UL, this algorithm


reduces the cell load in UL by using inter-frequency
load handover, BE service rate reduction,
uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation,
CS inter-RAT handover, and PS inter-RAT handover.

DL_UU_LDR

Downlink load
rearrangement
algorithm

OFF

When the cell is heavily loaded in DL, this algorithm


reduces the cell load in DL by using inter-frequency
load handover, BE service rate reduction,
uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation,
CS inter-RAT handover, and PS inter-RAT handover.

OLC_EVENTMEAS

OLC event
measurement

OFF

The switch determines whether the load control is


triggered based on the event measurement alone or
based on the period measurement report.

CELL_CODE_LDR

Code
reshuffling
algorithm

OFF

When the cell is heavily loaded in DL, this algorithm


reduces the cell load in DL by using BE service rate
reduction and code tree reshuffling.

CELL_CREDIT_LDR

Credit
reshuffling
algorithm

OFF

When the cell credit is heavily loaded, this algorithm


reduces the credit load of the cell by using BE service
rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS
renegotiation, CS inter-RAT handover, and PS interRAT handover.

MAC-HS reset algorithm switch


NBMMACHSRESETALGOSELSWITCH MAC-HS reset
algorithm
switch

ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG Value range:

ALGORITHM_REQUIRED: Always reset the


MAC-HS no matter the target cell and source
cell are in the same NodeB or not.
ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG: Reset the
MAC-HS only when the target cell and source
cell are in different local cell groups.

Recommended value:
ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG
Parent topic: Cell Algorithm Switches
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 182 of 205

Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch


This describes the switch that is used to control the UL CAC algorithm.
ID
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch
Value Range
ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD
Physical Scope
ALGORITHM_OFF: switches off the uplink admission control algorithm
ALGORITHM_FIRST: uses the load prediction algorithm for the uplink admission
ALGORITHM_SECOND: uses the total service normalized factor algorithm for the uplink admission
ALGORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission control algorithm is used in the uplink CAC.
Setting
The default setting is ALGORITHM_SECOND.
When the change range of the uplink background noise is wide or the RTWP reported by the NodeB is invalid, it is necessary to use the total service
normalized factor algorithm.
Parent topic: Cell Algorithm Switches
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch


This describes the switch that is used to control the DL CAC algorithm.
ID
NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch
Value Range
ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD
Physical Scope
ALGORITHM_OFF: switches off the downlink admission control algorithm
ALGORITHM_FIRST: uses the load prediction algorithm for the downlink admission
ALGORITHM_SECOND: uses the total service normalized factor algorithm for the downlink admission
ALGORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission control algorithm is used in the downlink CAC.
Setting
The default setting is ALGORITHM_FIRST.
If TCP measurement is invalid, the total service normalized factor algorithm is adopted.
Parent topic: Cell Algorithm Switches
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Other Algorithm Switches


This describes some other algorithm switches, such as the Iub CAC algorithm switch, Iub bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction algorithm switch,
and intra-frequency measurement control information indication.

NodeB credit admission Algorithm Switch


This describes the switch that is used to control the NodeB credit admission control algorithm.
Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch
This describes the Iub bandwidth congestion control algorithm switch.
Intra-Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication
This describes the indication that defines whether the intra-frequency measurement control information should be delivered through the system
messages.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 183 of 205

Inter-Frequency or Inter-RAT Measurement Indication


This describes the indication that indicates whether inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is to be delivered in the system
messages.
FACH Measurement Indication
This describes the indicator that indicates whether the FACH measurement occasion period length coefficient is to be delivered in the system message.
If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is delivered in the system message, some UE needs to be configured with the
measurement occasion parameters to perform the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement when they are in the CELL-FACH state. If the interfrequency or inter-RAT measurement control information indicator is set to NOT_REQUIRE, the FACH measurement indicator needs not to be
configured.

Parent topic: Algorithm Switches


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

NodeB credit admission Algorithm Switch


This describes the switch that is used to control the NodeB credit admission control algorithm.
Parameter ID
CacSwitch
Value Range
Table 1 NodeB credit admission algorithm switch
Algorithm Switch

Switch Name

NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH NodeB credit


CAC switch

Description

Related Command

The system performs the CAC based on the usage state of the NodeB
credit. When the idle NodeB's credit is not enough, the system refuses
new access requests.

Set: SET
CACALGOSWITCH
Query: LST
CACALGOSWITCH

Parent topic: Other Algorithm Switches


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch


This describes the Iub bandwidth congestion control algorithm switch.
ID
IubCongCtrlSwitch
Value Range
Enum (ON, OFF)
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is OFF.
When this switch is enabled, the Iub bandwidth restriction algorithm works, so that when the occupied bandwidth of Iub interface exceeds the Iub
congestion trigger threshold, the algorithm uses LDR to periodically reduce some BE service rates or AMR service rates until the occupied bandwidth is
lower than the Iub congestion release threshold.
Impact on the Network Performance
If there is insufficient transmission resource of the Iub interface and the carrier wants to have more users be admitted even at the risk of reducing the QoS,
this switch shall be ON. When the transmission resources are abundant, this switch shall preferably be OFF.
Related Commands
Use ADD NODEBALGOPARA to set, LST NODEBALGOPARA to query, and MOD NODEBALGOPARA to modify IubCongCtrlSwitch.
Parent topic: Other Algorithm Switches
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Intra-Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication


This describes the indication that defines whether the intra-frequency measurement control information should be delivered through the system messages.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 184 of 205

ID
IntraFreqMeasInd
Value Range
Enum (REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE)
Physical Scope
REQUIRE: The intra-frequency measurement control information is delivered in SIB11.
NOT_REQUIRE: The intra-frequency measurement control information is not delivered in SIB11.
Setting
The default setting is REQUIRE.
When intra-frequency measurement control information (the pre-configuration of the measurement control) is delivered in the system, so that the UE can
starts the intra-frequency measurement and sends the measurement report immediately after it enters CELL_DCH state, and the soft handover can be
more quickly finished by the UE to avoid call drops when the UE is in the soft handover area.
Impact on the Network Performance
The preconfiguration of measurement control can enable the UE in the soft handover area to implement soft handovers more quickly to decrease the call
drop rate. With the preconfiguration function, the UEs in the single signaling state perform soft handovers in a higher probability. If the CN delivers the
RAB assignment before a soft handover is complete, the delay of UE service setup may increase.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMEAS to set, LST CELLMEAS to query, and MOD CELLMEAS to modify IntraFreqMeasInd.
Parent topic: Other Algorithm Switches
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Inter-Frequency or Inter-RAT Measurement Indication


This describes the indication that indicates whether inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is to be delivered in the system
messages.
ID
InterFreqInterRatMeasInd
Value Range
Enum (NOT_REQUIRE, INTER_FREQ, INTER_RAT, INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT)
Physical Scope
NOT_REQUIRE: The inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is not required.
INTER_FREQ: The inter-frequency measurement control information is required.
INTER_RAT: The inter-RAT measurement control information is required.
INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT: The inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement control information is required.
Setting
The default setting is INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT, that is, the inter-frequency FDD measurement indicator and Inter-RAT measurement indicator
are set to TRUE in the system message. This switch is oriented to cells.
When a UE in the CELL_FACH state receives the FACH measurement occasion info message and in the message the inter-frequency FDD measurement
indicator is set to TRUE, the UE performs inter-frequency measurement and cell reselection assessment according to the inter-frequency neighboring cell
list in the SIB11 or SIB12. If in the preceding condition, the inter-RAT measurement indicator is set to TRUE, the UE performs inter-frequency
measurement and cell reselection assessment according to the inter-RAT neighboring cell list in the SIB11 or SIB12. If the inter-frequency FDD
measurement indicator and Inter-RAT measurement indicator are set to FALSE in the system message, the UE does not start corresponding measurement
and cell reselection.
NOTE:
If the inter-frequency FDD measurement indicator and Inter-RAT measurement indicator are set to TRUE but no inter-frequency or inter-RAT
neighboring cell is configured, the UE does not perform the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement and cell reselection.
Related Commands

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 185 of 205

Use ADD CELLMEAS to set, LST CELLMEAS to query, and MOD CELLMEAS to modify InterFreqInterRatMeasInd.
Parent topic: Other Algorithm Switches
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

FACH Measurement Indication


This describes the indicator that indicates whether the FACH measurement occasion period length coefficient is to be delivered in the system message. If the
inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is delivered in the system message, some UE needs to be configured with the measurement
occasion parameters to perform the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement when they are in the CELL-FACH state. If the inter-frequency or interRAT measurement control information indicator is set to NOT_REQUIRE, the FACH measurement indicator needs not to be configured.
ID
FACHMeasInd
Value Range
Enum (REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE)
Physical Scope
REQUIRE: The inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement occasion parameter is delivered in SBI11.
NOT_REQUIRE: The inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement occasion parameter is not delivered in SIB11.
Setting
If the inter-freq or inter-RAT measurement control information is delivered in the system message (SIB11 or SIB12), UEs in the CELL_FACH state can
perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT cell measurement and reselection only when the CN delivers the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement occasion
parameter in SIB11 or SIB12.
Impact on the Network Performance
When there is no inter-frequency or inter-RAT cell, the FACH measurement indicator needs not to be configured. To have the UE perform inter-frequency
or inter-RAT cell reselection, the FACH measurement indicator needs to be configured.
Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMEAS to set, LST CELLMEAS to query, and MOD CELLMEAS to modify FACHMeasInd.
Parent topic: Other Algorithm Switches
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT


This describes the parameters that can be configured on the NodeB LMT: the HSDPA flow control parameters, HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm
parameters, HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and local cell management parameters.

HSDPA Flow Control Parameters


This describes the HSDPA flow control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
This describes the HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
This describes the HSDPA SPI algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
This describes the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners on the NodeB LMT.
HSUPA Power Control Parameters
This describes the HSUPA power control parameters: the power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel, fixed power control mode
algorithm parameters, and dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters.
Local Cell Management Parameters
This describes the local cell management parameters: cell radius and cell handover radius.

Parent topic: RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Flow Control Parameters


This describes the HSDPA flow control parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of HSDPA flow control parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

MML Command

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

SWITCH Flow Control Switch

AUTO_ADJUST_
FLOW_CTRL

DR

Frame discard rate threshold on the


Iub interface

0.1%

TD

Delay trigger threshold

2 (10 ms)

Page 186 of 205

Set: SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A,


BBU3836)
Query: LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836,
BTS3836A, BBU3836)

HSDPA Flow Control Switch


This describes the switch of dynamic adjustment of the HSDPA bandwidth. The switch determines whether the congestion is controlled by the RNC or
NodeB.
Frame Discard Rate Threshold on Iub Interface
This describes the frame discard rate threshold on the Iub interface. The frame discard rate on the Iub interface is the frame discard rate of the
transmission network on the Iub interface, namely the packet loss rate caused by errors when the transmission network is in the idle state. Only if the
frame discard rate measured by the reception end exceeds the threshold, the system judges that the Iub interface has congestion.
Time Delay Threshold on Iub Interface
This describes the time delay of frame transmission when the transport network is less busy. The Iub congestion is triggered when the time delay
measured at the NodeB exceeds the threshold. Otherwise, it is considered as common time delay of the transport network other than congestion.

Parent topic: Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Flow Control Switch


This describes the switch of dynamic adjustment of the HSDPA bandwidth. The switch determines whether the congestion is controlled by the RNC or
NodeB.
ID
SWITCH
Value Range
SIMPLE_FLOW_CTRL, AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRL, NO_FLOW_CTRL
Physical Scope
SIMPLE_FLOW_CTR: Based on the configured Iub bandwidth and the bandwidth occupied by R99 subscribers, the traffic is allocated to HSDPA
subscribers when the physical bandwidth restriction is taken into account.
AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRLNode: Based on the flow control of SIMPLE_FLOW_CTRL, traffic is allocated to HSDPA users when the delay and
packet loss on the Iub interface are taken into account.
NO_FLOW_CTRL: The NodeB does not allocate bandwidth according to the configuration or delay on the Iub interface. The RNC allocates the bandwidth
according to the bandwidth on the Uu interface reported by the NodeB.
Setting
This parameter should be configured according to the scenarios, and is set to AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRL by default.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter helps implement the end-to-end congestion control when HSDPA data is transmitted on the Iub interface. In this way, the Iub bandwidth
utilization rate is promoted and the transmission reliability is enhanced. The switch is enabled by default.
Related Commands
Use SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to
query SWITCH.
Parent topic: HSDPA Flow Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Frame Discard Rate Threshold on Iub Interface


This describes the frame discard rate threshold on the Iub interface. The frame discard rate on the Iub interface is the frame discard rate of the
transmission network on the Iub interface, namely the packet loss rate caused by errors when the transmission network is in the idle state. Only if the frame
discard rate measured by the reception end exceeds the threshold, the system judges that the Iub interface has congestion.
ID
DR
Value Range
0 to 1000

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 187 of 205

Physical Scope
0 to 1, with the step of 0.001
Setting
The default value is 1, namely 0.1% when the Iub interface uses the ATM topology.
When the Iub interface uses IP networking, it is set to the discard target of the IP transmission network.
Impact on the Network Performance

If DR is excessively low, the dynamic adjustment algorithm may judge that there is a congestionthe when frames are discarded due to the network
code errors, thus decreasing the bandwidth utilization rate.
If DR is excessively high, the sensitivity to clear Iub congestion decreases.

Related Commands
Use SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to
query DR.
Parent topic: HSDPA Flow Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Time Delay Threshold on Iub Interface


This describes the time delay of frame transmission when the transport network is less busy. The Iub congestion is triggered when the time delay measured
at the NodeB exceeds the threshold. Otherwise, it is considered as common time delay of the transport network other than congestion.
ID
TD
Value Range
0 to 20
Physical Scope
0 ms to 100 ms, with the step of 5 ms
Setting
The parameter setting consists of two parts: the time delay of Iub transport network + 10 ms

Time delay of the Iub transport network


The time delay of the Iub transport network refers to the transmission delay period while data is transmitted on HS-DSCH and it consists of the delay
of data buffering in each processing unit and the delay of transmission through the network. The time delay of ATM transmission network differs
from that of the IP transmission network. It is recommended to send data frames when the network is less busy, and get the transmission delay
differences among labeled samples at the NodeB receiver. (The NodeB with enhanced performance can get the time delay of data frame transmission.)
But there is no test result at present, and it is arranged for the time being as follows:
For the Iub interface with ATM networking: 0 ms
For Iub interface with IP networking: the time delay target of IP transport network

10 ms:
According to HS-DSCH INTERVAL (10 ms to 80 ms), when a data frame is transmitted in a network not congested, the transmission delay may be up
to 80 ms, but we take the minimum value 10 ms as a benchmark.

Impact on the Network Performance

If TD is excessively low, the system may judges that there is Iub-interface congestion when the regular time delay jitter of the Iub interface happens,
reducing the Iub bandwidth utilization rate.
If TD is excessively high, the sensitivity to clear the congestion decreases, and the Iub transmission delay increases.

Related Commands
Use SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to
query TD.
Parent topic: HSDPA Flow Control Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 188 of 205

HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters


This describes the HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

SM

Scheduling method

EPF

Set:

RSCALLOCM

Resource allocate method, CODE_PRI : code priority (applied to the powerlimited macro cells); POWER_PRI : power priority (applied to the code-limited
micro cells)

SCCHPWRCM

HS-SCCH power control method

CQI

SCCHPWR

When the HS-SCCH power is controlled by fixed configuration, SCCHPWR is the


fixed power value of HS-SCCH; when the HS-SCCH uses the adaptive power
control based on CQI, SCCHPWR is the HS-SCCH initial transmit power. The
value is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH.

28, namely
3dB

SET MACHSPARA
(BTS3836, BTS3836A,
BBU3836)
Query:
LST MACHSPARA
(BTS3836, BTS3836A,
BBU3836)

RSCLMSW

Resource limiting switch

OPEN

DYNCODESW

HSDPA dynamic code switch controlled by the NodeB

OPEN

MXPWRPHUSR Maximum transmit power of per HSDPA user.

100%

8KRSCLMT

10%

Set:

16KRSCLMT

10%

32KRSCLMT

15%

SET RSCLMTPARA
(BTS3836, BTS3836A,
BBU3836)

64KRSCLMT

15%

Query:

128KRSCLMT

20%

256KRSCLMT

25%

LST RSCLMTPARA
(BTS3836, BTS3836A,
BBU3836)

384KRSCLMT

30%

Resource limiting for different GBR

Scheduling Method
This describes the scheduling method.
Resource Allocation Method
This describes the resource allocation method.
HS-SCCH Power Control Method
This describes the power control method of the HS-SCCH.
HS-SCCH Fixed Power or Initial Transmit Power
This describes the HS-SCCH fixed power or initial transmit power. When the HS-SCCH power is controlled by the fixedly configured method, this
parameter is the HS-SCCH fixed power. When the HS-SCCH uses the adaptive power control based on the CQI, this parameter is the HS-SCCH
initial transmit power. The value is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH.
Resource Limiting Switch
This describes the resource limiting switch. The parameter decides whether to restrain a single subscriber's maximum resource usage in a congested
cell.
HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation Switch
This describes the switch that indicates whether the HSDPA dynamic code allocation algorithm is enabled.
Maximum Transmit Power of per HSDPA user.
This describes the maximum transmit power for per HSDPA user.
Resource limiting for different GBR
The parameters specify the maximum resource ratio available for different GBR.

Parent topic: Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Scheduling Method
This describes the scheduling method.
ID
SM
Value Range
EPF, PF, RR, MAXCI
Physical Scope
None.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 189 of 205

Setting
The default value is EPF.
Impact on the Network Performance
RR : The service types of queues are not considered. All the queues in a cell are sequenced according to the RR values.
MAX CI: The service types of queues are not considered. All the queues in a cell are sequenced according to the MAXCI values.
PF: The service types of queues are not considered. All the queues in a cell are sequenced according to the PF values.
EPF: The types of queues are considered.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SM.
Parent topic: HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Resource Allocation Method


This describes the resource allocation method.
ID
RSCALLOCM
Value Range
CODE_PRI, POWER_PRI
Physical Scope
Code priority, power priority
Setting
The default value is CODE_PRI.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the power resource is limited, the code is preferably allocated to save power resources for other subscribers; while the code resource is limited, the power
is preferably allocated to save code resources for other subscribers.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RSCALLOCM.
Parent topic: HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HS-SCCH Power Control Method


This describes the power control method of the HS-SCCH.
ID
SCCHPWRCM
Value Range
CQI, FIXED
Physical Scope
CQI means that the adaptive power control based on CQI is used; FIXED means that the HS-SCCH power is fixed.
Setting
The default value is CQI.
Impact on Network Performance

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 190 of 205

The HS-SCCH power control has a significant effect on data transmission.

If excessive HS-SCCH power is allocated, the available power of HS-PDSCH decreases, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines.
If insufficient HS-SCCH power is allocated, the HS-PDSCH decoding error probability increases, and the cell throughout and user throughout
declines.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SCCHPWRCM.
Parent topic: HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HS-SCCH Fixed Power or Initial Transmit Power


This describes the HS-SCCH fixed power or initial transmit power. When the HS-SCCH power is controlled by the fixedly configured method, this
parameter is the HS-SCCH fixed power. When the HS-SCCH uses the adaptive power control based on the CQI, this parameter is the HS-SCCH initial
transmit power. The value is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH.
ID
SCCHPWR
Value Range
0 to 80
Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.25 dB
Setting
The default value is 28, namely 3 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance
When the HS-SCCH power is configured to a fixed value, SCCHPWR has the following impacts on the network performance:

If excessive HS-SCCH power is allocated, the available power of the HS-PDSCH decreases, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines.
If insufficient HS-SCCH power is allocated, the HS-SCCH decoding error probability increases, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines.

When the HS-SCCH uses the adaptive power control based on CQI, SCCHPWR has the following impacts on the network performance:

If SCCHPWR is excessively high, the HS-SCCH power is wasted before the power control takes effect.
If SCCHPWR is excessively low, the HS-SCCH decoding error probability increases before the power control takes effect, weakening the data
transmission performance.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SCCHPWR.
Parent topic: HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Resource Limiting Switch


This describes the resource limiting switch. The parameter decides whether to restrain a single subscriber's maximum resource usage in a congested cell.
ID
RSCLMSW
Value Range
OPEN, CLOSE
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is OPEN.
Impact on the Network Performance

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 191 of 205

If the switch is turned off, it is likely that a vast majority of the cell resources are taken up by the subscribers with high priority but poor CQI.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RSCLMSW.
Parent topic: HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation Switch


This describes the switch that indicates whether the HSDPA dynamic code allocation algorithm is enabled.
ID
DYNCODESW
Value Range
OPEN, CLOSE
Physical Scope
OPEN: The dynamic code allocation is enabled.
CLOSE: The dynamic code allocation is disabled.
Setting
The recommended value of DYNCODESW is OPEN.
Impact on the Network Performance
The HSDPA dynamic code allocation makes the physical layer channel codes be fully utilized, but the number of allocated codes will not exceed the number
of codes defined by the HSDPA license.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query DYNCODESW.
Parent topic: HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Transmit Power of per HSDPA user.


This describes the maximum transmit power for per HSDPA user.
ID
MXPWRPHUSR
Value Range
1 to 100
Physical Scope
1% to 100%
Setting
The default value is 100, namely 100%.
Impact on Network Performance
If the parameter is set too low, the peak rate may be limited.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query MXPWRPHUSR.
Parent topic: HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 192 of 205

Resource limiting for different GBR


The parameters specify the maximum resource ratio available for different GBR.
ID
8KRSCLMT
16KRSCLMT
32KRSCLMT
64KRSCLMT
128KRSCLMT
256KRSCLMT
384KRSCLMT
Value Range
1 to 100
Physical Scope
1% to 100%
Setting
GBR (bps)

Default value

8k

10%

16k

10%

32k

15%

64k

15%

128k

20%

256k

25%

384k

30%

Impact on the Network Performance


The parameters are used to avoid impacting system capacity due to too much air interface resource are consumed.
Related Commands
Use SET RSCLMTPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST RSCLMTPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query the parameters.
Parent topic: HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters


This describes the HSDPA SPI algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of HSDPA SPI scheduling algorithm parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

SSPI

SPI initial value

ESPI

SPI end value

15

Set: SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A,


BBU3836)

SPIWEIGHT

Weight of SPI

N/A

EPFSA

EPF schedule algorithm switch

DS_PQ_SCHEDULE

FCA

Flow control algorithm switch

FLOW_CONTRL_FREE

CQIADJA

CQI adjust algorithm switch

NO_CQI_ADJ

RBLERTARGET Residual BLER target

N/A

MAXRETRANS

N/A

Maximum number of retransmission


attempts

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

Query: LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A,


BBU3836)

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 193 of 205

SPI Initial Value


This describes the initial SPI value for subscribers.
SPI End Value
This describes the end SPI value for subscribers.
Weight of SPI
This describes the weight of SPI.
EPF Schedule Algorithm Switch
This describes the EPF schedule algorithm for SPI.
Flow Control Algorithm Switch
This descries the flow control algorithm switch for SPI.
CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch
This describes the switch of CQI adjust algorithm.
Residual BLER Target Value
This describes the residual BLER target value when setting outer loop control.
Maximum Number of Retransmission Attempts
This describes the maximum of retransmission attempts in the HSDPA outer loop power control procedure.

Parent topic: Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SPI Initial Value


This describes the initial SPI value for subscribers.
ID
SSPI
Value Range
0 to 15
Physical Scope
0 to 15
Setting
The default value is 0.
Impact on the Network Performance
The parameter is only used to set the value of parameters related to SPI algorithm.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SSPI.
Parent topic: HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SPI End Value


This describes the end SPI value for subscribers.
ID
ESPI
Value Range
0 to 15
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is 15.
Impact on the Network Performance
The parameter is only used to set the value of parameters related to SPI algorithm.
Related Commands

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 194 of 205

Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query ESPI.
Parent topic: HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Weight of SPI
This describes the weight of SPI.
ID
SPIWEIGHT
Value Range
1 to 100
Physical Scope
1% to 100%
Setting
Traffic Class

User Priority

THP

Default SPI

Weight of SPI

SRB signaling

No ARP

None

15

100%

IMS signaling

No ARP

None

14

100%

Conversational (VoIP)

None

13

100%

None

12

100%

11

90%

11

90%

2
3
Streaming

Interactive

Background

10

100%

100%

3 to 15

100%

90%

90%

3 to 15

90%

80%

80%

3 to 15

80%

None

100%

90%

80%

Impact on the Network Performance


The parameter impact multi-subscribers differently.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query
SPIWEIGHT.
Parent topic: HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

EPF Schedule Algorithm Switch


This describes the EPF schedule algorithm for SPI.
ID
EPFSA

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 195 of 205

Value Range
TS_SCHEDULE, DS_PQ_SCHEDULE, DS_URGENT_SCHEDULE
Physical Scope
Flow capacity sensitive queue, Time delay sensitive queue for PQ schedule, Time delay sensitive queue for urgent schedule
Setting
The default value is DS_PQ_SCHEDULE.
Impact on the Network Performance
The parameter need be set to DS_PQ_SCHEDULE for SRB signaling and IMS signaling.
The parameter need be set to DS_URGENT_SCHEDULE for VoIP.
The parameter need be set to TS_SCHEDULE for streaming traffic and BE service.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query EPFSA.
Parent topic: HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Flow Control Algorithm Switch


This descries the flow control algorithm switch for SPI.
ID
FCA
Value Range
FLOW_CONTRL_DYNAMIC, FLOW_CONTRL_FREE
Physical Scope
Dynamic flow control, Free flow control
Setting
The default value is FLOW_CONTRL_FREE.
Impact on the Network Performance
The parameter need be set to FLOW_CONTRL_FREE for SRB signaling, IMS signaling, and such low streaming service.
The parameter need be set to FLOW_CONTRL_DYNAMIC for streaming service and BE service.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query FCA.
Parent topic: HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch


This describes the switch of CQI adjust algorithm.
ID
CQIADJA
Value Range
CQI_ADJ_BY_IBLER, CQI_ADJ_BY_RBLER, NO_CQI_ADJ
Physical Scope
Adjusted CQI by IBLER, Adjusted CQI by RBLER, Do not use CQI adjust algorithm.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 196 of 205

Setting
The default value of is NO_CQI_ADJ.
Impact on the Network Performance
It is recommended to use the default value.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query CQIADJA.
Parent topic: HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Residual BLER Target Value


This describes the residual BLER target value when setting outer loop control.
ID
RBLERTARGET
Value Range
1 to 50
Physical Scope
1 to 50%, with the step of 1%
Setting
None.
Impact on the Network Performance
This parameter works only when the CQIADJA is set to CQI_ADJ_BY_RBLER.
This parameter is set according to QoS requirements. If it is set too high, the residual BLER is large. If it is set too small, that will make the air interface
transmission ratio be too small.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query
RBLERTARGET.
Parent topic: HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Maximum Number of Retransmission Attempts


This describes the maximum of retransmission attempts in the HSDPA outer loop power control procedure.
ID
MAXRETRANS
Value Range
0 to 10
Physical Scope
0 to 10 times
Setting
When the SPI is 13, The default value is 2.
For other SPI value, The default value is 4.
Impact on the Network Performance
The parameter is set according to QoS requirements. If it's set too large, the traffic delay is too long.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 197 of 205

For the time delay sensitive services such as VoIP, it is recommended to set the parameter to 2. For other services such as BE, it is recommended to set the
parameter to 4.
Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query
MAXRETRANS.
Parent topic: HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters


This describes the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners on the NodeB LMT.
Table 1 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters
Serial
No.

ID

1
2

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

SCHEDULEPARA Set the MAC-e parameters or not.

YES

GBREnable

Enabled

Set: SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A,


BBU3836) Query: LST MACEPARA (BTS3836,
BTS3836A, BBU3836).

If the switch is on, the scheduling algorithm ensures


the GBR rate for GBR subscribers without
considering the uplink load.

MAC-e Schedule Parameters Switch


This parameter indicates whether to set the MAC-e schedule parameters or not.
GBR Scheduling Switch
This describes the GBR scheduling switch. If the switch is on, whether the user real rate is GBR rate needs to be affirmed during the GBR user
scheduling. The scheduling algorithm ensures the GBR rate for GBR users without consideration of the uplink load.

Parent topic: Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MAC-e Schedule Parameters Switch


This parameter indicates whether to set the MAC-e schedule parameters or not.
ID
SCHEDULEPARA
Value Range
NO, YES
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is YES.
Impact on the Network Performance
The parameter should be set YES when need to change the MAC-e parameters.
Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RAVGINITVALUE.
Parent topic: HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

GBR Scheduling Switch


This describes the GBR scheduling switch. If the switch is on, whether the user real rate is GBR rate needs to be affirmed during the GBR user scheduling.
The scheduling algorithm ensures the GBR rate for GBR users without consideration of the uplink load.
ID
GBRENABLE

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 198 of 205

Value Range
OPEN, CLOSE
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The default value is OPEN.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the GBR scheduling switch is set to OPEN, the RNC overload control needs to be configured as an action which can be triggered by the RTWP
measurement value.
Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query GBRENABLE.
Parent topic: HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HSUPA Power Control Parameters


This describes the HSUPA power control parameters: the power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel, fixed power control mode
algorithm parameters, and dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters.

Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel


This describes the HSUPA power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel that can be modified by network planners.
Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters
This describes the fixed power control mode algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Parent topic: Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel


This describes the HSUPA power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of power control algorithm switches for the downlink control channel
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

EAGCHPCMOD

E-AGCH HPC mode

FIXED

Cell

SERGCHPCMOD

E-RGCH HPC mode for EDCH serving


radio links

FIXED

Set: SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A,


BBU3836)

NSERGCHPCMOD E-RGCH HPC mode for EDCH nonserving radio links

FIXED

SEHICHPCMOD

FIXED

NSEHICHPCMOD E-HICH HPC mode for non-serving radio FIXED


links

E-HICH HPC mode for serving radio


links

Query: LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836,


BTS3836A, BBU3836).

E-AGCH HPC Mode


This describes the E-AGCH power control algorithm switch. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CPICH power
and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.
E-RGCH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links
This describes the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH serving RLS. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to
the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.
E-RGCH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links
This describes the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH non-serving RLS. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set
according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of
the UE.
E-HICH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links
This describes the HICH power control algorithm switch of the RLS that contains serving RL. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set
according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of
the UE.
E-HICH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links
This describes the HICH power control algorithm switch of the RLS that does not contain serving RL. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit
power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the
DCH power of the UE.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 199 of 205

Parent topic: HSUPA Power Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-AGCH HPC Mode


This describes the E-AGCH power control algorithm switch. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CPICH power and
fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.
ID
EAGCHPCMOD
Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of EAGCHPCMOD is FIXED.
Impact on the Network Performance
Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmission power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power
utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.
Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query EAGCHPCMOD.
Parent topic: Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-RGCH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links


This describes the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH serving RLS. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the PCHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.
ID
SERGCHPCMOD
Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of SERGCHPCMOD is FIXED.
Impact on the Network Performance
Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmit power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization
is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.
Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SERGCHPCMOD.
Parent topic: Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-RGCH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links


This describes the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH non-serving RLS. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to
the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 200 of 205

ID
NSERGCHPCMOD
Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of NSERGCHPCMOD is FIXED.
Impact on the Network Performance
Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmit power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization
is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.
Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query NSERGCHPCMOD.
Parent topic: Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-HICH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links


This describes the HICH power control algorithm switch of the RLS that contains serving RL. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set
according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the
UE.
ID
SEHICHPCMOD
Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC
Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of SEHICHPCMOD is FIXED.
Impact on the Network Performance
Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmit power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization
is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.
Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SEHICHPCMOD.
Parent topic: Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-HICH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links


This describes the HICH power control algorithm switch of the RLS that does not contain serving RL. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is
set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of
the UE.
ID
NSEHICHPCMOD
Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 201 of 205

Physical Scope
None.
Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of NSEHICHPCMOD is FIXED.
Impact on the Network Performance
Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmit power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization
is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.
Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query NSEHICHPCMOD.
Parent topic: Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters


This describes the fixed power control mode algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Table 1 List of fixed power control mode algorithm parameters
Serial
No.

ID

Meaning

Default
Configuration

MML Command

Level

EAGCHPOWER

E-AGCH power

-92, namely 9.2 dB

Set:

Cell

SERGCHPOWER

E-RGCH power for serving RLS

-200, namely 20 dB

NSERGCHPOWER E-RGCH power for non-serving RLS

163, namely 16.3


dB

SEHICHPOWER

192, namely 19.2


dB

NSEHICHPOWER E-HICH power for non-serving radio


links

E-HICH power for serving radio links

100, namely 10 dB

SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A,


BBU3836)
Query:
LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A,
BBU3836).

E-AGCH Power
This parameter is the AGCH power offset relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.
E-RGCH Power for Service Radio Links
This describes the RGCH power offset relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.
E-RGCH Power for Non-service Radio Links
This describes the power offset of the RGCH for non-serving RLS relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.
E-HICH Power for Service Radio Links
This describes the power offset of the HICH in the RLS that contains serving radio links relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.
E-HICH Power for Non-service Radio Links
This describes the power offset of the HICH in the RLS that does not contain serving radio links relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control
mode.

Parent topic: HSUPA Power Control Parameters


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-AGCH Power
This parameter is the AGCH power offset relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.
ID
EAGCHPOWER
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 92, namely 9.2 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 202 of 205

If EAGCHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement.
If EAGCHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query EAGCHPOWER.
Parent topic: Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-RGCH Power for Service Radio Links


This describes the RGCH power offset relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.
ID
SERGCHPOWER
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 200, namely 20 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance

If SERGCHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of the RGCH cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement.
If SERGCHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SERGCHPOWER.
Parent topic: Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-RGCH Power for Non-service Radio Links


This describes the power offset of the RGCH for non-serving RLS relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.
ID
NSERGCHPOWER
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 163, namely 16.3 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance

If NSERGCHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of the RGCH cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement.
If NSERGCHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query NSERGCHPOWER.
Parent topic: Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 203 of 205

E-HICH Power for Service Radio Links


This describes the power offset of the HICH in the RLS that contains serving radio links relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.
ID
SEHICHPOWER
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 192, namely 19.2 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance

If SEHICHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of the RGCH cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement.
If SEHICHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SEHICHPOWER.
Parent topic: Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-HICH Power for Non-service Radio Links


This describes the power offset of the HICH in the RLS that does not contain serving radio links relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control
mode.
ID
NSEHICHPOWER
Value Range
350 to 150
Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB
Setting
The default value is 100, namely 10 dB.
Impact on the Network Performance

If NSEHICHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of the RGCH cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement.
If NSEHICHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query NSEHICHPOWER.
Parent topic: Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Local Cell Management Parameters


This describes the local cell management parameters: cell radius and cell handover radius.
Table 1 List of local cell management parameters
Serial No.

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

RADIUS

Cell radius

29 km

Set:

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

HORAD

Cell handover radius

0m

Page 204 of 205

MOD LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836)


Query:
LST LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836)

Cell Radius
This describes the radius of a NodeB cell. The cell radius affects the demodulation of the uplink board and the configuration of the parameters related
to the access part.
Cell Handover Radius
This describes the cell handover radius, which can be configured on the NodeB LMT.

Parent topic: Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Radius
This describes the radius of a NodeB cell. The cell radius affects the demodulation of the uplink board and the configuration of the parameters related to the
access part.
ID
RADIUS
Value Range
150 to 180000
Physical Scope
150 m to 180 km, with the step of 1 m
Setting
The default value is 29000, namely 29 km.
You can set and adjust the cell radius based on the network planning and network optimization result. In case that the cell radius cannot be determined
precisely, ensure that the set cell radius is bigger than the required cell radius. If the configured cell radius exceeds the required cell radius too much, the
processing resource, however, is wasted and the processing delay increases. Based on the data provided by relevant products, the handover synchronization
time increases by a maximum of 60 ms if the cell radius changes its value in increments of 3.75 km. If the set value has a big difference from the actual value,
the handover success rate may be affected.
CAUTION:

When using the RRU, you must set the sum of the cell radius and the fiber transmission delay as the cell radius.
If the access board of the NodeB is configured to support multiple sectors, the maximum configurable cell radius is 30 km.

Impact on the Network Performance


The setting of the cell radius must be the same as the result of network planning.
Related Commands
Use MOD LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RADIUS.
Parent topic: Local Cell Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cell Handover Radius


This describes the cell handover radius, which can be configured on the NodeB LMT.
ID
HORAD
Value Range
0 to 180000
Physical Scope
0 m to 180 km, with the step of 1 m

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Page 205 of 205

Setting
The default value is 0. The inner radius of a cell handover radius must be at least 78.125 m, that is, 1 chip, shorter than the cell radius.
You can set and adjust the cell handover radius based on the network planning and network optimization result. In case that the cell handover radius
cannot be determined precisely, ensure that the set cell handover radius is not bigger than the minimum cell handover radius required by the network
planning. If the configured cell handover radius is muchly smaller than the required cell handover radius, the processing delay, however, increases.
CAUTION:
When using the RRU, you must set the cell handover radius to the sum of the actual cell handover radius and the fiber transmission delay.
Impact on the Network Performance
If the cell handover radius is beyond the cell handover scope that is determined by network planning, the NodeB cannot process the subscribers within the
distance defined by the cell handover radius, and the actual handover scope is smaller than the scope determined by network planning.
Related Commands
Use MOD LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query HORAD.
Parent topic: Local Cell Management Parameters
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

file:///C:/Users/enachau/AppData/Local/Temp/~hh6693.htm

7/18/2011